Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Imager - Drypix7000 - E08
Imager - Drypix7000 - E08
Imager - Drypix7000 - E08
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
Printed in Japan
0.1
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.1
0.2
WARNING
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in death or
serious injuries.
CAUTION
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in light or moderate
injuries, or serious malfunction (unrecoverable or difficult to recover) of the equipment.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in damage to the
equipment, or other problems.
<NOTE>
Indicated where special attention is required during a work procedure.
<REMARKS>
Indicated where description of the term used or supplementary explanation is given.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.2
0.3
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.3
0.4
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
GENERAL CONTENTS
SAFETY PRECAUTION
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION .............................................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
1.1 General Precautions...................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
1.2 Precautions Against Laser Radiation .......... SAFETY PRECAUTION-6
2. LABELS....................................................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
2.1 Laser Caution Labels .................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
2.2 Other Labels................................................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-12
3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER
RADIATION EXPOSURE PREVENTION.................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-20
4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS ............................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-22
5. CLASSIFICATION ..................................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-23
SPECIFICATIONS
1. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................... SPECIFICATIONS-2
1.1 Part Names ............................................................. SPECIFICATIONS-2
1.2 List of Optional Parts ............................................ SPECIFICATIONS-3
1.3 General Specifications .......................................... SPECIFICATIONS-4
1.4 Equipment Dimensions and Weight .................... SPECIFICATIONS-7
1.5 Means to Move and Secure Equipment ............... SPECIFICATIONS-8
1.6 Environmental Requirements............................... SPECIFICATIONS-9
1.7 Electrical Requirements...................................... SPECIFICATIONS-11
1.8 Equipment Installation Space ............................ SPECIFICATIONS-12
1.8.1 Installation Space ....................................... SPECIFICATIONS-12
1.8.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work...... SPECIFICATIONS-13
1.9 Disposing the Equipment ................................... SPECIFICATIONS-14
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.4
0.5
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.5
0.6
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.6
0.7
TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
1. TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD ................................................................. MT-2
2. ERROR CODE.............................................................................................. MT-4
2.1 Checking Error Codes .................................................................... MT-4
2.2 Format of Detailed Information ..................................................... MT-6
2.2.1 FLH (Conveyance) Related Detailed Error Information ......... MT-7
2.2.2 MFC (Data Setting/System Related) Related Errors
Detailed Information ............................................................ MT-13
2.2.3 DEN (Internal Densitometer) Related Errors Detailed
Information .......................................................................... MT-15
2.2.4 DEV (Temperature Control) Related Errors Detailed
Information .......................................................................... MT-15
2.3 Error Code Table ...........................................................................MT-18
2.3.1 Printer .................................................................................. MT-22
2.3.2 Formatter ............................................................................. MT-63
2.4 Troubleshooting Flow .................................................................. MT-86
2.4.1 How to Read the Troubleshooting Flow ............................... MT-86
2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow .......................................................... MT-90
021A ........................................................................................ MT-90
2282 ........................................................................................ MT-90
2283 ........................................................................................ MT-90
22BC ........................................................................................ MT-90
0226 ........................................................................................ MT-94
0228 ........................................................................................ MT-94
2225 ........................................................................................ MT-94
2227 ........................................................................................ MT-94
0230 ........................................................................................ MT-98
0232 ........................................................................................ MT-98
2229 ........................................................................................ MT-98
2231 ........................................................................................ MT-98
0234 ...................................................................................... MT-102
0236 ...................................................................................... MT-102
2233 ...................................................................................... MT-102
2235 ...................................................................................... MT-102
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.7
0.8
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.8
0.9
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.9
0.10
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.10
0.11
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.11
0.12
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.12
0.13
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.13
0.14
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.14
0.15
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.15
0.16
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.16
0.17
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.17
0.18
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.18
0.19
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.19
0.20
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.20
0.21
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.21
0.22
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.22
0.23
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.23
0.24
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.24
0.25
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.25
0.26
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.26
0.27
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.27
0.28
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.28
0.29
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.29
0.30
INSTALLATION (IN)
1. INSTALLATION CONDITIONS ...................................................................... IN-2
1.1 Equipment Dimensions and Weight ............................................... IN-2
1.2 Means to Move and Secure Equipment .......................................... IN-3
1.3 Environment Conditions .................................................................. IN-4
1.4 Electrical Specifications .................................................................. IN-5
1.5 Other Specifications......................................................................... IN-5
1.6 Installing Space and Maintenance Work Space ............................ IN-6
1.6.1 Installation Space ................................................................... IN-6
1.6.2 Space Required for Maintenance Work.................................. IN-7
2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW .......................................................... IN-8
3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION ............................................................... IN-16
3.1 Precautions on Installation............................................................ IN-16
3.2 Preparing the DPX7 PC Tool ......................................................... IN-18
3.2.1 PC Environment Required for Installing the DI Tool ............. IN-18
3.2.2 Installing and Uninstalling the DI Tool .................................. IN-19
3.2.3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC.............................. IN-21
3.2.4 Setting Grouping Symbols ................................................... IN-24
3.3 Preparations.................................................................................... IN-26
4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION.................................................................... IN-28
4.1 Unpacking and Unloading ............................................................. IN-28
4.2 Carrying ........................................................................................... IN-30
4.3 Temporary Placement .................................................................... IN-31
4.4 Checking Components .................................................................. IN-32
5. INSTALLATION............................................................................................ IN-36
5.1 Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body .... IN-36
5.2 Removing Covers ........................................................................... IN-37
5.3 Removing Fixtures ......................................................................... IN-38
5.4 Installing Separately Packaged Items .......................................... IN-44
5.4.1 Installing the Cleaning Roller ............................................... IN-44
5.4.2 Affixing the Caution Label for the Lever Operation
of the Cleaning Roller Set .................................................... IN-44
5.5 Changing the Film Size .................................................................. IN-45
5.5.1 Changing the Film Tray Size ................................................. IN-45
5.5.2 Changing the Installed Position of the Barcode Reader ....... IN-46
5.5.3 Affixing the Film Labels ........................................................ IN-47
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.30
0.31
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.31
0.32
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.32
0.33
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.33
0.34
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.34
0.35
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual 0.35
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
SAFETY PRECAUTION
SAFETY PRECAUTION-1
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-1
SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
1. SAFETY PRECAUTION
To avoid accidents, observe the following precautions.
■ Heavy Weights
When installing or removing heavy weights, complete it with an assistant or a hoisting
or other appropriate device.
■ Safety Devices
Ensure that the accident prevention functions of fuses, interlock switches, panels,
covers, and other safety devices are always operative. Also refrain from introducing
such modifications which may impair the safety device functions.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-2
SAFETY PRECAUTION-3
■ Grounding
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and
additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining
screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for
servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts
and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the
procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are
securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-3
SAFETY PRECAUTION-4
BR3x8
BR3x8
Front cover
Lower front cover interlock release jig
FP7I0101.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-4
SAFETY PRECAUTION-5
BLANK PAGE
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-5
SAFETY PRECAUTION-6
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-6
SAFETY PRECAUTION-7
FP7I0102.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-7
SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
2. LABELS
● DRYPIX 7000
IEC/EN60825-1: 2001
class 3B panel label #1
FP7I0201.EPS
IEC/EN60825-1: 2001
class 1 product label
IEC/EN60825-1: 2001
class 3B panel label #1
FP7I0202.EPS
006-259-05
08.22.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-8
SAFETY PRECAUTION-9
IEC/EN60825-1: 2001
class 3B panel label #2
FP7I0203.EPS
IEC/EN60825-1: 2001
class 3B panel label #1
FP7I0204.EPS
FP7I0205.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-9
SAFETY PRECAUTION-10
FP7I0221.EPS FP7I0241.EPS
FP7I0222.EPS
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-10
SAFETY PRECAUTION-11
FP7I0223.EPS
FP7I0224.EPS
FP3B0110.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-11
SAFETY PRECAUTION-12
● DRYPIX 7000
Manufacturer label
FP7I0206.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-12
SAFETY PRECAUTION-13
FP7I0228.EPS
FP7I0211.EPS
L
N
PE
L
N
PE
FP7I0299.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-13
SAFETY PRECAUTION-14
● Sorter
Sorter jam removing label
FP7I0207.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-14
SAFETY PRECAUTION-15
■ List of Labels
FP7I0227.EPS
FP7I0243.EPS
● Manufacturer Label
FP7I0237.EPS
FP7I0214.EPS
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-15
SAFETY PRECAUTION-16
FP7I0213.EPS
● Watch Out Hand Caution Label (Sorter) (When mounted with the optional
sorter)
FP7I0229.EPS
● Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set 1
FP7I0215.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-16
SAFETY PRECAUTION-17
● Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set 2
FP7I0239.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-17
SAFETY PRECAUTION-18
● Earth Mark
FP7I0230.EPS
FP7I0231.EPS
FP7I0232.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-18
SAFETY PRECAUTION-19
FP7T0503.EPS
FP7T0504.EPS
FP7T0505.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-19
SAFETY PRECAUTION-20
Front cover
Right cover
FP7I0210.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-20
SAFETY PRECAUTION-21
Rear cover
FP7I0208.EPS
Upper cover
FP7I0209.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-21
SAFETY PRECAUTION-22
4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS
Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified
according to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC60950 for data processing
equipment and IEC60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore all configurations
shall comply with the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects
additional equipment to the signal input part or signal output part configures a medical
system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of
IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical services department or your local
representative.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-22
SAFETY PRECAUTION-23
5. CLASSIFICATION
1) According to the type of protection against electrical shock
CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT
2) According to the degree of protection against electrical shock
NO APPLIED PART
3) Protection against harmful ingress of water
IPXO
4) According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable
anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetics
mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.
5) According to the mode of operation
CONTINUOUS OPERATION
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-23
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS-1
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-1
SPECIFICATIONS-2
1. SPECIFICATIONS
Operation Manual
Operation Manual
Operation Manual
TP7I7401.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-2
SPECIFICATIONS-3
DPX TRAY #/E Additional option tray 898Y0881 For 35x43 and 26x36 cm size
DPX TRAY 8x10 E Additional option tray 898Y0896 For 20x25 cm size
DPX ARM 8x10 #/E Suction cup arm 898Y0883 For 20x25 cm size
DPX SRT #/E Optional sorter 000Y5398
DPX BASE FBM 256MB Expanded frame buffer memory 113S0185 256MB
#/E
TP7I0402.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-3
SPECIFICATIONS-4
■ Processing Ability
35 x 43 cm size: Approximately 180 films/hour
26 x 36 cm size: Approximately 240 films/hour
20 x 25 cm size: Approximately 200 films/hour
■ Start-up Time
Approximately 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 °C)
■ Image Quality
● Exposure Resolution
14 bits
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-4
SPECIFICATIONS-5
■ Film
● Applicable Types
DI-HL (blue base)
DI-HLc (clear base)
DI-ML (High density film for mammography) (26 x 36 cm, 20 x 25 cm, 25 x 30 cm
film sizes only)
● Number of Supplies
Maximum 3 trays
(Data input from DRYPIX Link is applicable to three film sizes for A/D-I/F and two
for E-I/F.)
● Loading Method
Daylight conditions loading
■ Input I/F
DICOM Network input only
■ Network Connection
● DICOM Protocol
Direct connection (standard)
● TOSHIBA Protocol
Connection via FN-PS551 and DRYPIX Link
● FINP Protocol
Connection via FN-PS551 and DRYPIX Link
■ Modality Connection
● E-I/F Connection
Network connection via DRYPIX Link
Applicable equipment: Image reader after FCR 7000, MF-300/L, FN-PS
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-5
SPECIFICATIONS-6
■ Image Processing
● Interpolation
SSM interpolation, A-VR interpolation
● Tone Processing
BAR method, SAR method
● Format
❍ Mixed Format
35 x 43 cm size portrait mix : six types
26 x 36 cm size portrait mix : one type
26 x 36 cm size landscape mix : four types
20 x 25 cm size portrait mix : one type
20 x 25 cm size landscape mix : four types
25 x 30 cm size portrait mix : one type
25 x 30 cm size landscape mix : four types
■ Memory Capacity
Standard 256 MB, maximum 512 MB
■ Image Spooling
Spooled to HD (in IDE connection)
■ HDD Capacity
20 GB or above
■ Density Correction
Automatic density correction function
● Number of Bins
10 bins
■ Noise
Standby : Approximately 45 dB
Printing : Approximately 53 dB
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-6
SPECIFICATIONS-7
● DRYPIX 7000
735 mm x 680 mm x 1240 mm (W x D x H)
1240 mm
m
0m
68
73
5m
m
FP7I0302.EPS
● Sorter
385 mm x 590 mm x 1190 mm (W x D x H)
1190 mm
m
38 0m
5m 59
m
FP7I0303.EPS
■ Weight
● DRYPIX 7000
Approximately 203 kg (including two trays)
● Sorter
Approximately 63 kg
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-7
SPECIFICATIONS-8
● DRYPIX 7000
Four wheel caster (omni-directional, with no brake)
● Sorter
Six wheel caster (Four are omni-directional, two are for preventing from turning
over, with no brake)
■ Securing
Adjustable feet x 2 (front) and fixtures x 4
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-8
SPECIFICATIONS-9
● Operating
Temperature/Relative humidity : 15 °C (40 to 70%RH) to 30 °C (15 to 70%RH)
Atmospheric pressure : 700 to 1060 hPa
Heat generation : 400 kcal/hr
[%]
70
Relative humidity
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5 10 15 20 25 30 [°C]
Temperature FP5I0115.EPS
● Non-operating
Temperature : 0 to 45 °C (No freezing)
Relative humidity : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
● Transit or Storage
Temperature : -10 to 50 °C
Relative humidity : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-9
SPECIFICATIONS-10
■ Floor Levelness
10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around
■ Floor Flatness
10 mm or less
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-10
SPECIFICATIONS-11
■ Line Voltage
200/ 220/ 230/ 240 VAC ±10% (By tap changing)
Single-phase (2 lines)
■ Capacity
2.2 kVA
■ Rated Current
11 A/ 10 A/ 9.5 A/ 9 A
■ Power Consumption
Maximum 2.2 kW
■ Electric Energy
Printing : 570 Wh
Standby : 320 Wh
Power save mode : 200 Wh
Sleep mode : 120 Wh
Remote standby mode : 20 Wh
■ Overload Protection
15 A
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-11
SPECIFICATIONS-12
50 or 20 or 50 or 350 or
more more more more
80 or 80 or 80 or 350 or
more more more more
Unit: mm
FP7I0402.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-12
SPECIFICATIONS-13
800 or 800 or
more 800 or 800 or more
more more
Unit: mm
FP7I0403.EPS
Unit: mm
FP7I0404.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-13
SPECIFICATIONS-14
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-14
SPECIFICATIONS-15
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SPECIFICATIONS-15
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-1
MD-2
1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-2
MD-3
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-3
MD-4
FCR XG-1
DRYPIX 7000
CR-IR346RU
CR-IR346CL
FCR5000 plus
FCR9000 QA-WS771
CT (DICOM)
FP7D0111.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-4
MD-5
FCR5000
(FINP) DRYPIX 7000
CT
(DICOM)
MRI
(TOSHIBA)
DRYPIX Link 10Base-T/
E-I/F 100Base-TX
FN-PS551 FIX90A
CT
(Digital) MF-300L
US
(Analog)
MRI
(Digital video)
Remote
panel DRYPIX Link
10Base-T/
100Base-TX
HAV90A/HAV90B
CT/US/MRI DPI90A/DVI90A
AD-I/F
FP7D0112.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-5
MD-6
Front cover
Right cover
Lower tray (Tray 3)
Rear cover
Left cover
FP7D0102.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-6
MD-7
■ Sorter
Upper cover
Sorter release lever
Rear cover
1 bin
Front cover
10 bin
FP7D0326.EPS
FP7D0327.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-7
MD-8
2
5
3
4
FP7D0116.EPS
6 FP7D0103.EPS
1 ERROR LED • When lit: Indicates that level 0 error has occurred.
• When OFF: Normal
• When blinking: Indicates transitioning to level 0 error state.
4 Power ON switch Pressing when the equipment is not ON starts the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-8
MD-9
Sorter connector
PC board
FP7D0121.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-9
MD-10
Conveyor unit
Controller
Frame (K)
FP7D0104.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-10
MD-11
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-11
MD-12
SA12
SOLA11
SA13
SA11
Upper film loading unit
SA14
SA22 SA32
SOLA21 SOLA31
SA21 SA31
SA23 SA33
SA24 SA34
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-12
MD-13
Upper film SOLA11 Tray lock solenoid (Upper) Linear solenoid Releases tray lock
loading unit
SA11 Film pack/shutter detection Reflection type OFF in presence of film
(A1)
sensor (Upper) sensor pack/shutter
SA12 Tray detection switch (Upper) Microswitch ON when tray is pushed in
SA13 Tray lock detection sensor Penetration type ON when tray is locked
(Upper) sensor (Pl: 5 mm)
SA14 Barcode reader (Upper) – Detects film lot number
Middle film SOLA21 Tray lock solenoid (Middle) Linear solenoid Releases tray lock
loading unit
SA21 Film pack/shutter detection Reflection type OFF in presence of film
(A2)
sensor (Middle) sensor pack/shutter
SA22 Tray detection switch (Middle) Microswitch ON when tray is pushed in
SA23 Tray lock detection sensor Penetration type ON when tray is locked
(Middle) sensor (Pl: 5 mm)
SA24 Barcode reader (Middle) – Detects film lot number
Lower film SOLA31 Tray lock solenoid (Lower) Linear solenoid Releases tray lock
loading unit
SA31 Film pack/shutter detection Reflection type OFF in presence of film
(A3)
sensor (Lower) sensor pack/shutter
SA32 Tray detection switch (Lower) Microswitch ON when tray is pushed in
SA33 Tray lock detection sensor Penetration type ON when tray is locked
(Lower) sensor (Pl: 5 mm)
SA34 Barcode reader (Lower) – Detects film lot number
TP7D0101.EPS
<REMARKS>
The ON of each sensor and switch means the following.
• Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state
• Reflection type sensor: Film present
• Microswitch: Switch actuator is pressed
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-13
MD-14
■ Removal Unit
MB11
Upper removal unit
SB12
SB11
SB13
MB21 MB31
SB22 SB32
SB21 SB31
SB23 SB33
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-14
MD-15
Upper removal MB11 Film removing motor (Upper) Stepping motor Drives suction cup arm
unit (B1)
SB11 Suction cup arm HP detection Penetration type ON when suction cup arm is at
sensor (Upper) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) film suction side than home
position
SB12 Film surface detection sensor Penetration type ON when suction cup reaches on
(Upper) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) film
SB13 Removal unit exit sensor Reflection type ON when film is at removal unit
(Upper) sensor exit
Middle removal MB21 Film removing motor (Middle) Stepping motor Drives suction cup arm
unit (B2)
SB21 Suction cup arm HP detection Penetration type ON when suction cup arm is at
sensor (Middle) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) film suction side than home
position
SB22 Film surface detection sensor Penetration type ON when suction cup reaches on
(Middle) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) film
SB23 Removal unit exit sensor Reflection type ON when film is at removal unit
(Middle) sensor exit
Lower removal MB31 Film removing motor (Lower) Stepping motor Drives suction cup arm
unit (B3)
SB31 Suction cup arm HP detection Penetration type ON when suction cup arm is at
sensor (Lower) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) film suction side than home
position
SB32 Film surface detection sensor Penetration type ON when suction cup reaches on
(Lower) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) film
SB33 Removal unit exit sensor Reflection type ON when film is at removal unit
(Lower) sensor exit
TP7D0102.EPS
<REMARKS>
The ON of each sensor and switch means the following.
• Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state
• Reflection type sensor: Film present
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-15
MD-16
CLD1
MD2
MD4
MD3
MD1
MD6
MD5
FP7D0107.EPS
Upper MD1 Film conveyance motor Stepping motor Drives removal unit rollers and
conveyor unit conveyor unit rollers, and conveys
(D) film
MD2 Upper conveyor unit exit Stepping motor Drives conveyor unit exit roller,
motor and conveys film
MD3 Gripping release motor Stepping motor Releases grip of upper conveyor
unit gripping roller
MD4 Cleaning roller grip release Stepping motor Releases grip of cleaning roller
motor
MD5 Film positioning motor Stepping motor Positions film to the center
(Upper)
MD6 Film positioning motor Stepping motor Positions film to the center
(Lower)
CLD1 Upper conveyor unit exit Electromagnetic Transfers MD2 drive to conveyor
clutch clutch unit exit roller
TP7D0103.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-16
MD-17
SD2
SD5
SD3
SD6
SD4
SD1
SD7
FP7D0108.EPS
Upper SD1 Upper conveyor unit entrance Reflection type ON when film is at U-turn guide
conveyor unit sensor sensor entrance
(D)
SD2 Upper conveyor unit exit Reflection type ON when film is at upper
sensor sensor conveyor unit exit
SD3 Upper grip position detection Penetration type Detect the upper and lower
sensor sensor (Pl: 5 mm) conveyance grip roller grip state
by the ON/OFF combination of
SD4 Lower grip position detection Penetration type
SD3 and SD4
sensor sensor (Pl: 5 mm)
SD5 Cleaning roller grip position Penetration type ON when cleaning roller is at
detection sensor sensor (Pl: 5 mm) gripping position
SD6 Positioning guide HP Penetration type ON when film positioning guide
detection sensor (Upper) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) plate (upper) is at home position
SD7 Positioning guide HP Penetration type ON when film positioning guide
detection sensor (Lower) sensor (Pl: 5 mm) plate (lower) is at home position
TP7D0104.EPS
<REMARKS>
The ON of each sensor and switch means the following.
• Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state
• Reflection type sensor: Film present
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-17
MD-18
2nd rack
ThG10
MG1
1st rack
ME1
SE1
1st rack
TpG1
TpG2
TpG3 ThG1
TpG4 2nd rack
ThG2
ThG3 TpG5
H1 - H3
TpG6 ThG4
TpG7 3rd rack
ThG5
ThG6 TpG8
H4 - H6
TpG9 ThG7
ThG8
ThG9
H7 - H9 FP7D0109.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-18
MD-19
Heat MG1 Heat development unit Stepping motor Heat develops and conveys film
development conveyance motor
unit (G)
FANG Filter section cooling fan DC fan Cools film and ventilates near
1-3 heat development unit
HG1 - 3 Heaters 1 - 3 Silicon rubber Heat develops film (1st rack)
heater
HG4 - 6 Heaters 4 - 6 Silicon rubber Heat develops film (2nd rack)
heater
HG7 - 9 Heaters 7 - 9 Silicon rubber Heat develops film (3rd rack)
heater
ThG1 - 3 Heat development Thermistor Detects 1st rack heater
thermistors 1 - 3 temperature
ThG4 - 6 Heat development Thermistor Detects 2nd rack heater
thermistors 4 - 6 temperature
ThG7 - 9 Heat development Thermistor Detects 3rd rack heater
thermistors 7 - 9 temperature
ThG10 Film cooling section Thermistor Detects film cooling section
thermistor temperature
TpG1 - 3 Thermal protectors 1 - 3 Manual recovery Shuts off power supply in
type overheating of 1st rack heater
TpG4 - 6 Thermal protectors 4 - 6 Manual recovery Shuts off power supply in
type overheating of 2nd rack heater
TpG7 - 9 Thermal protectors 7 - 9 Manual recovery Shuts off power supply in
type overheating of 3rd rack heater
TP7D0105.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-19
MD-20
SK1
Thk1
MJ1
SOLJ1
SJ1
SK2
SK3
FANK1
FP7D0110.EPS
Film release MJ1 Film release unit conveyance Stepping motor Ejects film
unit (J) motor
SOLJ1 Changeover guide solenoid Linear solenoid Switches changeover guide
(When mounted with the optional
sorter)
SJ1 Film release unit film Reflection type ON when there is film in film
detection sensor sensor release unit
Frame (K) FANK1 Ventilation fan DC fan Ventilates and cools controller
SK1 Jam clear cover interlock Microswitch ON when jam clear cover is
switch closed
SK2-3 Front cover interlock switch Microswitch ON when front cover is closed
ThK1 Recording section thermistor Thermistor Detects sub-scanning unit
temperature
TP7D0106.EPS
<REMARKS>
The ON of each sensor and switch means the following.
• Penetration type sensor: Light-tight state
• Reflection type sensor: Film present
• Microswitch: Switch actuator is pressed
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-20
MD-21
■ Sorter
ST1
SOLT1
SOLT2 ST2
SOLT3
ST3
SOLT4
SOLT5 ST4
SOLT6
ST5
SOLT7
SOLT8
SOLT9
ST6
MT1
FP7D0117.EPS
<REMARKS>
The ON of each sensor and switch means the following.
• Reflection type sensor: Film present
• Microswitch: Switch actuator is pressed
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-21
MD-22
VR board
LDD16A
PNL16A
LED15A
PDD15A
DRV16A/B
SNS16A HDD
PRN16A
Power supply unit
PC board
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-22
MD-23
PNL16A (Operation panel board) LCD display/non-display control, touch panel control, operation panel
LED
VR board (Volume board) Touch panel contrast adjustment
LDD16A (Laser drive board) Scanner laser drive
LED15A (Density measurement Light is emitted for density measurement
section light-emitting board)
PDD15A (Density measurement Receives penetrating light for density measurement
section light-sensing board)
HDD Image data spool
Power supply unit Supplies DC power to the equipment/AC power for heat development
unit heater
Main power switch Supplies to AC power to the power supply unit
DIMM (Memory) Main memory of PC board
PC board Overall control of equipment, network input, image processing
PRN16A (Print control board) DA converts processed image signals from PC board and sends to
scanner, laser power strength control, exposure output timing control
MCT16A (Mechanical control board) Mechanism control, heat development control
SNS16A (Sensor board) I/O part control, thermistor signal/density measurement section data
AD conversion, barcode reader communication
DRV16A/B (Driver board) Mechanical drive parts drive
TP7D0107.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-23
MD-24
■ Sorter
SRT16A
FP7D0118.EPS
SRT16A (Sorter control board) Performs communication with printer, and controls/drives each I/O
parts
TP7D0112.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-24
MD-25
● Layout of Rollers
18 22 21
16 17
20
19
15
12 11 10
9
13
8
14 7
6
5
1
4
1
3
1
FP7D0119.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-25
MD-26
● Layout of Guides
17
19
18
14 13 12 11
10
9
8
5
16 15 3
2
1 4
7
6
3
2
1 4
7
6
3
2
1 4
FP7D0120.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-26
MD-27
■ Sorter
1 2 3 4
5
18
6
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
7
10
9 8
FP3F0S03.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-27
MD-28
Interlocking of power Turn ON power of device externally Responds only when external device
supplies of externally connected. power status signal changes from
connected device (Connect with optional cable) OFF to ON.
External timer Generation of power ON signal by Responds only when external signal
timer changes from OFF to ON.
(Connect with optional cable)
WakeOnLAN function Receive WakeOnLAN packet from The network equipment needs to
network connected device correspond to the WakeOnLAN
function.
TP7D0201.EPS
The following screen appears when DICOM input is enabled during initialization.
While this screen is displayed, image inputs are accepted but keys cannot be entered.
<REMARKS>
In the above screen example, the gray in the number of film display area indicates DI-HLc
loaded, blue indicates DI-HL loaded, and pink indicates DI-ML film loaded. If displayed as “4.0”
below the film tray number, it means that Dmax 4.0 is set.
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-28
MD-29
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-29
MD-30
■ Degeneration
When the following units malfunction, this is taken as degeneration, and operations are
continued without using the function.
• Tray (only when there are usable trays)
• Density measurement section
• Sorter
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-30
MD-31
Shut down button on touch Touch the shut down bottun on the –
Operates when no interlocking with
panel touch panel. external devices.
Main power switch Turn OFF the main power switch. All power supplies are cut off
regardless the state of the equipment.
Interlocking of power Turn OFF the power of device Responds only when the external
supplies of externally externally connected. device state signal changed from ON
connected device (connected by the optional cable) to OFF.
TP7D0202.EPS
<REMARKS>
Shut down the software before turning off the power when ending the equipment.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-31
MD-32
■ Film Sizes
This equipment is compatible with film sizes 35 x 43 cm, 26 x 36 cm, 20 x 25 cm, and 25
x 30 cm. The following figure shows the arrangement of guide pins and guide plates for
each film size.
Guide plate
35x43 26x36
Guide pin
25x30
20x25
Film tray
FP7B0519.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-32
MD-33
<NOTE>
Equipment with the following serial numbers can be used 25 x 30 cm size film.
• #21936, #22687, #23291 or later
Also, to use 25 x 30 cm size film, main unit software version A03/A04/V4.1 or later/V10.0 or
later is required.
FP7D0302.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-33
MD-34
NC
SA13
OP
EN
CL
OS
E
FP7D0303.EPS
DRV board
Upper tray detection switch (SA12)
+24V
K1
SOLA11
K1
MB11
+24V
MD1
K1: Relay
FP7D0304.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-34
MD-35
SB11: OFF
Removal unit
Removal conveyance
roller (upper)
Removal conveyance
roller (lower)
FP7D0305.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-35
MD-36
■ Film Suction
The film removing motor (MB11) rotates at high speed in the normal direction by the
removal enable signal, and the suction cup arm starts moving. The suction cup arm
curves according to the groove on the removal unit frame, and the suction cup
descends onto the film. When the suction cup reaches the film surface, the film surface
detection sensor (SB12) turns ON, and MB11 switches to low speed rotation.
SB12: ON
Film
Suction cup
FP7D0306.EPS
After MB11 switches to low speed rotation, it continues to rotate in the normal direction
until SB12 goes OFF. At this time, the suction cup arm pushes the bellows in, and
generates negative pressure so that the film is suctioned to the suction cup.
SB12: OFF
FP7D0307.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-36
MD-37
■ Film Separation
After flapping operations complete, MB11 rotates in the reverse direction, and moves
the film to the removal conveyance roller (lower).
If SB11 turns ON while it is moving, MB11 switches to low speed, and continues
rotating in the reverse direction for the specified number of pulses. After the film
reaches the removal conveyance roller (lower), the bellows is pushed in even further,
which pushes the air inside out. The film separates from the suction cup, and is held by
the removal conveyance roller (upper) and removal conveyance roller (lower).
Film
FP7D0308.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-37
MD-38
■ Removal Conveyance
After film separation, the film conveyance motor (MD1) rotates, conveying film to the
removal unit exit conveyance roller via the removal unit exit sensor (SB13) and stops.
The film conveyance roller of the removal unit is rotates by the drive of MD1 of the
upper conveyor unit.
At this time, if SB13 does not turn ON within the specified time, the film is determined to
have dropped, and an error code is displayed.
When the trailing edge of the preceding film passes the upper conveyor unit exit sensor
(SD2) and gripping operations of the cleaning roller start, film can be conveyed to the
upper conveyor unit.
SD2 Preceding film
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-38
MD-39
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-39
MD-40
FP7D0325.EPS
Conveyance grip
roller (upper) CCW CW
MD3
Conveyance grip
roller (lower)
SD3
SD4
FP7D0309.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-40
MD-41
The following table shows the grip roller to be used according to film size, and
combination of SD3 and SD4 in the setting of the grip state.
Film Film
Grip Gripping
release
Grip Grip
release release
SD4: ON SD4: ON
TP7D0300.EPS
The upper and lower grip rollers differ in the distance between the grip roller and cam
shaft. Although the upper and lower cam shafts are attached at the same phase,
because the lower once has a smaller distance, when MD3 rotates, the upper grip roller
releases the grip first.
Front view
Wide
Narrow
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-41
MD-42
■ Conveyance 1
When gripping opetation of the upper and lower conveyance grip rollers are gripped,
film conveyance from the removal unit starts.
If the preceding film is currently passing through the conveyor unit exit roller, MD1
stands by until the preceding film passes through the conveyor unit exit, after which
operations are performed in the following order “■ Cleaning Roller Grip Release”, “■
Cleaning Roller Re-grip”, “■ Conveyor Unit Exit Clutch ON”, and “■ Conveyance 2”.
If the preceding film has already passed the conveyor unit exit roller, it means that the
grip of the cleaning rollers has been released, so no grip release operations are
performed. Instead operations are performed in the order of “■ Conveyance 2”, “■
Cleaning Roller Re-grip”, and “■ Conveyor Unit Exit Clutch ON”.
SD2
Conveyor unit exit roller
Film
Preceding film
SD1
FP7D0312.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-42
MD-43
Cleaning roller
maintenance arm
One-way gear
Cleaning roller
CW
SD5
MD4
FP7D0313.EPS
The idle gear transmitting the MD4 drive is a one-way gear. This gear is freed when the
user lowers the cleaning roller by hand.
On the other hand, the spring attached to the cleaning roller maintenance arm functions
to raise the cleaning roller. The position of the cleaning roller is maintained by the worm
gear attached to MD4.
<REMARKS>
At times other than film conveyance, the cleaning roller is in the grip release state. This is to
prevent deformation by setting the cleaning roller into the grip state, and prevent disabling of
grip release by the adhering of cleaning roller to the conveyance roller.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-43
MD-44
Cleaning roller
MD2 CLD1
FP7D0314.EPS
■ Conveyance 2
MD1 rotates in the normal direction and conveys leading edge of the film to the upper
conveyor unit exit. When the film leading edge passes SD2, MD2 starts rotating in the
reverse direction. At this time, the rotation of MD1 in the normal direction conveys the
film to the discharge side. However because MD2 is rotating in the reverse direction,
the leading edge of the film is pressed into the conveyor unit exit roller.
Film positioning operations are started 1.2 seconds after SD2 turns ON, and allowing
removal of the next film.
SD2
;;;;
;
;
FP7D0315.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-44
MD-45
Film
MD5/MD6
SD6/SD7
Guide plate
FP7D0316.EPS
■ Pre-Recording Conveyance
After transfer of image data to the print buffer in the formatter, film conveyance (pre-
recording conveyance) to the sub-scanning unit is started (pre-recording conveyance).
In pre-recording conveyance, after MD2 is rotated in the normal direction at high speed
for the specified number of pulses, it is switched to the low speed normal direction. The
same sync transfer as the sub-scanning conveyance roller is performed, and film is
sent to the sub-scanning unit.
After conveying the film for the specified time, CLD1 and MD2 are turned OFF to free
the conveyor unit exit roller.
When SD2 goes OFF, the cleaning roller grip is released.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-45
MD-46
SE1
Driven roller
■ Recording Conveyance
When the leading edge of film is detected by the film leading edge detection sensor
(SE1), image recording starts from the laser light from the scanner unit.
Image recording ends, and after it has been conveyed according to the length of the
film, ME1 stops.
SE1 FP7D0321.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-46
MD-47
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-47
MD-48
■ Description of Units
● Scanner Unit
The Max. 50 mW/660 nm red laser is reflected to the 6-face polygon mirror by the
laserdiode mounted to the laser unit of the scanner unit.
The laser light scanned in the main scanning direction by the polygon mirror is
synchronized by the detection of the scan start timing by the main scanning sync
sensor of the SYN board.
Laser unit
Mirror
Reflection LDA board
mirror
LDD board
Scanning lens
SYN board
Polygon mirror
(Start-point detection)
FP7D0318.EPS
The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror is passed through the scanning lens
and irradiated to the surface of the film at the bottom of the scanning optics unit by the
reflection mirror. The exposed film is conveyed to the heat development unit and heat-
developed.
Film
Laser unit
LDD board
Scanning lens
Polygon mirror
FP7D0319.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-48
MD-49
LED board
PDD board
Film
FP7D0320.EPS
● Temperature Correction
Film image density varies according to cooling temperature after heat development
and temperature of the equipment. For this reason, the temperature of the film cooling
section and temperature near the sub-scanning unit are detected by the thermistor, and
based on this temperature data, image data before D/A conversion are corrected.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-49
MD-50
The heat development unit conveyance motor (MG1) starts rotating at the same time
as removal operations start.
When heat development completes, films are uncurled while cooled by the film cooling
section, and conveyed to the film release unit.
After the last film is discharged, MG1 stops.
Film
Heat plate Film cooling section
Heat development
conveyance roller
FP7D0322.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-50
MD-51
Film
SJ1
FP7D0323.EPS
■ Film Discharge 2
When the film trailing edge passes the last roller of the film cooling section, MJ1
switches to movement in the normal direction at high speed, and discharges film at high
speed.
Changeover guide
Film
SOLJ1: OFF
To sorter
FP7D0324.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-51
MD-52
3.8 Sorter
■ Sorter Power ON/OFF
The power of the sorter turns ON when the power of the printer turns ON.
The sorter then performs self-diagnosis (about 30 seconds). If normal, it sets into the
standby state.
The power of the sorter goes OFF when the power of the printer goes OFF.
In the following conditions, the sorter performs the reset sequence, and performs the
same process as when the power is ON.
• When the reset signal is output from the printer
• When the +5V output from the sorter power board drops below the specified voltage
while the sorter power is ON due to some reason. (When below approximately 4.3V)
Film
ST1
FP3F0S06.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-52
MD-53
Film detection
sensor
Changeover
guide
FP3F0S07.EPS
• Time to Solenoid ON
Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 Bin 6 Bin 7 Bin 8 Bin 9 Bin 10
Corresponding Sensor ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 –
Solenoid ON 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. 3.99 sec. 0.67 sec. –
TP7D0301.EPS
■ Film Discharge
Films are discharged onto the bins. When the film detection sensor goes OFF, the
solenoid and sorter conveyance motor are turned OFF after the specified time, and the
end signal is sent to the printer.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-53
MD-54
■ Error Processing
The sorter is able to detect the following six errors.
When an error occurs, the error is sent to the printer if communication can be carried
out, and at the same time, the LED2 (red) on the SRT board lights up.
When the printer receives the error from the sorter, it displays an error message on the
operation panel, and logs the error information,
• Self-diagnosis error (ROM, RAM check error)
• Film jam
• Detection if disconnection of printer (Interlock cut off detection)
• Mechanism error
• Communication error
• Command processing error
■ Sorting Operations
The sorting operations of this equipment differ according to the version of the main unit
software.
Main unit software version A02 or earlier Main unit software version A03 or later
FP7D0330.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-54
MD-55
The total number of films is managed for every bin, therefore bins are not always
switched for every 50 prints as seen from the client side, as shown in the following
examples.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-55
MD-56
Buzzer
Controller
fan Touch panel
+5VS
+5V
+12VD VGA
+12V HDD
-12V
+3.3V Scanner unit
+24V
±12VITLK PC board SIO PRN (Leading edge) (Start-point)
SED SYN LD PD
LDD LDA
SNS
Sensor
MCT Thermistor
Interlock
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-56
MD-57
Controller +5V,
fan +12VD Touch panel
+5VS
+5V +5V,
+12VD +12VD
+12V HDD
-12V Scanner unit
+3.3V (Leading edge) (Start-point)
+24V
±12VITLK PC board SED SYN LD PD
PRN
+5V
±12V +5V
+5VS, LDD ±8V LDA
+5V +5V
+3.3V +5V +12V→±8V
+12VD
-12V
±12V,
+3.3V SNS
+5V
Sensors
±12V,
+5V ±12V Density measurement
section
MCT +5V
Barcode reader
Signal
+5V
+5V
+5V→+3.3V
Auto-transformer +5V→+2.5V
DRV
+5V→+1.9V
Signal +24V
200V Drive parts
+5V, +24V
HTC Polygon motor
+24V
AC200V
Heat development
heater
FP7D0407.EPS
AC power is supplied to the power supply unit when the main power switch is turned
ON. The power supply unit outputs the following power based on this AC power.
• When AC power is input, the power supply unit outputs +5VS to the PC board and for
the POWER LED on the operation panel.
• The power supply unit outputs +5V, ±12V, +12VD, +24V, and +3.3V when the power
ON switch is pushed.
• The power supply unit outputs AC200V to the heat development unit heater by the
heater control signal from the MCT board.
The PC board has a lithium batter for the clock and backup RAM.
<REMARKS>
Each output block of the power supply unit of this equipment has a protection circuit for
overvoltage and overcurrent. When problems are detected, the present DC output is stopped.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-57
MD-58
+24V K1
MB11
K1
SOLA11
F2
JP
K2
MB21
K2
SOLA21
F3
JP
K3
MB31
K3
SOLA31
K12
K5 K6
+24V
F8 MD1
K1 K2 K3
K5
F5 MD2, MD3, MG1
Scanner unit
(LDD) F7 ME1
K6
FP7D0408.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-58
MD-59
+24V MS1,
FANG1 to FANG3
F4
K4
MJ1
K4
SOLJ1
FP7D0409.EPS
F: Fuse
JP: Short-circuit connector for supplying power to the MD1 drive circuit in
equipments without the middle and lower film loading units.
K1 to K3: Relays which prevent the flow to the DRV board of counter-electromotive
power generated when motors are rotated in jam removing in the opening
of trays. At the same time, these relays cut off +24V power to the MD1 drive
circuit.
K4: Relay which prevents the flow to the DRV board of counter-electromotive
power generated when motors are rotated in jam removing in the opening
of the jam clear cover.
K5, K6: Relay which cuts off power to motors and clutch in the opening of the front
cover. At the same time, these relays prevent the flow to the DRV board of
counter-electromotive power generated when motors are rotated in jam
removing.
K12: Relay which cuts off the ±12V (for driving the laser) to the LDD board when
the front cover is released.
The ON/OFF states of interlock switches, relays, and fuses are converted to the ON/
OFF signal by the photocoupler, sent to the SNS board, and used for software control.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-59
MD-60
4.4.1 PC Board
■ Outline
The PC board performs overall control of the equipment, network input, and image
processing.
■ Main Functions
● CPU
733 MHz (FSB = 133 MHz)
● LAN
10/100BASE, with Link/Speed LED, Wakeup On LAN function
<REMARKS>
The Wakeup On LAN function is activated after the power is turned ON, the system starts, and
setup has been performed.
When power supply stops, it is activated after the power is turned ON again and the system
starts.
● IDE-I/F
Ultra ATA 100 compatible
● DIMM
168 pin, 3.3V Unbuffered DIMM, Non-ECC, SPD, PC133/PC100 compatible
Maximum capacity: 512 MB
Slots: 2
● SIO-I/F
2 ch
● CRT-I/F
Display mode: Resolution 320 x 240 to 1600 x 1200
● PCI-I/F
PCI2.2 compatible, 4 slots (of which, 2 slots are for the PRN board and MCT board)
● Lithium Battery
For RTC and backup RAM, replaceable
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-60
MD-61
PRN board
Image data (1) LBC 16 bit (2) CTG 14 bit (3) DAC
32 bit Scanner unit
Coaxial I/F
PLL synthesizer
(4) Start-point/Leading
edge detection signal FP7D0405.EPS
■ Outline
The PRN board converts image data stored in the main memory on the PC board from
digital to analog via the following blocks, and sends analog image data to the scanner
unit using the coaxial cable.
■ Main Function
(1) LBC block
Performs DMA transfer of image data via the PCI bus, and controls transfer to the
frame memory.
(2) CTG block
Performs image data transfer from the frame memory to line memory, and
controls transfer to the DAC based on the start-point/leading edge detection
signal.
(3) DAC block
Converts image data from the line memory from digital to analog, and controls the
laser light power.
(4) Start-point/leading edge detection signal
Takes in film leading edge detection sensor (SE1) outputs, and generates output
timing to the exposure area. To accurately obtain start-points in the scanning
direction, a PLL synthesizer is mounted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-61
MD-62
MCT board
External remote input
SNS
I/F
Main memory Boot program FlashROM
(SDRAM) FlashROM for application
4M x 32 512k word 1M word
FP7D0401.EPS
■ Outline
Performs mechanical control. Connected to the PCI bus of the PC board.
Has interface with the SNS board and DRV board which control and drive the I/O parts.
■ Main functions
● Power ON Reset IC
Generates reset signals when the power is turned ON.
● Self-reset Circuit
Generates reset signals by reset sequence access.
● CPU
SH3: 7709A (133 MHz)
● Main Memory
8M word SDRAM (32 bit width), SH3 CKIO: 33.3 MHz access
● Application ROM
Can read/write by flash memory and sector, 1M word, program is expanded on SDRAM
and run.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-62
MD-63
● FPGA
Bus error monitoring, decoding, bus control, self-reset register, LED, version register,
soft SW reading, SNS board I/F, 2-port memory (256B x 2) function
● RS232C
Connected to the sorter and PC for debugging.
● PCI Interface
PCI connection in the FPGA. Performs communication between the SH3 and PC board
via the 2-port memory in the FPGA.
● Heater
Performs ON/OFF control of the heater for the power supply unit.
Mounts the LED for checking operations,
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-63
MD-64
SNS board
5 mm GAP
sensor
Sensor input I/F
Reflection
type sensor
Reflection type sensor
LED individual
ON/OFF control
MCT Heat development unit thermistor
board Film cooling section thermistor
AD coverter
Recording section thermistor
Density measurement PD
Solenoid drive
Solenoid control
(DRV board)
DC motor drive
DC motor control
(DRV board)
Clutch drive
Clutch control
(DRV board)
Fan drive
Fan control
(DRV board)
Operation panel
Operation panel
display control
Serial communication
Barcode reader
control
FP7D0402.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-64
MD-65
■ Outline
The SNS board performs I/O parts control of the equipment by controlling the MCT
board.
Control signals from the MCT board are accessed by the address/data 8-bit multiplexer
via the FPGA.
The sensor input block is controlled by the SNS board directly, but the drive block I/O is
controlled via the driver of the DRV board. This board generates only the control
signals.
■ Main Functions
❍ Input system
• PI 5 mm GAP type x 14 systems
• PI reflection type x 10 systems
• Interlock state detection x 5 systems
❍ Control system
• LED pulse lighting control (Reflection type) x 10 systems
❍ Control system
• Density measurement LED lighting control x 1 system
● RS-232C Communication
• Barcode reader x 3 systems
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-65
MD-66
DRV board
Interlock state
Interlock
signal Photocoupler Interlock circuit
switch
(SNS board)
FUSE open
FUSE open
detection signal Photocoupler detection
(SNS board)
Solenoid control
Solenoid drive Solenoid
(SNS board)
DC motor control
DC motor drive DC motor
(SNS board)
Clutch control
Clutch drive Clutch
(SNS board)
Fan control
Fan drive Fan
(SNS board)
FP7D0403.EPS
■ Outline
Drives actuators using the control signal from the SNS board.
Connected to the SNS board by the board to board connector.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-66
MD-67
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-67
MD-68
PNL board
PHASE
CTL H.V. image
Hard SW Memory
position CTL
Display CTL
Controller INV power
ON/OFF SW
supply output
Contrast CTL
DC - DC
5.0V, 3.3V, 30.0V
DC12V
FUSE
DC5V
VR board
VR ERROR LED
Contrast adjustment
volume
Power supply unit Save energy mode LED
Power ON
SNS board switch POWER LED
PC board
Buzzer
FP7D0404.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-68
MD-69
■ Outline
The PNL board and VR board are user operation boards installed on the operation
panel.
Panel displays are controlled by the SNS board.
■ Main functions
● LCD
• 5.7” passive color LCD (STN)
• 320 (RGB) x 240 dots, COB LCD module
• Built-in inverter drive backlight and inverter
● Touch Panel
Analog resistance touch panel
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-69
MD-70
● Input Voltage
AC 200/208/220/230/240 V ±10%
Single-phase (2 lines)
<REMARKS>
Voltage is switched by tap switching.
● Output Voltage
AC180 to 220V/(2500W), +5VS/0.5A, +5V/4A and 10A, ±12V/2A, +12VD/6A,
+24V/8A, +3.3V/5A
(However, only +5VS is output when the main power switch is turned ON)
● Input Frequency
50/60 Hz ±3 Hz
● Input Capacity
Below 2.5 KVA
● Leakage Current
Below 4 mA
■ Main Functions
● Power SW controller
• Input signal 1 <TIMRQ, EXTRQ, STARTRQ>
Receives logic LOW level start request signal using the +5VS voltage
• Output signal 1 <START>
Outputs starts signals within signal pulse width 1 to 3 seconds or continuous logic
LOW level start signals (for PC board) by input signal 1
• Input signal 2 <PS-ON>
Outputs power supply voltage (5V, ±12V, +12VD, 24V, 3.3V) other than +5VS by
receiving logic LOW level (ground level) power supply ON request signal. Also
cuts off power by opening grounding.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-70
MD-71
● Heater Controller
Signal from controller for turning heater AC output ON/OFF.
● Interlock Circuit
Turns ±12VITRLK ON/OFF by the 24VITRLK signal input via the interlock switch
from 24V.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-71
MD-72
● Communication Control
Serial communication control
● Film Conveyance
• The stepping motor (MT1) is rotated by the pulse motor driver to convey film.
• The motor is stopped promptly when film jams are detected.
● Film Detection
• When films pass by in front of the reflection sensor, film is detected as present.
• Five film detection sensors are provided and used for switching two bins each.
● Detection of Disconnection
When the sorter is disconnected and separated from the printer, +24V is cut off by
the interlock switch. This cut off is detected by the software on the SRT board.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-72
MD-73
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-73
MD-74
Display of message
■ ON/OFF Notation
• Penetration type sensors (SA13, SA23, SA33, SB11, SB21, SB31, SB12, SB22,
SB32, SD3, SD4, SD5, SD6, SD7)
• Reflection type sensors (SA11, SA21, SA31, SB13, SB23, SB33, SD1, SD2, SJ1)
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-74
MD-75
START
Sorter initialization
Clutch initialization
END
FP7D0500.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-75
MD-76
SB11 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry?
YES OK
MB11 : CCW
(Returns to HP)
SB11 : NO NG
ON→OFF? Retry?
YES OK
(HP)
2227 0228 Upper removal unit
MB11 : STOP
MB11 : STOP
END
FP7D0501.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-76
MD-77
ON
SD5 : OFF?
OFF
MD4 : CCW
SD5 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry?
YES OK
(Cleaning roller grip)
2298 0299
Delay : 1sec Cleaning roller grip
detection error
SD5 : YES
ON→OFF?
NO
Main unit software version
02BB A02 or earier
12BB Main unit software version
A03/A04/V4.1 or later/V10.0 or later
MD4 : STOP No cleaning roller detection error
MD4 : CW
SD5 : NO NG
ON→OFF? Retry?
YES OK
(Cleaning roller grip
release)
Delay 2237 0238
Cleaning roller grip HP
MD4 : STOP detection error
END
FP7D0503.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-77
MD-78
MD3 : CW
SD4 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry?
YES OK
(Completed setting grip
state to 35 x 43 cm)
2239 0240
Size grip HP detection error
MD3 : STOP
END
FP7D0502.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-78
MD-79
ON (At HP)
MD5 : CCW
(Deviates from HP)
SD6 : NO NG
ON→OFF? Retry?
YES OK
MD5 :CW
(Returns to HP)
SD6 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry?
<NOTE>
YES OK
Perform together with lower
(HP) film positioning section
2247 0248
Upper positioning guide HP
return detection error
MD5 : STOP
END
FP7D0504.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-79
MD-80
ON (At HP)
MD6 : CCW
(Deviates from HP)
SD7 : NO NG
ON→OFF? Retry?
YES OK
MD6 :CW
(Returns to HP)
SD7 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry?
<NOTE>
YES OK
Perform together with upper
(HP) film positioning unit
2245 0246
Lower positioning guide HP
return error
MD6 : STOP
END
FP7D0505.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-80
MD-81
CLD1 : ON
SD5 : NO
OFF→ON? 0299
Cleaning roller grip detection error
YES (Grip)
Delay : 1 sec
MD4 : STOP
<NOTE>
Upper removal unit: MB11
MB11 : CW
Middle removal unit: MB21
(Removal conveyance roller Lower removal unit: MB31
grip)
MB11 : STOP
MB11 : STOP
YES
A
FP7D0524.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-81
MD-82
MG1 : CCW
SJ1 : NO
OFF→ON?
MD2 : STOP
YES
2
SJ1 : NO
ON→OFF? 12A9
MD3 : CCW (20 x 25 cm setting) Film release unit
YES jam error
SD4 : NO
OFF→ON? 02BD 1
MD3 : STOP
SD5 : NO
ON→OFF? 0238 1
MD4 : STOP
B
FP7D0525.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-82
MD-83
ON
SD2 : ON?
OFF Delay
MD1 : STOP
SD2 : YES
OFF→ON?
MD4 : CCW (Cleaning roller grip)
NO
(End of discharge of film
remaining at conveyor unit)
SD5 : NO
OFF→ON? 0299 1
MD1 : STOP
Cleaning roller grip
YES detection error
Delay : 1 sec
C
MD4 : STOP
SD4 : NO
OFF→ON? 0240 1
MD3 : STOP
SD2 : NO
ON→OFF? 12A7 1
CLD : OFF
MD2 : STOP
2
FP7D0526.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-83
MD-84
ON
SB33 : OFF? 12A5 1
Lower tray removal unit jam error
OFF
ON
SB23 : OFF? 12A4 1
Middle tray removal unit jam error
OFF
ON
SB13 : OFF? 12A3 1
Upper tray removal unit jam error
OFF
ON
SD1 : OFF? 12A6 1
Front conveyor unit jam error
OFF
1
Has SD2 NO
detected film?
YES
SJ1 : NO
OFF→ON? 12A8
Heat development
YES unit jam error
Delay
SOLJ1 : OFF
D
FP7D0527.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-84
MD-85
ME1 : STOP
MG1 : STOP
MJ1 : STOP
END
FP7D0528.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-85
MD-86
■ General Flow
START
END
FP7D0506.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-86
MD-87
Combination NG
of SD3/SD4 2284 20 x 25 cm size
OK?
Size grip detection error
OK
1
MD3 : STOP
SB12 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry?
YES OK
(Film surface detection)
2249 0250 Upper removal unit
MB11 : STOP
2251 0252 Middle removal unit
A
FP7D0507.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-87
MD-88
START
No shutter
ON
(Film tray lock normal)
1214 Upper removal unit
END
FP7D0523.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-88
MD-89
A
SB12 : NO NG
ON→OFF? Retry?
MB11 : STOP
MB11 : STOP
MB11 : STOP
5 times
B
FP7D0508.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-89
MD-90
<NOTE>
Upper removal unit: SB11
SB11 : NO NG Middle removal unit: SB21
OFF→ON? Retry?
Lower removal unit: SB31
YES OK
(Suction cup arm HP)
2261 0262 Upper removal unit
MB11 : STOP 2263 0264 Middle removal unit
1
MB11 : STOP
MB11 : STOP
MD1 : CW/10mm
MD1 : STOP
<NOTE>
Upper removal unit: SB13
OFF NG Middle removal unit: SB23
SB13 : ON? Retry?
Lower removal unit: SB33
ON OK
END 1
FP7D0510.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-90
MD-91
20 x 25 cm NO
setting?
Combination of NG
SD3/SD4
OK?
OK 2284 20 x 25 cm size
MD1 : CW
1
SD1 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry? 1273
Conveyor unit removal unit
YES OK jam error
(SD1 detects film leading edge)
221B
5.2.1 2 Delay
Removal Unit Initialization
A
FP7D0509.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-91
MD-92
SD2 : NO NG
OFF→ON? Retry? 1274
Conveyor unit jam error
YES (SD2 detects film leading edge) OK
Delay 221C
Delay
MD1 : STOP
MD1 : CW
Is film
positioning NO
possible?
<NOTE>
YES
End of precedent film recording
END
FP7D0512.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-92
MD-93
START
MD2 : CCW
MD1 : CW
MD5 : CCW
MD6 : CCW
(Close guide according to film size)
MD5 : STOP
MD6 : STOP
MD5 : CW
MD6 : CW
(Open guide)
MD5 : STOP
MD6 : STOP
MD5 : CCW
MD6 : CCW
(Close guide)
MD5 : STOP
MD6 : STOP
2 times
MD1 : STOP
MD2 : STOP
MD5 : CW
MD6 : CW
(Open guide slightly)
MD5 : STOP
MD6 : STOP
END
FP7D0513.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-93
MD-94
MD4 : CCW
(Cleaning roller grip)
CLD1 : ON
SD5 : NO
OFF→ON? 2282
Cleaning roller grip
YES detection error
MD4 : STOP
END
2285 26 x 36 cm size
MD3 : STOP 35 x 43 cm size
2287
2288 25 x 30 cm size
END
FP7D0514.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-94
MD-95
ME1 : STOP
Delay : 0.6 sec
MD2 : STOP
SD2 : NO
ON→OFF?
YES
SD5 : NO
ON→OFF?
YES
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-95
MD-96
Delay : 1 sec
MD5 : CW
MD6 : CW
(Open to front of HP)
MD5 : STOP
MD6 : STOP
MD5 : CW
MD6 : CW
SD6 : NO
OFF→ON?
YES (HP)
2290
Upper positioning guide HP
detection error
SD7 : NO
OFF→ON?
YES (HP)
2289
Lower positioning guide HP
detection error
MD5 : STOP
MD6 : STOP FP7D0516.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-96
MD-97
MG1 : CCW
END
FP7D0522.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-97
MD-98
SJ1 : NO
OFF→ON? 1277
Heat development unit jam error
YES
YES
Is film trailing
tr NO SOLJ1 : ON
edge passed
film cooling section?
YES
Normal
Nor mal film NO
or 1 <NOTE>
MJ1 : STOP cleaning film? High speed discharge performed
•Normal film
YES (Film cooling section low temperature)
High speed discharge not performed
MJ1 : STOP •Normal film
MJ1 : CW/High speed (Film cooling section high temperature)
•Density measurement film
MJ1 : CW/High speed •Cleaning film
•Sorter discharge
SJ1 : NO
ON→OFF? 1278
Film release jam error
YES
1
Delay
MJ1 : STOP
SOLJ1 : OFF
END
FP7D0517.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-98
MD-99
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-99
MD-100
6. PRINTING FORMATS
This chapter describes printing formats such as format names, standard formats, and
mixed formats.
For example, they are as shown in the following for “STANDARD\3, 4”.
Column
Row
FP7D0607.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-100
MD-101
No. of frames/film: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25, 28, 30, 32, 35, 36, 40,
42, 48, 49, 54, 56, 63, 64, 70, 72, 80
Portrait Landscape
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-101
MD-102
1 2 3
1
1
4 5 6
2 3 4 7 8 9
2 3
5 6 7
10 11
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
4 5 9 10 11 12
9 10
13 14 15 16
6 7
17 18 11 12
ROW\1,3,3
2 3 4
5 6 7
BPM1
FP7D0603.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-102
MD-103
1 2 3 1 2
1 2
3 4 5 6
3 4 5 4 5
7 8 9 10
BLM1 BLM2 BLM3
ROW\4,4,2
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10
BLM4 FP7D0604.EPS
ROW\1,3,3
1
2 3 4
5 6 7
BPM1 FP7D0605.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-103
MD-104
ROW\1,3,3
2 3 4
5 6 7
FP7D0608.EPS
1 2 3 1 2
1 2
3 4 5 6
3 4 5 4 5
7 8 9 10
ROW\4,4,2
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10
FP7D0609.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-104
MD-105
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MD-105
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)
MT-1
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-1
MT-2
1. TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD
When malfunctions occur in the equipment, analyze them from error codes, abnormal
image, and abnormal operation and perform the required corrections.
■ Troubleshooting Methods
The following three troubleshooting methods are available.
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-2
MT-3
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-3
MT-4
2. ERROR CODE
FP7T0226.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-4
MT-5
(3) For details on error codes, refer to “2.3 Error Code Tables” for the meaning of the
error which has occurred, suspected cause, and remedy.
When analyzing an error code, also refer to the detailed code provided.
To differentiate the place of error (printer or formatter), look up the name
displayed under “Source” on the error log display in the following table.
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-5
MT-6
(3)
(1)
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor.
Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the
Cleaning roller SNS board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller.
(home position) in initialization, but SD5
0238 grip HP detection
does not become OPEN. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform 2-A-4
error mechanism adjustments.
(Retryover)
2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
(2)
REDY LOCK SK2 SK1 SJ2 SB33 SB23 SB13 SJ1 SD7 SD6 SD5 SD4 SD3 SD2 SD1
4 0 7 8
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
FP7T0227.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-6
MT-7
[Bit map]
a b c d
0 0 SK2 SK1 0 SY23 SY22 SY21 SY12 SB13 SB12 SB11 SY11 SA13 SA12 SA11
[Bit map]
a b c d
0 0 SK2 SK1 0 SY23 SY22 SY21 SY12 SB23 SB22 SB21 SY11 SA23 SA22 SA21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-7
MT-8
[Bit map]
a b c d
0 0 SK2 SK1 0 SY23 SY22 SY21 SY12 SB33 SB32 SB31 SY11 SA33 SA32 SA31
[Bit map]
a b c d
REDY LOCK SK2 SK1 SJ2 SB33 SB23 SB13 SJ1 SD7 SD6 SD5 SD4 SD3 SD2 SD1
[Bit map]
a b c d
0 F05 F24 F24 F24 F24 F24 F24 F24 F24 F24 F24 F05 F12 F12 VCCS
VM VJ VH VG VF VE VD VC VB VA VP VP VM VP
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-8
MT-9
M-Utility Parameter
command number number FP7T0208.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-9
MT-10
Sensor Sensor
number information
FP7T0221.EPS
Code details
Sensor number
• 0: Hardware error, or when the error cannot be specified
• 1 to 5 (ST1 to ST5): Mechanism error or film error
Sensor information
• The OFF/ON state of sensors is displayed by 0/1.
[Bit map]
0 0 ST6 ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5
FP7T0222.EPS
“FF” will be displayed when the data cannot be specified due to faulty
communication with the sorter.
0 0 Mode Tray
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-10
MT-11
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-11
MT-12
● 2-G-1
Detailed codes are common information of the printer and are displayed as
“conveyance management print ID (XXXX)”.
Because they are internal control codes in software control, they cannot be used for
analysis during servicing.
● 2-G-2
Displays errors related to failure in detecting the discharge bin number.
Displays the discharge bin number detection error by the number of information
registered in the film management number table and bin number to be searched
(parameter in sorter discharge response).
Because this is the internal control code in software control, it cannot be used for
analysis during servicing.
X X Y Y
● 2-G-3
FLH information displayed as “SIO transmission number (0XXX)”.
F F F F
FP7T0209.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-12
MT-13
Type Installation
of error method
FP7T0210.EPS
Code details
Type of error
1: Writing size error
2: Installation method error
3: Erase error
Installation method
0: PRT application
1: OS
2: Installer
F F F F
FP7T0209.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-13
MT-14
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-14
MT-15
Cause FP7T0215.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-15
MT-16
Cause FP7T0215.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-16
MT-17
F F F F
FP7T0209.EPS
Code details
Cause
0001: Target temperature setting error
0003: Heater control TCYC1 value error
1004: A system fan control TCYC2 value error
1005: A system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error
1006: A system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error
1007: A system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error
1008: A system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error
0009: Heater control DUTY value error
000A: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC1 value error
000B: Photosensing material correction parameter KBC value error
000C: TRAY number error at photosensing material correction parameter setting
000D: Photosensing material correction parameter SBC4 value error
2004: B system fan control TCYC2 value error
2005: B system fan control DUTY value: fr1 error
2006: B system fan control DUTY value: fr2 error
2007: B system fan control DUTY value: fr3 error
2008: B system fan control DUTY value: fr4 error
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-17
MT-18
FMT Formatter
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-18
MT-19
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-19
MT-20
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-20
MT-21
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-21
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
2.3.1 Printer
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Conveyance system related external file
access error
Incorrect software installation, malfunction of MCT board,
• File read error
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-22
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SNS board SD5 port or
MD4 controller.
Cleaning roller grip The cleaning roller attempted to move 1. Using M-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check,
021A detection error from the HP to the grip state, but SD5 did mechanism adjustment. 2-A-4
(M-Utility function) not detect CLOSE.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Attempted to deviate the removal arm Malfunction of SB11 sensor or MB11 motor.
Upper tray removal unit
from upper deadpoint in initialization, but
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11 port of the SNS
0226 HP deviation detection
SB11 does not become CLOSE. board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
2-A-1
error
(Retryover) 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
Attempted to return the removal arm from mechanism adjustments.
Upper tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
0228 HP return detection error does not become OPEN. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. 2-A-1
(Retryover) Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
Attempted to deviate the removal arm Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Middle tray removal unit
from upper deadpoint in initialization, butOr mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SNS
0230 HP deviation detection
SB21 does not become CLOSE. board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
2-A-2
error
(Retryover) 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
mechanism adjustments.
Attempted to return the removal arm from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
Middle tray removal unit
0232 HP return detection error
upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. 2-A-2
does not become OPEN.(Retryover) Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
MT-23
MT-23
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Attempted to deviate the removal arm Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Lower tray removal unit
from upper deadpoint in initialization, but
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SNS
0234 HP deviation detection
SB31 does not become CLOSE. board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
2-A-3
error
(Retryover) 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
Attempted to return the removal arm from mechanism adjustments.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Lower tray removal unit upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
0236 HP return detection error does not become OPEN. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. 2-A-3
(Retryover) Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
(Retryover)
MT-24
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS
Attempted to return positioning guide to board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller.
Positioning guide
HP (home position) in initialization, but 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
0246 entrance HP return
SD7 does not become CLOSE. mechanism adjustments.
2-A-4
detection error
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-25
(Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SB12 sensor or MB11 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB12 port of the SNS
Attempted to push in suction cup unit
board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
from surface detection position into
Upper tray film suction 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
0256 detection error
bellows in removal, but SB12 does not
mechanism adjustments.
2-A-1
become OPEN.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
(Retryover)
MT-26
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of SB31 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB31 port of the SNS
Attempted to move from film suction to board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
Lower tray removal unit upper deadpoint in removal, but 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
0266 HP rise detection error SB31 does not become CLOSE. mechanism adjustments. 2-A-3
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
(Retryover)
MT-27
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Disconnection of the VCCS sensor power fuse (F3).
1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
Sensor power supply Disconnection of SNS board sensor
02AA fuse disconnection power fuse
adjustments 2-A-5
2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-28
3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Disconnection of the F24VF MD4, MD5, MD6 CLD1 power fuse
(F6).
MD4,5,6 CLD1 power 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
Disconnection of DRV board MD4, MD5,
02B4 supply fuse
MD6 CLD1 power fuse adjustments 2-A-5
disconnection 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-29
Device set error • FPMC time monitoring setting error 2-D-1
and incorrect settings.
• Message ID specification error
09.20.2004 FM4447
006-259-04
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
No response from DEV-SS that it has Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
0332 DEV-SS start timeout completed start even after a certain 1. Re-install the software. 3-C
period of time. 2. Replace the MCT board.
No response from FL-SS that it has Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
0333 FLH-SS start timeout completed start even after a certain 1. Re-install the software. 3-C
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Data sent to/received from the serial port Malfunction of the test tool, MCT board, or SNS board
SIO communication test
0381 compare error
during SIO communication test was 1. Replace the test tool. 3-D
incorrect. 2. Replace the SNS board. (When BCR port is specified)
SIO communication test Failed in receiving data from the serial
0382 3-D
MT-30
MT-30
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the MCT board, SNS board, or DRV board
Inter-board Port read value in inter-board 1. Replace the MCT board.
0385 communication test error communication test was not correct. 2. Replace the SNS board.
3-D
3. Replace the DRV board.
Malfunction of sensor or SNS board.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Detected tray error during printing 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors and perform mechanism
0390 Tray error during printing (changes in tray lock sensor/shutter adjustments. 3-C
detection sensor). 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS board.
Density measurement Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board
Failed in reading density measurement
0401 control parameter file
control parameter files at system start.
1. Re-install the software. None
read error 2. Replace the MCT board.
Software installation error, malfunction of the MCT board
Polygon control Failed in reading the polygon control
0501 parameter file read error parameter file during system start.
1. Re-install the software. None
2. Replace the MCT board.
Malfunction of the scanner unit, PRT16A board, or LDD16A
Detected polygon rotation error during 1. Replace the scanner unit.
0510 Polygon error
scanner initialization diagnosis. 2. Replace the PRT16A board. None
3. Replace LDD16A.
Heat development Failed in reading the heat development
0901 control parameter file control parameter file when the system 9-D
reading error was started up.
Failed in TMS driver (temperature
0902 TMS driver setup error measurement task) setup when system 9-F
was started up.
Heat development Failed in reading the heat development
Incorrect software installation error, MCT board malfunction.
0903 calculation parameter control parameter file when the system
1. Re-install the software.
9-D
file reading error was started up.
2. Replace the MCT board.
Failed in reading the temperature
Temperature conversion
0904 table file reading error
conversion table file when the system was 9-D
started up.
Failed in starting the plate control task
0905 Plate setup error
when the system was started up.
9-E
MT-31
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SNS board and
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of
Detected that the current temperature of the SNS board.
a heater dropped below -20°C for three 1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the
Plate thermistor
0911 disconnection error
times continuously (detection interval: 600 thermistor, and connector of the SNS board are set correctly. 9-B
ms), and determined that the thermistor
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-32
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board.
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, temperature detection thermistor,
filter section cooling FAN, heater, or heater port of the MCT
board.
1. Check if the MCT board is controlled properly according to the
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-33
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature is low.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature
detection thermistor, disconnection of the cable between the
heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal
protector, or malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connectors of the power supply unit and MCT board are set
correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been
The temperature of a heater remained
cleared.
lower than the target temperature even
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
after 15 minutes from the start of
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the
temperature control (detection interval:
hand.
600ms, measured 2000 times
If hot, the heater is OK.
Heater disconnection continuously) and did not become the
0961 error appropriate temperature.
The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
Note:
4. Replace the MCT board.
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
5. Replace the thermistor.
to 130°C) varies according to internal
6. Replace the SNS board.
conditions.
7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply
unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply
unit.
8. Replace the power supply unit.
MT-34
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature is low.
Incorrect DipSW setting of the MCT board, connector
malfunction, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor,
disconnection of the heaters, disconnection of the cable
between the heater and power supply unit, reset of heater by
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
1211 Upper cover open The upper cover is open. Close the upper cover. 2-A-4
1212 Front cover open The front cover is open. Close the front cover. 2-A-4
The upper tray was open in initialization
1214 Upper tray open error
and removal.
Close the upper tray. 2-A-1
Upper tray shutter The shutter was inserted in the upper tray
1216 present error in initialization and removal.
Remove the shutter of the upper tray. 2-A-1
MT-35
Middle tray shutter The shutter was inserted in the middle
1220 present error tray in initialization and removal.
Remove the shutter of the middle tray. 2-A-2
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The lower tray was open in initialization
1222 Lower tray open error
and removal.
Close the lower tray. 2-A-3
Lower tray shutter The shutter was inserted in the lower tray
1224 present error in initialization and removal.
Remove the shutter of the lower tray. 2-A-3
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-36
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Conveyor unit removal
Jam occurred during conveyance.
unit jam error
Open the front cover and tray (for upper tray), and remove the
<Reference>
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but jammed film.
Upper tray :
did not detect SD1 CLOSE 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
1273 Removal jam
(film leading edge detection). mechanism adjustments. SD1, MD1
2-A-4
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Middle tray :
(Retryover) 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
Conveyance jam
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Lower tray :
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
Conveyance jam
Upper tray shutter Attempted to open the upper tray, but the
1292
MT-37
After inserting the shutter, open the upper tray. 2-A-1
uninserted error shutter was not inserted.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Middle tray shutter Attempted to open the middle tray, but
1294 uninserted error the shutter was not inserted.
After inserting the shutter, open the middle tray. 2-A-2
Lower tray shutter Attempted to open the lower tray, but the
1296 uninserted error shutter was not inserted.
After inserting the shutter, open the lower tray 2-A-3
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-38
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The remainder is not discharged normally from the front
conveyor unit.Or malfunction of the
SD1 sensor, or MD1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SNS
Failed to detect SD1 OPEN at completion board, or malfunction of the MD1 controller.
Conveyor unit jam error
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-39
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release
unit.Or malfunction of the
SJ1 sensor, or MG1, MJ1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1port of the SNS
Film release unit jam Failed to detect SJ1 OPEN at completion board, or malfunction of the MG1, MJ1 controller.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
12A9 error of remainder recording conveyance 1. Check if film has dropped. 2-A-4
(Discharge remainder) (detected film). 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
Attempted to set the cleaning roller grip Check that cleaning roller is inserted.
position into the grip state from the home
No cleaning roller
12BB detection error
position (HP) during initialization, but after <Supplementary information> 2-A-4
SD5 closes, SD5 further opens. If re-installation is performed without inserting after error
(Main unit software version A03 or later) detection, fatal error (0299) will result due to the mechanism.
Malfunction in the periphery of the sorter unit SIO.
Failed in registering SIO for 1. Check that the cable between the sorter unit and MCT board
12C0 SIO registration error
communication with the sorter unit. is connected properly.
2-F-2
2. Replace the MCT board.
MT-40
5. Replace the MCT board.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
MT-41
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The sorter unit received a message
Invalid sorter unit
command at an unacceptable timing. After initializing the sorter unit again, execute sorter film release
12D7 detection
As a result, the required command (see conveyance or utility command.
2-F-3
command
detailed information) cannot be executed.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-42
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
While attempting to initialize the sorter,
the sorter unit was found to have been Check the power supply state of the sorter unit.
Sorter unit initialization initialized unintentionally. Can be recovered by operating according to displayed
12E8 execution failure Occurs when the sorter unit power is instructions.
2-H-1
turned from ON to OFF during
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
maintenance utility.
Sorter motor speed Attempted to set the sorter motor speed, Check the sorter motor speed in the external file (sif_unt.fil)
12E9 setting error but was not in the settable range. installed.
2-F-4
MT-43
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SJ1 sensor or MD2, ME1, MG1 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SNS
board, or malfunction of the MD2, ME1, MG1 controller.
As the film reached the sensor (SJ1) 1. Using M-Utility, check sensor, motors, and perform mechanism
Density measurement
221D starting point error
earlier than normal sequence, density adjustments. 2-A-4
measurement was started.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-44
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SD5 sensor or MD4 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS
Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller.
Cleaning roller grip HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
2237 detection error does not become OPEN. mechanism adjustments. 2-A-4
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-45
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS
Attempted to return positioning guide to board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller.
Positioning guide
HP (home position) in initialization, but 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
2245 entrance HP return
SD7 does not become CLOSE. mechanism adjustments.
2-A-4
detection error
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-46
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SB32 sensor or MB31 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB32 port of the SNS
Attempted to move suction cup unit from board, or malfunction of the MB31 controller.
upper deadpoint to surface detection 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
Lower tray film surface
2253 detection error
position in removal, but SB32 does not mechanism adjustments. 2-A-3
become CLOSE.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-47
09.20.2004 FM4447
006-259-04
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Film dropped during removal.
Or malfunction of SB11, SB12, SB13 sensors or MB11motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB11, SB12, SB13 ports
At completion of removal, did not detect of the SNS board, or malfunction of the MB11 controller.
Upper tray removal unit normal SB13 CLOSE 1. Check if film has dropped.
2267 2-A-1
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
exit detection error (film leading edge detection). 2. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
(Currently retrying) mechanism adjustments.
3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
4. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
MT-48
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of SB21 sensor or MB21 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB21 port of the SNS
board, or malfunction of the MB21 controller.
Attempted to move from conveyance 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
Middle tray removal unit
2280 HP detection error
roller position to upper deadpoint in grip mechanism adjustments. 2-A-2
release, but SB21 did not become OPEN. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Attempted to move cleaning roller from Malfunction of SD5 sensor or MD4 motor.
Cleaning roller grip Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD5 port of the SNS
2282 detection error
HP to grip state, but SD5 did not become
board, or malfunction of the MD4 controller.
2-A-4
CLOSE.
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
mechanism adjustments.
Attempted to move cleaning roller from 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
Cleaning roller grip HP
2283 detection error
grip state to HP, but SD5 did not become 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board. 2-A-4
OPEN. Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
Attempted to move to left size, but
20x25 cm size grip
2284 detection error
SD3/SD4 did not become the specified 2-A-4
values.
Malfunction of the SD3/SD4 sensor or MD3 motor.
Attempted to move to left size, but Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3/SD4 port of the
26x36 cm size grip
2285 detection error
SD3/SD4 did not become the specified SNS board, or malfunction of the MD3 controller. 2-A-4
values. 1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
Attempted to move to left size, but mechanism adjustments.
35x43 cm size grip 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/motors.
2287 detection error
SD3/SD4 did not become the specified
3. If the problem still persists, replace the SNS/DRV board.
2-A-4
values.
Refer to “2.4.2 Troubleshooting Flow”.
Attempted to move to left size, but
25x30 cm size grip
2288 detection error
SD3/SD4 did not become the specified 2-A-4
values.
MT-49
MT-49
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Malfunction of the SD7 sensor or MD6 motor.
Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD7 port of the SNS
board, or malfunction of the MD6 controller.
Positioning guide Attempted to return the positioning guide
1. Using M-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform
2289 entrance HP detection to HP(home position), but
mechanism adjustments.
2-A-4
error SD7 did not become CLOSE.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-50
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Disconnection of the F12VM density measurement sensor power
fuse (F2).
Density measurement 1. Using the M-Utility, perform monitoring and mechanism
Disconnection of SNS board density
22AC sensor power supply
measurement sensor power fuse adjustments 2-A-5
fuse disconnection 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-51
09.20.2004 FM4447
006-259-04
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Occurred due to influence of other sorter problems. Check for
detects of the sorter unit before and after this log.
• SIO transmission error (12C2)
Sorter storing process The sorter unit was in the middle of
22E7 mismatch storing when initialized.
• SIO reception error (12C3) 2-H-1
• Sorter unit detection command parameter error (12D6)
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-52
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The density value measured by the density measurement
section is abnormal.
1. Check if the density measurement sections such as density
measurement LED, LED board, PDD board, connectors
between boards, density measurement sensor power fuse,
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-53
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The number of effective AD data measured by the density
measurement section is less than the minimum number of
effective data (Note).
1. Check if the density of the film is normal.
2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Note:
The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data
logically measured. The number of effective data required for 24-
steps pattern is above 6717, that for 17-steps pattern is above
4976, and that for QC pattern is above 1555.
Malfunction of scanner unit, PRN board, LDD board.
Check again by scanner check using the M-Utility, and perform
the following for malfunctioned parts.
Detected polygn rotation error during 1. Check the connectors between the scanner unit, LDD board, Times of
2510 Polygon error
scanner initialization diagnosis. etc. and PRN board, and replace as necessary. diagnosis
2. Replace the scanner unit.
3. Replace the PRN board.
4. Replace the LDD board.
MT-54
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature measurement is abnormal.
Malfunction of plate temperature detection thermistor,
disconnection of the I/F cable between the thermistor and SNS
board.
1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SNS board
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-55
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature is low.
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature
detection thermistor,
disconnection of the cable between the heater and power supply
unit, reset of heater by the thermal
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Film cooling section The film cooling section thermistor has Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SNS board and
thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of
2918 thermistor disconnection disconnected (Detected temperature
the SNS board.
9-C
error dropped below -20°C.).
1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the
thermistor, and connector of the SNS board are set correctly.
Sub-scanning section The sub-scanning section thermistor has 2. Replace the thermistor.
2919 thermistor disconnection disconnected (Detected temperature 3. Replace the SNS board. 9-C
error dropped below -20°C.). 4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SNS board.
MT-56
MT-56
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature
detection thermistor,
disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and
power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or
malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
During temperature control, the connectors of the power supply unit are set correctly, and
temperature of a heater dropped below check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared.
the appropriate temperature range (within 2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
target temperature ±1°C), and did not Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the
return to the appropriate temperature hand.
even after 5 minutes (detection interval If hot, the heater is OK.
Temperature control
2921 abnormally low error
600ms, measured 500 times The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. 9-A
continuously). If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
3. Replace the heater.
Note: 4. Replace the MCT board.
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C 5. Replace the thermistor.
to 130°C) varies according to internal 6. Replace the SNS board.
conditions. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply
unit.
8. Replace the power supply unit.
MT-57
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature is abnormal.
Disconnection of the plate temperature detection thermistor,
disconnection of the heater of I/F cable between the heater and
power supply unit, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or
malfunction of the heater port of the MCT board.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
connectors of the power supply unit are set correctly, and
check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared.
2. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the
The temperature of all plates did not hand.
become the appropriate temperature If hot, the heater is OK.
(within target temperature ±1°C) even The thermistor/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
after 20 minutes from the start of If not hot, the heater/MCT may be faulty. Proceed to step 4.
initialization. 3. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using t
the M-Utility.
Note: The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
2930 Temperature timeout 1. Generally, as the temperature control The film cooling section and recording section thermistor/MCT 9-F
abnormally low error (2921) and heater board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5.
disconnection error (0961), etc. occur If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
before this error, the rate of Replace the connector and film section cooling FAN.
occurrence of this error is low. 4. Replace the heater.
2. The target temperature (approx. 90°C 5. Replace the MCT board.
to 130°C) varies according to internal 6. Replace the thermistor.
conditions. 7. Replace the SNS board.
8. Replace the film cooling section and recording section
thermistor.
9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply
unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply
unit.
10. Replace the power supply unit.
MT-58
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
During temperature control, the
temperature of a heater exceeded the
appropriate temperature range (within
target temperature ±1°C), and did not
return to the appropriate temperature The plate temperature is high.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
even after 5 minutes (detection interval Malfunction of the MCT board, filter section cooling FAN, heater,
Temperature abnormally
2931 high error
600ms, measured 500 times temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port of the 9-A
continuously). MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
Note: connector of the MCT board are set correctly.
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C 2. Check the operations of the filter section cooling FAN using
to 130°C) varies according to internal the M-Utility.
conditions. The FAN is OK if operations are normal.
The heater/thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 3.
During temperature control, the
If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective.
temperature of a heater exceeded the
Replace the connector and filter section cooling FAN.
appropriate temperature range (within
3. Check the operations of each heater using the M-Utility.
target temperature ±1°C), and did not
Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the
return to the appropriate temperature
hand.
even after 10 minutes (detection interval
Temperature control If not hot, the heater is OK.
2932 abnormally high 2 error
600ms, measured 1000 times
The thermistor may be faulty. Proceed to step 6.
9-A
continuously).
If hot, the heater/MCT board may be faulty. Proceed to step
4.
Note:
4. Replace the heater.
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
5. Replace the MCT board.
to 130°C) varies according to internal
6. Replace the thermistor.
conditions.
7. Replace the SNS board.
8. Replace the temperature detection thermistor.
The temperature of a heater remained 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and power supply
higher than the target temperature even unit or I/F cable between the MCT board and power supply
after 5 minutes from the start of unit.
temperature control (detection interval: 10. Replace the power supply unit.
600ms, measured 500 times
continuously) and did not become the
2941 Overheat 1 error
appropriate temperature.
Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the MCT board. 9-A
1. Re-install the software.
2. Replace the MCT board.
Note:
1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C
to 130°C) varies according to internal
conditions.
MT-59
MT-59
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature is high.
Malfunction of the MCT board, filter section cooling FAN, heater,
temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port of the
MCT board.
1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-60
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
The plate temperature measurement is abnormal.
Malfunction of the plate temperature detection thermistor,
dsiconnection of the I/F cable with the SNS board.
1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SNS board
are set properly, and if the AD converter for temperature
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-61
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error Code Error Name Significance Probable cause and remedy information
format
Error which essentially does not occur caused by software bug
3202 FPMC error (At start) FPMC motor drive failure
and incorrect control timing.
2-C-1
(Sorter information)
As a result, it became no-response.
Conveyance The targeted information could not be
management table error found in the heat development unit Errors due to software bug, control timing error, etc. which usually
33EC (Heat development unit conveyance information. do not occur.
2-G-1
information) As a result, it became no-response.
SIO transmission buffer The table storing SIO transmission Errors due to software bug, control timing error, etc. which usually
33ED over error information has become full. do not occur.
2-F-3
MT-62
MT-62
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
2.3.2 Formatter
■ DICOM
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
1:No file
Save equipment individual data (requires
0001 0004 Invalid Netinf.prm Invalid Netinf.prm contents
Netinf.prm analysis).
2:Non existing keyword
3:Non existing value
MT-63
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ Spooler
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Error occurred with creating Failed in creating thread. (Internal Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0002 0001 thread.%n%1 error) individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Error occurred with posting Failed in sending messages. Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0002 0002 message to thread.%n%1 (Internal error) individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
PrintJob was not found for Could not find Print Job deleted Save equipment individual data (requires log
Place of occurrence in source
MT-64
MT-64
Delete.%n%1 when requesting queue deletion. code
conditions.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Specified change priority level is Save equipment individual data (requires log
Place of occurrence in source
0002 0010 Change priority is invalid.%n%1
invalid. analysis), reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
MT-65
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ ImgPrc
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0003 0001 System call has failed. %n[%1] Error occurred due to system call. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
MT-66
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ Output
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output main Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1EB1 main thread. thread. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output transfer Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1EB2 transmit thread. thread. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1EB3 mct16drv thread. mechanical driver thread. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Output Invoke failed when Create Failed in starting output scanner Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1EB4 prn16drv thread. driver thread. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Cannot Set event to device Failed in registering events in Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1EB7 mct16drv. mechanical driver. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Cannot Set event to device Failed in registering events in Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1EB8 prn16drv. scanner driver. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Response Timeout in device Command response timeout from Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1F15 mct16drv. mechanical driver. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Response Timeout in device Command response timeout from Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1F16 prn16drv. scanner driver. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
MT-67
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Unmatch Print ID at Print-Request No print ID for print request which Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1F7F and Print-Reqponse. matches print ID for print end individual data, reboot system, and observe None
response. conditions.
Error occurred with start printer
0004 1F80 PRT Run request failed.
command.
Install the printer from the M-UTL. None
Memory Information failed at Invalid state transition occurred Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 1F81 Transmit request. internally individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Could not acquire filename in Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 1F82 No File Name when file trans.
image transfer. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Value set is outside specified Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E201 Invalid Value.
value (range). analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Received unsupported
0004 E202
MT-68
Invalid Command. analysis), reboot system, and observe Command name
command.
conditions.
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E203 Print-ID is not Exist Specified print ID does not exist. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Error occurred in file transfer to Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E204 Send File Error.
printer. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Error occurred in file reception Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E205 Receive File Error.
from printer. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Error occurred in file transfer Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E206 File Transmit sequence Error.
sequence to printer. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Received other commands during Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E207 File Transmit Error.
file transfer to printer. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Could not secure required volume Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 E264 Cannot Allocate memory block.
(block) for transfer memory block. individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Communication error with
0004 E265 MCT16A Communication error.
MCT16A.
Replace the MCT board, or SNS board. None
Failed in Start detect when Starting point detection fault in Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E267 scanner diagnosis scanner self-diagnosis. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Failed in Top search power when Top search power setting in Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E268 scanner diagnosis scanner self-diagnosis. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
MT-69
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Cannot Receive temperature Did not receive temperature Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E26B Information. information after instructing start analysis), reboot system, and observe None
of sub-scanning. conditions.
Did not detect top interruption Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E26C Cannot Detect top interrupt. after instructing start of sub- analysis), reboot system, and observe None
scanning. conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Did not detect record completion Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E26D Cannot Detect complete interrupt.
interruption after detecting top. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Command Timeout when File Command timeout occurred in file Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E26F transmitting. transfer to printer. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Hardware Error occurred during Hardware error occurred during Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E270 record. recording. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Laser could not emit as Laser could not emit as Save equipment individual data (requires log
0004 E271 expected. expected. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Cannot attach the print control Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 E2C9 Cannot execute prn16drv. driver (prnmng.sys) to scanner individual data, reboot system, and observe None
driver (prn16drv.sys). conditions.
Connection Failed in PRN16A Faulty connection of PRN16A Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 E2CA board. board individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
MT-70
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Connection Failed in MCT16A Faulty connection of MCT16A Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0004 E2CD board. board individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Insufficient memory under Insufficient mounted memory Check SDRAM capacity. Cannot output film
0004 E2CF 256MB. (less than 256MB) normally. However, M-Utility operations can be None
performed.
0004 E2D1 Fuse disconnection. Disconnection of PRN16A fuse Check the fuse on PRN16A board. None
Failed in acquiring ISC log of Save equipment individual data (requires log
2004 0002 PRT Log Get Error.
PRT. analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Failed in Top detect when Failed in leading edge detection Save equipment individual data (requires log
2004 E266 scanner diagnosis when scanner diagnosis analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Failed in Start detect when Failed in start point detection Save equipment individual data (requires log
2004 E267 scanner diagnosis when scanner diagnosis analysis), reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
Failed in Top search power when Failed in leading edge search Save equipment individual data (requires log
2004 E268 scanner diagnosis power setting when scanner analysis), reboot system, and observe None
diagnosis conditions.
MT-71
11.30.2005 FM4690
006-259-05
■ GUI
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
MT-72
11.30.2005 FM4690
006-259-05
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Save equipment individual data (requires log or
configuration file analysis), reboot system, and
observe conditions. Function name of DLL with error
The contents of description unjust [T2GUIFile.dll] Invalid description If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting File name attempting to access
0005 0007 generating of a config file.%n%1 of configuration file the system despite no illegal description in the Row number, column with illegal
configuration files, replace the HDD. description
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires log or
configuration file analysis), reboot system, and
observe conditions.
Opening of a file goes Function name of DLL with error
0005 0008 wrong.%n%1
[T2GUIFile.dll] File open error If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
File name attempting to access
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires log or
configuration file analysis), reboot system, and
observe conditions.
Deletion of a file goes Function name of DLL with error
0005 0009 wrong.%n%1
[T2GUIFile.dll] Deletion failure If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
File name attempting to access
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires log or
configuration file analysis), reboot system, and
observe conditions.
Function name of DLL with error
0005 000A Copy failure of a file.%n%1 [T2GUIFile.dll] Copy failure If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
File name attempting to access
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires log or
configuration file analysis), reboot system, and
observe conditions.
Function name of DLL with error
0005 000B Move failure of a file.%n%1 [T2GUIFile.dll] Move failure If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
File name attempting to access
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Reboot system, and observe conditions.
If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
0005 000C Internal error.%n%1 [T2GUIFile.dll] Internal error the system, replace the HDD. Function name of DLL with error
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
MT-73
MT-73
11.30.2005 FM4690
006-259-05
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Reboot system, and observe conditions.
If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
[T2GUIFile.dll] Failed in securing
0005 000D Malloc error.%n%1
memory
the system, replace the HDD. Function name of DLL with error
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Domain reservation [GUI] Failed in securing common If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting
0005 000E (OpenFileMapping) of a common memory space the system, replace the HDD. System error code
memory goes wrong.%n%1 (OpenFileMapping) In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
[GUI] Illegal
0005 0012 utlResponse ID Error.%n%1
utlResponsecommand ID
None Command ID
MT-74
11.30.2005 FM4690
006-259-05
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Save equipment individual data (requires
analysis of logs, various configuration files, and
resource files). Reboot system, and observe
A character sequence is out of [ResourceControl.ocx] Specified conditions.
0005 0016 range.%n%1 character string ID is illegal If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting Character string ID
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires
analysis of logs, various configuration files, and
resource files). Reboot system, and observe
A character was not found in the [ResourceControl.ocx] Could not conditions.
0005 0017 resource.%n%1 find character string in resource If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting Character string ID
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires
analysis of logs, various configuration files, and
resource files). Reboot system, and observe
A picture sequence is out of [ResourceControl.ocx] Specified conditions.
0005 0018 range.%n%1 image ID is illegal If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting Image ID
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Save equipment individual data (requires
analysis of logs, various configuration files, and
resource files). Reboot system, and observe
A picture was not found in the [ResourceControl.ocx] Could not conditions.
0005 0019 resource.%n%1 find image in resource If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting Image ID
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
0005 001A infoNotify ID Error.%n%1 [GUI] Illegal infoNotify ID None Command ID
Save equipment individual data (requires
analysis of logs, various configuration files, and
resource files). Reboot system, and observe
conditions. Error code, function name
0005 001B Program Error.%n%1 Execution error
If the problem cannot be resolved by rebooting detecting error, error massage
the system, replace the HDD.
In this case, log cannot be collected from the PC
for servicing.
Specified measured length is
0006 0001 -
illegal.
Re-enter the measured length, and re-execute. None
MT-75
MT-75
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
[GUI]Could not find specified job
2005 2001 job ID Error.%n%1 when notified status was other None JobID, status
than unprocessed (registered)
2006 2F03 Make Uniformity S1 Table Failed. Failed in creating Uniformity S1 Check that E:\Param\UniSm.dat exists. None
table
Failed in initializing Uniformity S1
2006 2F04 Clear Uniformity S1 Table Failed.
table
Execute again. None
2006 2F05 Make Uniformity S2 Table Failed. Failed in creating Uniformity S2 Check that E:\Param\UniSm.dat exists. None
table
Failed in initializing Uniformity S2
2006 2F06 Clear Uniformity S2 Table Failed.
table
Execute again. None
Reprint.
[UserID] 1111
User ID,
[Date] 2003/06/23 20:55
date, print ID,
3005 3002 [PrintID] 2121 Reprinted. None
AE title,
[AETitle] AE TITLE
number of films, number of prints
[FilmNum] 1
[PrintNum] 1
MT-76
09.20.2004 FM4447
006-259-04
■ JobMake
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Error occurred with creating Failed in creating thread (internal Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0007 0001 thread.%n%1 error). individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Error occurred with posting Failed in sending message Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0007 0002 message to thread.%n%1 (internal error). individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Error occured with file Failed in opening and creating Save equipment individual data (requires log
Place of occurrence in source
0007 000A access.%n%1 files. analysis), reboot system, and observe
code, file name
conditions.
MT-77
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ Main
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Calling 'PortOpen' method Failed in DICOM control Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0004 failed.%n%1 execution start request. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'PortClose' method Failed in communication end Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0005 failed.%n%1 request to DICOM control. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'OnEndPrint' method Failed in JOB completion Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0007 failed.%n%1 communication processing. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'AnsOnPrintRequest' Failed in calling the print request Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0008 method failed.%n%1 method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'Initialize' method Failed in image initializing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0009 failed.%n%1 request. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'ExeImageProcess' Failed in calling image processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 000A method failed.%n%1 request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'ReLoadLut' method Failed in re-reading instruction of Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 000B failed.%n%1 concentration correction table. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
MT-78
MT-78
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Calling 'MakeTestPattern' method Failed in calling JOB generation Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 000C failed.%n%1 request (SMPTE/execution) individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
method. conditions.
Calling 'MakeScanerPattern' Failed in calling JOB generation Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 000D method failed.%n%1 request (scanner diagnosis) individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
method. conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Calling 'MakeBetaPattern' Failed in calling JOB generation Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 000E method failed.%n%1 request (flat pattern) method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'MakeCleaning' method Failed in calling JOB generation Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 000F failed.%n%1 request (cleaning) method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'AnsSetPrintPriority' Failed in JOB completion Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0010 method failed.%n%1 notification. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'RunRequest' method Failed in initializing output control Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 0011 failed.%n%1 unit. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'UTLRequest' method Failed in calling utility request Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0012 failed.%n%1 method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'PowerSaveRequest' Failed in calling energy-saving Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0013 method failed.%n%1 instruction method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'PrintRequest' method Failed in calling print request Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0014 failed.%n%1 method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'TransmitRequest' method Failed in calling transfer request Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0015 failed.%n%1 method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'PowerOffRequest' Failed in calling output control Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0016 method failed.%n%1 end instruction method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'NextPrintAvailable' Failed in calling removal Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0017 method failed.%n%1 permission notification method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
MT-79
MT-79
09.20.2004 FM4447
006-259-04
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Calling 'EndPrc' method Failed in calling end request Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0018 failed.%n%1 method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'SetImgPrcEndStatus' Failed in calling image processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 001A method failed.%n%1 completion setting request individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
method. conditions.
Calling 'GetPickupPrcJOB' Failed in calling removal process Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 001B method failed.%n%1 JOB acquisition request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'GetImgPrcJOB' method Failed in calling image processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 001C failed.%n%1 JOB acquisition request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe code
conditions.
Calling 'GetRawDataJOB' method Failed in calling RAW data Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 001D failed.%n%1 transfer JOB acquisition request individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
method. conditions.
Calling 'trayNotify' method Failed in calling tray information Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 001E failed.%n%1 renewal notification method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'SetFilmPrintEndStatus' Failed in calling output processing Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 001F method failed.%n%1 completion notification method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'SetRawDataEndStatus' Failed in spooler control transfer Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0021 method failed.%n%1 completion notification. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'DoSpool' method Failed in calling JOB spool Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0022 failed.%n%1 request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'RestorPrintJOB' method Failed in calling unprocessed Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0023 failed.%n%1 JOB recovery request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
MT-80
MT-80
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Calling 'SetJOBPriority' method Failed in calling JOB priority order Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 0024 failed.%n%1 change request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'DeleteJOB' method Failed in calling deletion request Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0025 failed.%n%1 deletion request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Calling 'initializeRequest' method Failed in calling initialization Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0026 failed.%n%1 method of output control individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'AnsDeleteQueue' method Failed in calling Queue deletion Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0027 failed.%n%1 request results notification individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
method conditions.
Calling 'OnStartPrint' method Failed in calling JOB start Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0028 failed.%n%1 notification method individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'AnsOnPrintPrepare' Failed in calling preprint response Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 0029 method failed. notification method individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'AnsPrinterInfo' method Failed in calling printer Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 002A failed.%n%1 information request response individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
method conditions.
Calling 'SetImgRcvEndStatus' Failed in calling image reception Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 002B method failed.%n%1 completion notification method individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'MakeSystemInfo' method Failed in calling system Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 002C failed.%n%1 information printing method individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'ReLoadUniformityTbl' Failed in calling uniformity table re- Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 002E method failed.%n%1 reading method individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'SetCalibMode' method Failed in calling printer image Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 002F failed.%n%1 correction mode setting method individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
MT-81
MT-81
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Calling 'TrayStatusChanged' Failed in calling tray state change Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment Place of occurrence in source
0008 0030 method failed.%n%1 notification method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'DeleteAllJOB' method Failed in calling delete all JOB Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0031 failed.%n%1 request method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Calling 'JobCheckRequest' Failed in reprint verification Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 0038 method failed. request. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'MakeQCPattern' method Failed in calling QC test pattern Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 003A failed. output method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Calling 'PrintStatusChange' Failed in calling printer state Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0008 003B mehtod failed. change notification method. individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
MT-82
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ Decode
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
Error occurred with creating Failed in starting decode main Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
0009 0001 thread.%n[%1] threading individual data, reboot system, and observe None
conditions.
DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual
Error occurred with posting Failed in sending messages Check SDRAM capacity, save equipment
Place of occurrence in source
0009 0002 message to thread.%n[%1] (internal error) individual data, reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Error occured with file Failed in opening and creating Save equipment individual data (requires log
Place of occurrence in source
0009 0005 access.%n[%1] files analysis), reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Error occured with create Save equipment individual data (requires log
Place of occurrence in source
0009 0006 object.%n[%1] Failed in creating COM objects analysis), reboot system, and observe
code
conditions.
Invalid barcode from film Detected illegal barcodes (film
2009 000B pack.%n[%1] pack)
None Detected barcode
2009 000C Invalid barcode from GUI.%n[%1] Detected illegal barcodes (GUI None Detected barcode
input)
MT-83
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ PCUTL
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
MT-84
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-02
■ Satelite
Detailed
Error code Log Significance Remedy Detailed information
code
MT-85
MT-86
MT-90
Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Is the D cut side of the shaft of the one-way gear assembly attached facing up?
“REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume, 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)”
Yes No
Re-attach
Are CN9 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD4 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C10.EPS
006-259-02
09.10.2003 FM4080 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-90
Suspected cause
Check the state of the equipment according to the description given.
If “YES”, proceed according to the arrow and perform the check in the next step.
If “No”, implement the correction below. FP7T0228.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-86
MT-87
Display Example 2
In case disassembly, replacement, or adjustment is required in the Troubleshooting
Flow, symbols indicating where to refer in the SP Volume and MC Volume are shown.
The following describes where to refer.
<REMARKS>
REF Numbers enclosed indicate that details are provided in the MC Volume.
MT-91
A B
Is MD4 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD4. 05D 4
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD5 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD5. 05D 18
006-259-02
09.10.2003 FM4080 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-91
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-87
MT-88
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-88
MT-89
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-89
MT-90
The cleaning roller attempted to move from the HP (home position) to the grip state,
but SD5 did not detect CLOSE.
Attempted to move cleaning roller from HP (home position) to grip state, but SD5 did
not become CLOSE.
Attempted to move cleaning roller from grip state to HP (home position), but SD5 did
not become OPEN.
The cleaning roller must be at the HP (home position), but could not detect OPEN of
SD5.
SD5
MD4
FP7T0A10.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-90
MT-91
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD4
SD5
D20 FP7T0F10.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-91
MT-92
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Is the D cut side of the shaft of the one-way gear assembly attached facing up?
“REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume, 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)”
Yes No
Re-attach
Are CN9 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD4 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C10.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-92
MT-93
A B
Is MD4 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD4. 05D 4
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD5 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD5. 05D 18
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-93
MT-94
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11
does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11
does not become OPEN.
2225 Upper tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11
does not become CLOSE.
2227 Upper tray removal unit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)
Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB11
does not become OPEN.
MB11
SB11
FP7T0A07.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-94
MT-95
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MB11
SB11
D20 FP7T0F07.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-95
MT-96
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C07.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-96
MT-97
A B
Is MB11 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB11. 04A 16
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB11 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB11. 04B 21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-97
MT-98
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21
does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21
does not become OPEN.
2229 Middle tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21
does not become CLOSE.
2231 Middle tray removal unit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)
Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB21
does not become OPEN.
MB21
SB21
FP7T0A08.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-98
MT-99
SNS board
D14 D15
MB21
SB21
D20 FP7T0F08.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-99
MT-100
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C08.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-100
MT-101
A B
Is MB21 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB21. 04A 16
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB21 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB21. 04B 21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-101
MT-102
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31
does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31
does not become OPEN.
2233 Lower tray removal unit HP deviation detection error (Currently retrying)
Attempted to deviate the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31
does not become CLOSE.
2235 Lower tray removal unit HP return detection error (Currently retrying)
Attempted to return the removal arm from upper deadpoint in initialization, but SB31
does not become OPEN.
MB31
SB31
FP7T0A09.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-102
MT-103
SNS board
D14 D15
MB31
SB31
D20 FP7T0F09.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-103
MT-104
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C09.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-104
MT-105
A B
Is MB31 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB31. 04A 16
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB31 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB31. 04B 21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-105
MT-106
Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5
does not become OPEN.
Attempted to set the cleaning roller at HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 did
not become CLOSE.
Attempted to set cleaning roller grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5
does not become OPEN.
Attempted to set the cleaning roller at HP (home position) in initialization, but SD5 did
not become CLOSE.
SD5
MD4
FP7T0A10.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-106
MT-107
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD4
SD5
D20 FP7T0F10.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-107
MT-108
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Is the D cut side of the shaft of the one-way gear assembly attached facing up?
“REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume, 5.4 Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor (MD4)”
Yes No
Re-attach
Are CN9 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD4 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C10.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-108
MT-109
A B
Is MD4 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD4. 05D 4
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD5 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD5. 05D 18
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-109
MT-110
Attempted to set size grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD3/SD4 do not
become the specified values.
Attempted to set size grip to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD3/SD4 do not
become the specified values.
MD3
SD4
SD3
FP7T0A11.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-110
MT-111
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD3
SD4
SD3
D20 FP7T0F11.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-111
MT-112
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD3 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD3 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD3. 05D 22
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-112
MT-113
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD3/SD4 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD3/SD4. 05D 18
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-113
MT-114
MD6
SD7
FP7T0A12.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-114
MT-115
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD6
SD7
D20 FP7T0F12.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-115
MT-116
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD6 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD6 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD6. 05B 2
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-116
MT-117
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD7 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD7. 05B 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-117
MT-118
MD5
SD6
FP7T0A13.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-118
MT-119
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
SD6 MD5
D20 FP7T0F13.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-119
MT-120
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD5 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD5 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD5. 05B 6
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-120
MT-121
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD6 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD6. 05B 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-121
MT-122
Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position
in removal, but SB12 does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in
removal, but SB12 does not become OPEN.
Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position
in removal, but SB12 does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in
removal, but SB12 does not become OPEN.
MB11
SB12
FP7T0A14.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-122
MT-123
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MB11
SB12
D20 FP7T0F14.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-123
MT-124
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C14.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-124
MT-125
A B
Is MB11 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB11. 04A 16
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB12 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB12. 04B 15
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-125
MT-126
Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position
in removal, but SB22 does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in
removal, but SB22 does not become OPEN.
Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position
in removal, but SB22 does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in
removal, but SB22 does not become OPEN.
MB21
SB22
FP7T0A15.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-126
MT-127
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MB21
SB22
D20 FP7T0F15.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-127
MT-128
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C15.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-128
MT-129
A B
Is MB21 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB21. 04A 16
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB22 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB22. 04B 15
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-129
MT-130
Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position
in removal, but SB32 does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in
removal, but SB32 does not become OPEN.
Attempted to move suction cup unit from upper deadpoint to surface detection position
in removal, but SB32 does not become CLOSE.
Attempted to push in suction cup unit from surface detection position into bellows in
removal, but SB32 does not become OPEN.
MB31
SB32
FP7T0A16.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-130
MT-131
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MB31
SB32
D20 FP7T0F16.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-131
MT-132
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C16.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-132
MT-133
A B
Is MB31 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB31. 04A 16
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB32 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB32. 04B 15
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-133
MT-134
Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB11 does
not become CLOSE.
Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release,
but SB11 did not become OPEN.
MB11
SB11
FP7T0A07.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-134
MT-135
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MB11
SB11
D20 FP7T0F07.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-135
MT-136
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C07.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-136
MT-137
A B
Is MB11 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB11. 04A 16
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB11 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB11. 04B 21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-137
MT-138
Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB21 does
not become CLOSE.
Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release,
but SB21 did not become OPEN.
MB21
SB21
FP7T0A08.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-138
MT-139
SNS board
D14 D15
MB21
SB21
D20 FP7T0F08.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-139
MT-140
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C08.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-140
MT-141
A B
Is MB21 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB21. 04A 16
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB21 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB21. 04B 21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-141
MT-142
Attempted to move from film suction to upper deadpoint in removal, but SB31 does
not become CLOSE.
Attempted to move from conveyance roller position to upper deadpoint in grip release,
but SB31 did not become OPEN.
MB31
SB31
FP7T0A09.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-142
MT-143
SNS board
D14 D15
MB31
SB31
D20 FP7T0F09.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-143
MT-144
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Insert shutter and pull out film tray.
NOTE: If the suction cup arm is inside the shutter insertion path, release the tray lock, and insert the shutter
while pulling out the film tray.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
A B
FP7T0C09.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-144
MT-145
A B
Is MB31 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB31. 04A 16
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB31 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB31. 04B 21
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-145
MT-146
Attempted to open the upper tray, but SA13 did not become OPEN.
SOLA11
SA13
FP7T0A17.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-146
MT-147
TP1
CN12 CN1 F1 Interlock circuit CN6 SOLA11
1 1 +24V 8 3
2 2 3 2
SOLA11
3 3 9 1
SNS board
controller Driver
SNS board
7-segment LED
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
SA13
SOLA11
D20 FP7T0F17.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-147
MT-148
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector SOLA11 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SOLA11 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace SOLA11. 03A 11
A
FP7T0C17.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-148
MT-149
Are CN4 connector of SNS board and connector of sensor connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SA13 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SA13. 03A 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-149
MT-150
Attempted to open the middle tray, but SA23 did not become OPEN.
SOLA21
SA23
FP7T0A18.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-150
MT-151
TP1
CN12 CN1 F2 Interlock circuit CN5 SOLA21
1 1 +24V 8 3
2 2 3 2
SOLA21
3 3 9 1
SNS board
controller Driver
SNS board
7-segment LED
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
SA23
SOLA21
D20 FP7T0F18.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-151
MT-152
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector SOLA21 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SOLA21 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace SOLA21. 03A 11
A
FP7T0C18.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-152
MT-153
Are CN5 connector of SNS board and connector of sensor connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SA23 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SA23. 03A 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-153
MT-154
Attempted to open the lower tray, but SA33 did not become OPEN.
SOLA31
SA33
FP7T0A19.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-154
MT-155
TP1
CN12 CN1 F3 Interlock circuit CN4 SOLA31
1 1 +24V 8 3
2 2 3 2
SOLA31
3 3 9 1
SNS board
controller Driver
SNS board
7-segment LED
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
SA33
SOLA31
D20 FP7T0F19.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-155
MT-156
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector SOLA31 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SOLA31 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace SOLA31. 03A 11
A
FP7T0C19.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-156
MT-157
Are CN6 connector of SNS board and connector of sensor connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SA33 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SA33. 03A 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-157
MT-158
Attempted to move to the HP (home position), but SD3/SD4 did not become the
required value.
Attempted to move to the above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the required
value.
Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.
Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.
Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.
Attempted to move to above size, but SD3/SD4 did not become the specified values.
MD3
SD4
SD3
FP7T0A11.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-158
MT-159
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD3
SD4
SD3
D20 FP7T0F11.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-159
MT-160
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD3 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD3 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD3. 05D 22
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-160
MT-161
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD3/SD4 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD3/SD4. 05D 18
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-161
MT-162
At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB13 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
2267 Upper tray removal unit exit detection error (Currently retrying)
At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB13 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
MB11
SB12
SB11
SB13
FP7T0A20.EPS
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-162
MT-163
SB13
D20 FP7T0F20.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
A
FP7T0E20.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-163
MT-164
Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MB11 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB11. 04A 16
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB11 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB11. 04B 21
B FP7T0C20.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-164
MT-165
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB12 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB12. 04B 15
Is SB13 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB13. 04B 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-165
MT-166
At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB23 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
2269 Middle tray removal unit exit detection error (Currently retrying)
At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB23 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
MB21
SB22
SB21
SB23
FP7T0A21.EPS
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-166
MT-167
SB21
SB23
SB22
D20 FP7T0F21.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
A
FP7T0E21.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-167
MT-168
Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MB21 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB21. 04A 16
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB21 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB21. 04B 21
B
FP7T0C21.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-168
MT-169
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB22 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB22. 04B 15
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB23 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB23. 04B 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-169
MT-170
At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB33 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
2271 Lower tray removal unit exit detection error (Currently retrying)
At completion of removal, did not detect normal SB33 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).
MB31
SB32
SB31
SB33
FP7T0A22.EPS
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-170
MT-171
D14 D15
SB31
MB31
SB32
SB33
D20 FP7T0F22.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
A
FP7T0E22.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-171
MT-172
Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MB31 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB31. 04A 16
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB31 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB31. 04B 21
B
FP7T0C22.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-172
MT-173
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB32 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB32. 04B 15
Is SB33 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB33. 04B 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-173
MT-174
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
MD1
SD1
FP7T0A23.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-174
MT-175
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD1
SD1
D20 FP7T0F23.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-175
MT-176
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD1. 05D 20
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-176
MT-177
Is SD1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD1. 05A 8
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-177
MT-178
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge
detection).
MD1
SD2
FP7T0A24.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-178
MT-179
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD1
SD2
D20 FP7T0F24.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-179
MT-180
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD1. 05D 20
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-180
MT-181
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD2 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD2. 05D 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-181
MT-182
Conveyed film to the sub-scanning unit, but did not detect SD2 OPEN (film trailing
edge detection).
ME1
CLD1
MD2
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-182
MT-183
MD2
D14 D15
MD1
SD2 CLD1
ME1
D20 FP7T0F25.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
A
FP7T0E25.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-183
MT-184
Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD1. 05D 20
Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD2 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD2 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD2. 05C 3
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-184
MT-185
B C
Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector CLD1 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is CLD1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace CLD1. 05C 4
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-185
MT-186
Conveyed film to the heat development unit, but did not detect SJ1 CLOSE (film
leading edge detection).
MG1
SJ1
FP7T0A26.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-186
MT-187
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MG1
SJ1
D20 FP7T0F26.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-187
MT-188
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MG1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MG1. 08A 10
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-188
MT-189
Is SJ1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SJ1. 09B 3
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-189
MT-190
Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film trailing edge
detection).
MG1
MJ1
SJ1
FP7T0A27.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-190
MT-191
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MJ1
MG1
SJ1
D20 FP7T0F27.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-191
MT-192
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove covers.
Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MG1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MG1. 08A 10
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-192
MT-193
Are CN11 connector of DRV board, and CNJ2 and MJ1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MJ1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MJ1. 09A 13
Is SJ1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SJ1. 09B 3
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-193
MT-194
MB11
SB12
SB11
SB13
FP7T0A20.EPS
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-194
MT-195
SB13
D20 FP7T0F20.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
A
FP7T0E20.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-195
MT-196
Are CN6 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB11 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MB11 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB11. 04A 16
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB11 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB11. 04B 21
B FP7T0C20.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-196
MT-197
Are CN4 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB12 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB12. 04B 15
Is SB13 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB13. 04B 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-197
MT-198
MB21
SB22
SB21
SB23
FP7T0A21.EPS
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-198
MT-199
SB21
SB23
SB22
D20 FP7T0F21.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
A
FP7T0E21.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-199
MT-200
Are CN5 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB21 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MB21 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB21. 04A 16
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB21 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB21. 04B 21
B
FP7T0C21.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-200
MT-201
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB22 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB22. 04B 15
Are CN5 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB23 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB23. 04B 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-201
MT-202
MB31
SB32
SB31
SB33
FP7T0A22.EPS
SNS board
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-202
MT-203
D14 D15
SB31
MB31
SB32
SB33
D20 FP7T0F22.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove film, and push tray back into its original position.
Remove covers.
A
FP7T0E22.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-203
MT-204
Are CN4 connector of DRV board and relay connector MB31 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MB31 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MB31. 04A 16
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB31 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB31. 04B 21
B
FP7T0C22.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-204
MT-205
Are CN6 connector of SNS board, relay connector CNB3, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SB32 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB32. 04B 15
Is SB33 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SB33. 04B 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-205
MT-206
MD1
SD1
FP7T0A23.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-206
MT-207
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD1
SD1
D20 FP7T0F23.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-207
MT-208
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Are CN8 connector of DRV board, and CND4 and MD1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD1. 05D 20
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-208
MT-209
Is SD1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD1. 05A 8
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-209
MT-210
Failed to detect SD2 OPEN at completion of remainder front conveyance (detected no film).
ME1
CLD1
MD2
SD2
FP7T0A28.EPS
SNS board
7-segment LED
FP7T0B28.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-210
MT-211
D14 D15
MD2
SD2 CLD1
ME1
D20 FP7T0F28.EPS
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Check error generation state. Check error details at [Display Error Log] of M-Utility.
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
A
FP7T0E28.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-211
MT-212
Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector MD2 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD2 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD2. 05C 3
Are CN10 connector of DRV board and relay connector CLD1 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is CLD1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace CLD1. 05C 4
B FP7T0C28.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-212
MT-213
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD2 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD2. 05D 19
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-213
MT-214
MG1
SJ1
FP7T0A26.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-214
MT-215
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MG1
SJ1
D20 FP7T0F26.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-215
MT-216
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MG1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MG1. 08A 10
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-216
MT-217
Is SJ1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SJ1. 09B 3
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-217
MT-218
MG1
MJ1
SJ1
FP7T0A27.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-218
MT-219
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MJ1
MG1
SJ1
D20 FP7T0F27.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-219
MT-220
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove covers.
Are CN15 connector of DRV board and relay connector MG1 connected properly?
Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MG1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MG1. 08A 10
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-220
MT-221
Are CN11 connector of DRV board, and CNJ2 and MJ1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MJ1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MJ1. 09A 13
Is SJ1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SJ1. 09B 3
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-221
MT-222
During sorter conveyance, attempted to convey to the sorter unit, but the sorter unit
sensor 1 (ST1) did not turn ON.
SOLJ1
ST1
MT1
FP7T0A29.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-222
MT-223
TP1
CN12 CN1 F4 Interlock circuit CN11 CNJ2 SOLJ1
1 1 +24V 8 4 3
2 2 3 5 2
SOLJ1
3 3 9 6 1
SNS board
controller Driver
SNS board
7-segment LED
Control signal
PC board
Sorter unit
SRT board
MCT board CN3 MT1
1 1
24V 2 2
DC24V CN8
+24V Fuse 3 3
3
4 4 MT1
5 5
6 6
SORTER CN5
CN6 IN CN8 5V 1 1
F1 Fuse 2 2
1 1 +5V
3 3 ST1
4 4
FP7T0B29.EPS
D14 D15
SOLJ1
D20 FP7T0F29.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-223
MT-224
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Turn OFF power supply. Check film stop position and state.
Remove covers.
Are sorter related connectors connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
+5V : MCT board CN6/Relay connector on sorter unit/SRT board CN8
+24V: Power supply unit CN17/Relay connector on sorter unit/SRT board CN8
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Are CN11 connector of DRV board, and CNJ2 and SOLJ1 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SOLJ1 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace SOLJ1. 11F 13
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-224
MT-225
Is the problem corrected when MT1 is replaced with normal one? 11E 9
Yes No
End
Is ST1 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace ST1. 11C 39
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-225
MT-226
Attempted to return the positioning guide to HP (home position), but SD7 did not
become CLOSE.
MD6
SD7
FP7T0A12.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-226
MT-227
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
MD6
SD7
D20 FP7T0F12.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-227
MT-228
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD6 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD6 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD6. 05B 2
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-228
MT-229
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND2, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD7 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD7. 05B 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-229
MT-230
Attempted to return the positioning guide to HP (home position), but SD6 did not
become CLOSE.
MD5
SD6
FP7T0A13.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-230
MT-231
Control signal
SNS board
D14 D15
SD6 MD5
D20 FP7T0F13.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-231
MT-232
■ Troubleshooting Flow
Remove covers.
Are CN9 connector of DRV board, and CND3 and MD5 relay connectors connected
properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is MD5 normal?
“6.5 Inspecting I/O Parts”
Yes No
Replace MD5. 05B 6
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-232
MT-233
Are CN7 connector of SNS board, relay connector CND1, and connector of sensor
connected properly? Or are connector pins damaged?
Yes No
Reconnect or repair.
Is SD6 normal?
Replace with a same sensor and check.
“6.6 Electrical Parts Interchangeability”
Yes No
Replace SD6. 05B 7
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-233
MT-234
3. ABNORMAL IMAGES
1.5mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0301.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-234
MT-235
<Possible Causes>
No. 2 Stripes (2.5 mm from leading edge) • The film is defective.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm • The sub-scanning unit guide (driven roller side)
is defective.
Stripe at the 2.5 mm position from the leading edge. Sub-scanning unit guide
Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.
2.5mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0302.EPS
18 to 22mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0303.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-235
MT-236
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0304.EPS
Cleaning roller
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-236
MT-237
Within 27 mm 20.5mm
27mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0306.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 7 Stripes (25 mm apart) The pre-recording roller is dirty.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm
Pre-recording roller
Stripes 25 mm apart over the whole film, up to the
6.5 mm position from the trailing edge.
Stripe width is approximately 0.5 mm.
25mm 6.5mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0307.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-237
MT-238
<Possible Causes>
No. 8 Stripes (32 mm from leading edge) The sub-scanning unit guide is dirty.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm
Sub-scanning unit guide
Stripe at the 32 mm position from the leading edge.
Stripe width is approximately 1 mm.
32mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0308.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 9 Stripes (101 mm from leading edge) • The conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is
Film size 35 x 43 cm defective.
• The upper conveyor unit is defective.
Stripe at the 101 mm position from the leading edge.
Conveyor unit U-turn guide (Upper)
Stripe width is approximately 0.3 mm.
101mm Upper
conveyor
unit
FP7T0309.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-238
MT-239
<Possible Causes>
No. 10 Stripes (145 mm from leading edge) The heat development unit entrance guide
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm (upper) is dirty.
Heat development unit
Stripe at the 145 mm position from the leading edge.
145mm
FP7T0310.EPS
Stripe at the 175 mm, 180 mm, or 230 mm position Removal unit
from the leading edge.
230mm
180mm
175mm
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-239
MT-240
<Possible Causes>
No. 12 Stripes (208 mm from leading edge) • The sub-scanning unit is defective.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm • The heat development unit is defective.
Stripes near the 208 mm position from the leading Heat development unit
edge.
208mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0312.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 13 White spots (Leading edge) • The sub-scanning unit is dirty inside.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm • The sub-scanning conveyance driving roller is
dirty.
White spots occur randomly at the leading edge. • The pre-recording roller is dirty.
Pre-recording roller
Sub-scanning conveyance
driving roller
Sub-scanning
unit
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-240
MT-241
<Possible Causes>
No. 14 Stripes (27 mm from trailing edge) • The SUS belt is dirty.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm • The sub-scanning conveyance driven roller is
defective.
Stripe at the 27 mm position from the trailing edge. • The sub-scanning motor (ME1) is defective.
• The sub-scanning unit is defective.
Sub-scanning conveyance driven roller
27mm
SUS belt
Sub-scanning unit
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-241
MT-242
Within 27 mm
SUS belt
FP7T0315.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 16 Stripes (6.5 mm from trailing edge) • The film is defective.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm • Installation fault of sub-scanning unit.
6.5mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0316.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-242
MT-243
Within 27 mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0317.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 18 Stripes (110 mm from trailing edge) Installation fault of upper conveyor unit exit
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm sensor (SD2).
110mm
FP7T0318.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-243
MT-244
Within 27 mm
FP7T0319.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 20 White spots Dispersal of molykoat applied to gear of conveyor
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm unit into film conveyance route.
Within
15 mm
Middle
conveyor
unit
Lower
conveyor
unit
<Remedies and References>
• Apply an appropriate amount of molykoat to the
gears of the conveyor unit.
“PM 3.12 Greasing”
• Clean the film conveyance route of the conveyor unit.
FP7T0320.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-244
MT-245
Within 60 mm
FP7T0321.EPS
FP7T0322.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-245
MT-246
<Possible Causes>
No. 23 Stripes (11 mm apart, 15 mm apart) The sub-scanning conveyance driven roller is
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm defective.
11 mm or 15 mm apart
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0323.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 24 Black spots Conveyance rollers are dirty.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm Sub-scanning Conveyor unit exit roller
conveyance Sub-scanning unit
Black spots occurring randomly. driving roller
Conveyor unit
Conveyance
grip roller
(upper)
Conveyance
grip roller
(lower)
Removal Middle
unit Conveyance
roller (right)
Lower
Conveyance
Removal unit exit roller (Lower) roller (right)
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-246
MT-247
63mm
Sub-scanning
unit
FP7T0325.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 26 White spots (72 mm apart) Foreign particles such as dirt on the film cooling
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm section roller.
72mm
FP7T0326.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-247
MT-248
FP7T0327.EPS
10mm
FP7T0328.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-248
MT-249
<Possible Causes>
No. 29 White stripes in diagonal direction The film is defective.
Film size 35 x 43, 26 x 36, 20 x 25, 25 x 30 cm
FP7T0329.EPS
FP7T0330.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-249
MT-250
<Possible Cause>
No. 31 Left and right margins differ
Incorrect settings of the leading edge
Film size 26 x 36 cm margin.
Margin width differs between the left and
right for 26 x 36 cm films.
26 x 36 cm
FP7T0347.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-250
MT-251
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-251
MT-252
■ Checking Film
Refer to the following diagram, and check the state of scratches occurring on film to
determine the faulty location.
PC layer
Em layer
PET (Base)
Em layer
PET (Base)
PC layer
Em layer
PET (Base)
Scratches
FP7T0331.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-252
MT-253
26 x 36 cm Conveyor unit
35 x 43 cm Middle
352mm entrance guide
332mm
conveyor unit
25 x 30 cm (lower)
269mm
249mm Lower
conveyor unit
165mm
145mm
<Remedies and References>
• Check that the conveyor unit entrance guide
(lower) is normal.
49mm • Replace the conveyor unit entrance guide
29mm
(lower).
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm “SP 05E CONVEYOR UNIT 5”
FP7T0332.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 2 Scratches (White streaks) The conveyor unit open/close guide is defective.
Location Em surface
Conveyor unit
open/close
26 x 36 cm guide
35 x 43 cm Lower
352mm
332mm conveyor unit
25 x 30 cm
269mm
249mm
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm
FP7T0333.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-253
MT-254
<Possible Causes>
No. 3 Scratches (White streaks) The conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is
Location Em surface defective.
Scratches measuring about 4 mm from the trailing Conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper)
edge, or scratches measuring 20 mm to 100 mm
near the center (white streaks).
Upper
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm conveyor
350mm unit
328mm
25 x 30 cm
278mm
256mm
187mm
165mm
<Remedies and References>
103mm • Check that the conveyor unit U-turn guide
81mm
(upper) is normal.
26mm
• Replace the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper).
4mm “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1”
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm
FP7T0334.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-254
MT-255
<Possible Causes>
No. 4 Scratches (White streaks) The conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper) is
Location Em surface defective.
Scratches measuring about 4 mm from the trailing Conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper)
edge, or scratches measuring 20 mm to 100 mm
near the center (white streaks).
As these scratches occur after film positioning
operation, their positions differ according to the film
size. Upper
35 x 43 cm conveyor
353mm unit
334mm
284mm
262mm
193mm
171mm
<Remedies and References>
109mm • Check that the conveyor unit U-turn guide
87mm
(upper) is normal.
32mm • Replace the conveyor unit U-turn guide (upper).
10mm “SP 05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1”
Reference surface
26 x 36 cm
350.75mm
328.75mm
278.75mm
256.75mm
187.75mm
165.75mm
103.75mm
81.75mm
26.75mm
4.75mm
Reference surface
20 x 25 cm
185.5mm
163.5mm
108.5mm
86.5mm
Reference surface
FP7T0335.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-255
MT-256
<Possible Causes>
No. 5 Scratches (White streaks) The removal unit guide is defective.
Location Em surface
Upper removal
Scratches measuring about 10 mm from the leading unit
edge (white streaks).
Middle removal
unit Lower
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm removal
344mm unit
25 x 30 cm 324mm Removal unit
279mm guide
259mm
194mm
174mm
<Remedies and References>
112mm • Check that the removal unit guide is normal.
92mm • Replace the removal unit guide.
“SP 04B REMOVAL UNIT 2”
6mm
20 x 25 cm 0mm
Reference surface
FP7T0336.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 6 Scratches (White streaks) The conveyor unit guide (right) is defective.
Location Em surface
Upper conveyor unit
Scratches (white streaks) occurring randomly over
the whole film. Conveyor unit guide (right)
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm
25 x 30 cm
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm
FP7T0337.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-256
MT-257
<Possible Causes>
No. 7 Scratches (White streaks) The conveyor unit exit guide (upper) is defective.
Location Em surface
Conveyor unit exit guide (upper)
Scratches (white streaks) occurring randomly over
the whole film.
Upper
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm conveyor
unit
25 x 30 cm
FP7T0338.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 8 Scratches (Black streaks) The heat development unit entrance guide
Location Em surface (upper) is defective.
Heat development unit
Scratches (black streaks) occurring randomly from
the leading edge to near the center.
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm
25 x 30 cm
Heat development unit
entrance guide (upper)
FP7T0339.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-257
MT-258
<Possible Causes>
No. 9 Scratches (Black streaks) The changeover guide is defective.
Location Em surface
Film release unit
Scratches (black streaks) occurring from the leading Changeover guide
edge to the trailing edge.
As these scratches occur after film positioning
operation, their positions differ according to the film
size.
35 x 43 cm
353mm
337mm
272mm
252mm
17mm
0mm
Reference surface
26 x 36 cm
362.25mm
342.25mm
277.25mm
257.25mm
192.25mm
172.25mm
107.25mm
87.25mm
22.25mm
2.25mm
Reference surface
20 x 25 cm
195.5mm
175.5mm
110.5mm
90.5mm
25.5mm
5.5mm
Reference surface
FP7T0340.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-258
MT-259
<Possible Causes>
No. 10 Scratches (Black streaks) The film release unit entrance guide is defective.
Location Em surface
Film release unit
Scratches (black streaks) occurring randomly over
the whole film.
Film release unit
entrance guide
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm
25 x 30 cm
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm
FP7T0341.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 11 Scratches The sub-scanning unit guide is defective.
Location Base
Sub-scanning unit guide
Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm
25 x 30 cm Sub-scanning unit
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm
FP7T0342.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-259
MT-260
<Possible Causes>
No. 12 Scratches The heater assembly is defective.
Location Base
Heat development unit
Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm Heater assembly
25 x 30 cm
Reference surface 20 x 25 cm
FP7T0343.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 13 Scratches The conveyor unit entrance guide (upper) is
Location Base defective.
Upper
Scratches occurring from the leading edge to the conveyor
trailing edge. unit
Middle
conveyor
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm
unit
344mm
25 x 30 cm 324mm Conveyor unit
entrance guide Lower
279mm (upper) conveyor
259mm
unit
194mm
174mm
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-260
MT-261
<Possible Causes>
No. 14 Scratches The conveyor unit exit guide (lower) is defective.
Location Base
Conveyor unit exit guide (lower)
Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.
Upper
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm conveyor
unit
25 x 30 cm
FP7T0345.EPS
<Possible Causes>
No. 15 Scratches The conveyor unit U-turn guide (lower) is
Location Base defective.
Conveyor unit U-turn guide (lower)
Scratches occurring randomly over the whole film.
Upper
35 x 43 cm 26 x 36 cm conveyor
unit
25 x 30 cm
FP7T0346.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-261
MT-262
4. ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
TP7T0401.EPS
● Watson Error
Example of display Cause Remedy
TP7T0402.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-262
MT-263
TP7T0403.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-263
MT-264
FP7T0501.EPS
FP7T0503.EPS
FP7T0504.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-264
MT-265
FP7T0502.EPS
FP7T0505.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-265
MT-266
6. TROUBLESHOOTING REFERENCE
+24V K1
MB11
K1
SOLA11
MB21
K2
SOLA21
MB31
K3
SOLA31
K12
K5 K6
+24V 48V/5A
F8 MD1
K1 K2 K3
48V/5A
F6 MD4 to MD6, CLD1
48V/5A K5
F5 MD2, MD3, MG1
K6
FP7T0615.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-266
MT-267
+24V
FANG1 to FANG3
K4
MJ1
K4
SOLJ1
SNS board
MCT board
FP7T0616.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-267
MT-268
F1
■ MCT Board
F1
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-268
MT-269
■ DRV Board
F9 F4
F7 F5 F6 F8
F1
F2
F3
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-269
MT-270
■ SNS Board
F3
F1 F2
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-270
MT-271
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-271
MT-272
D4
D10 D3
D5 D9
D8
D6 D7
FP7T0610.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-272
MT-273
■ MCT Board
D18
D17
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-273
MT-274
■ SNS Board
D14 D15
D16 D17
D18 D19
D20 D21
No. Function
D14~D20 For checking the operation of I/O parts
D21 For checking software operation of MCT board, D21 blinks during
CPU operations.
FP7T0612.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-274
MT-275
FP7T0427.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-275
MT-276
■ SRT Board
LED2
LED1
LED Function
LED1 Lights up during SRT board operations (Green)
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-276
MT-277
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-277
MT-278
CAUTION
Observe the following to prevent electrical hazards.
• Use the tester lead to prevent short-circuiting.
• Do not touch the voltage terminal and tester lead.
■ Procedure
(1) Pull the board attaching plate where MCT board can be seen.
#1
[Release] Clamp
#2
[Remove] BR3x8
FP7M0315.EPS
#3
[Release] Clamp
#4
[Remove] BR3x8
#5
[Pull] Board attaching plate
FP7M0316.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-278
MT-279
(2) Attach the interlock release jig to the front cover interlock (SK2/SK3).
(3) Turn ON the power of the equipment.
(4) Measure the voltage at the voltage measuring points.
If the voltage differs from the specified value, turn the voltage adjusting volume in front
of the power supply unit and adjust.
(5) After checking/adjusting the DC voltage, turn OFF the power of the equipment,
and remove the interlock release jig.
(6) Reinstall the board attaching plate to its original position.
(7) Reinstall the lower front cover.
-12V ±2%
-12V SNS board TP4 (-12V) – TP2 (GND) (-11.76 to -12.24V) -12V
+12V ±2%
+12V SNS board TP3 (+12V) – TP2 (GND) (+11.76 to +12.24V) +12V
+5VS MCT board TP2 (+5V) – TP1 (GND) +5VS ±2% +5VS
(+4.90 to +5.10V)
+24V ±2%
+24V DRV board TP1 (+24V) – TP2 (GND) (+23.52 to +24.48V) +24V
TP7M0201.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-279
MT-280
TP2
TP1
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-280
MT-281
• PRN Board
TP15 TP14
FP7M0318.EPS
• MCT Board
TP2
TP1
FP7M0319.EPS
● Adjusting Volume
FP7M0314.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-281
MT-282
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-282
MT-283
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-283
MT-284
● Microswitch (128S0258)
SA12, SA22, SA32, SK1, SK2, SK3
● Solenoid (107Y0170)
SOLT1 to SOLT9
● Solenoid (107Y0179)
SOLA11, SOLA21, SOLA31
● Fan (119Y0056)
FANG1, FANG3
● Fan (119S0008)
FANG2, FANK1
● Thermistor (115Y0041)
ThG10, ThK1
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-284
MT-285
Serial number
FP7T0602.EPS
■ MCT Board
Serial number
FP7T0601.EPS
■ DRV Board
Serial number
FP7T0603.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-285
MT-286
■ SNS Board
Serial number
FP7T0604.EPS
■ LDD Board
Serial number
FP7T0605.EPS
■ LED Board
Serial number
FP5T0437.EPS
■ PDD Board
Serial number
FP5T0438.EPS
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-286
MT-287
■ PC Board
Rxxxxxxxx-xxxxxx
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-287
MT-288
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-288
MT-289
BLANK PAGE
006-259-02
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-289
MT-290
7. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
DRYPIX 7000
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-290
MT-291
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-291
MT-292
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-292
MT-293
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-293
MT-294
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-294
MT-295
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-295
MT-296
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-296
MT-297
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-297
MT-298
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-298
MT-299
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-299
MT-300
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-300
MT-301
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MT-301
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-1
MC-2
This chapter does not describe parts which require no special note or adjustments in
removal and installation.
For details on the removal of these parts, refer to the Parts List.
Also follow the precautions below when performing inspections, replacements, and
adjustments of parts.
WARNING
To prevent electrical shocks, be sure to turn OFF the power of this equipment
before starting work.
WARNING/CAUTION
Observe the warnings and cautions described in “SAFETY PRECAUTION”.
CAUTION
Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards and
optical units. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic
parts on the boards and optical units.
CAUTION
Never remove the screws painted in red.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
The screws painted in yellow must be adjusted after the installation of parts.
When installing parts, follow the check/adjustment procedure provided.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and
additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining
screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for
servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts
and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the
procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are
securely tightened to properly secure the parts.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-2
MC-3
<NOTE>
When removing the covers, insert shutter into the film tray to prevent exposure of film to light.
The diagrams in this manual displays the CHECK and FIT ON icons where necessary.
When removing/reinstalling, following these icons.
• FIT ON icon: When installing parts, this is indicated if alignment to the boss is
required.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-3
MC-4
Chapter No.
(1)
Section. No.
(2)
FP7C0523.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1)
(3) Remove the exit conveyance motor (MD2).
(3) #3
[Disconnect]
Connector MD2
(3) #3
[Disconnect]
(3) #3 Connector CLD1
[Release] Clamp
(3) #4
[Disconnect]
Clutch connector
(3) #1
[Remove] 2-DT3x6
(3) #2
[Remove]
Upper conveyor unit exit motor (MD2)
(2) #1
[Remove] E5 (2) #2
[Pull out]
Upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1)
FP7C0504.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-01
11.10.2002 FM3601 MC-58
FP7C0005.EPS
(1) Chapter No. .. The Chapter No. in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume is related to
the INDEX No. of the SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume.
(2) Section No. ... The Section No. in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume indicates
enclosed REF. No. (example 3 ) in the SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume
(exploded view).
For the above example, the item to be referred for “MC 5 3 Upper
Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)” is “SP 05C 3 ”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-4
MC-5
INDEX No.
(1)
05C
E6
FP7Z0513.EPS
15
REF. No.
(2) 16 2
3
2-BR3X8
1
E6
4
6
E4
E3
DT3X6
14 5
E6
8 6
13
10
E6
17 7
6
6
E6
9
DT3X6
10
3-BR3X10
11
18
12
FP7Z0503.EPS
006-259-01
11.10.2002 FM3600 SP-30
FP7C0006.EPS
To refer to the service parts information on “MC 5 3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor
(MD2)”, refer to “SP 05C 3 ”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-5
MC-6
CONTENTS
1. COVERS 1.1 Covers MC-10
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-6
MC-7
FP7C0002.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-7
MC-8
FP7C0003.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-8
MC-9
12. VERSION UPGRADE AND 12.1 Preparations (Same for Version Upgrades MC-153
FULL INSTALLATION OF and Full Installation)
MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE 12.2 Version Upgrade MC-154
12.3 Full Installation MC-158
12.4 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version MC-168
from A02 to A04
12.5 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version MC-172
from A01 to A04
12.6 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version MC-180
from [A03 to V4.2/V10.2 or Earlier] to
[V5.0/V11.0 or Later]
12.7 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version MC-184
from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or Later
FP7C0004.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-9
1 COVERS
FP7Z0111.EPS
1 - 1 Covers
FP7C0105.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left side cover
• Upper right side cover
• Side ejection cover
Upper left side cover 2-T4x12
2-T4x8
BR3x12
3-BR3x8
FP7C0100.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-10
MC-11
8-T4x16
Front cover
8-T4x16
8-BR3x8
Right side cover
Lower front cover
FP7C0101.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-11
2 FRAME
FP7Z0211.EPS
2 - 1 BCR Assembly
FP7C0201.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
(2) Remove the trays
“3.2 Tray”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-12
MC-13
BCR assembly
#3
[Remove] 2-TP3x8
#2
[Release] Clamp
#1
[Disconnect] Connector
FP7B0541.EPS
<REMARKS>
Attaching position of the BCR
35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36/20 x 25/25 x 30 cm size
FP7B0542.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-13
3 TRAY LOADING UNIT
FP7Z0311.EPS
FP7C0322.EPS
<NOTE>
The following describes the procedure for the upper tray loading unit. Perform the same
procedure for the middle and lower tray loading units. Steps that differ between the three units
are indicated separately.
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Rear cover
(2) Remove the trays.
“3.2 Tray”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-14
MC-15
[Remove] 4-TP4x8
FP7C0301.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-15
MC-16
(5) #1
(5) #2 [Release] Clamp x 5
[Disconnect]
Connector (4) #2
SA13 [Release] Clamp
Bracket
(4) #1
[Remove] 2-BR4x8
FP7C0302.EPS
(5) #4
[Disconnect]
Connector SA11
(5) #3
[Release] Clamp x 2
(5) #5
[Remove] 3-BR4x8
Tray loading unit
Film pack/shutter detection sensor
FP7C0303.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-16
MC-17
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Bind the extra length of the cable so that it does not come out of the tray insertion
portion.
Clamp
#1
[Bind] Cable
FP7B0552.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-17
3 - 2 Tray
FP7C0323.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
<NOTE>
When pulling out the tray from the equipment, insert shutter in the tray to prevent exposure of
film to light.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-18
MC-19
#2
[Push slightly] Tray
#1
[Release manually] Tray lock
FP7B0506.EPS
#3
[Push] Stopper
#4 #3
[Pull out] Tray Tray [Push] Stopper
FP7C0304.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-19
MC-20
CAUTION
After removing the tray, return the rail back into the equipment as it will come in the way
of the job and is also dangerous.
#2 L R
[Push] Rail (Left)
#1 #3 #4
[Release] Latch [Release] Latch [Push] Rail (Right)
FP7C0305.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
However, there is no need to pull out the rail pushed into the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-20
MC-21
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-21
3 - 3
Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor
(SA11, SA21, SA31)
FP7C0324.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray.
“3.2 Tray”
(2) Remove the tray inside cover.
[Remove] 4-TP4x8
FP7C0301.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-22
MC-23
(3) Remove the film pack/shutter detection sensor (SA11, SA21, SA31).
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector SA11
#1
[Release] Clamp x 2
#3
[Remove] BR4x8 Film pack/shutter detection sensor
FP7C0306.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Bind the extra length of the cable so that it does not come out of the tray insertion
portion.
Clamp
#1
[Bind] Cable
FP7B0552.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-23
3.4
3 - 4
Tray Detection Switch (SA12, SA22,
SA32)
FP7C0325.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Temporarily secure the tray detection switch with the two screws.
(2) While pushing the switch in the arrow direction (A) shown in the figure, tighten the
screws completely.
Screw
FP7C0335.EPS
<NOTE>
Check that the connectors are connected at the correct positions.
SA12-COM
FP7C0307.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-24
MC-25
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
If the tray detection switch has been removed or installed, check as follows.
(1) Turn ON the power of the equipment, and start the M-Utility during initialization.
(2) Set the sensors (SA12, SA22, SA32) into the monitoring state using [Sensor
Monitor] of [Check Mechanism].
(3) Shake the tray to and fro, and check that no tray open occurs.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-25
3 - 5 Tray Lock Assembly
FP7C0326.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
(2) Pull out the tray.
(3) Remove the tray lock assembly.
#2 #3
[Disconnect] [Remove] 2-BR4x8
Connector
#2 SOLA11
[Disconnect]
Connector
SA13
#2
[Disconnect] Connector
SA12-COM
#1
[Release] Clamp
#2
[Disconnect] Connector
SA12-NC
Tray lock assembly
FP7C0308.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
Tray lock assembly
Back side
FP7C0309.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-26
3 - 6 Tray Loading Unit Rail
FP7C0327.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray loading unit.
(2) Remove the tray lock assembly.
“3.5 Tray Lock Assembly”
<NOTE>
When removing the tray loading unit rail, while sliding the inner rail and inner slide rail, remove
the screws.
Outer rail Inner slide rail Inner rail Inner slide rail
FP7C0320.EPS
#3
[Remove] 4-T4x4
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-27
MC-28
■ Reinstalling Procedure
(1) While pressing the tip in front and behind the left rail of the tray loading unit
against the aperture of the tray loading unit, secure the rail with the screws.
#2
[Press] Rail
Tray loading unit rail
#4
[Press] Rail #1
[Temporarily tighten]
2-T4x4
#3
[Tighten] 2-T4x4
#1
[Temporarily tighten]
2-T4x4 aperture
#5
[Tighten] 2-T4x4
aperture
FP7C0311.EPS
(2) Secure the auxiliary plate to the tray loading unit right rail using the screws.
(3) Place the tip in front and behind the right rail of the tray loading unit on the
aperture of the tray loading unit, tighten the rail temporarily with the screws.
Auxiliary plate
(3)
[Temporarily tighten]
2-T4x4 Tray loading
unit rail (right)
(2)
[Tighten] 2-T4x4
Aperture (3)
[Temporarily tighten]
2-T4x4
Aperture
FP7C0312.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-28
MC-29
(4) Push the protrusion in front and behind the auxiliary plate secured to the tray
loading unit right rail against the part for attaching on the tray loading unit, and
while pressing the rail against the aperture, tighten the temporarily tightened
screws firmly.
(4) #2
[Press] Rail
(4) #1
[Push] Rail
(4) #5
(4) #4 [Press] Rail
[Push] Rail
Auxiliary
plate
(4)#3
Tray loading
[Tighten] 2-T4x4
unit rail (right)
(4)#6
[Tighten] 2-T4x4 FP7C0334.EPS
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
• After reinstalling the tray loading unit rail, insert the tray into the tray loading unit, and
check that it moves smoothly.
• Apply bonding to the ten screws securing the tray loading unit rail.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-29
3 - 7 Tray Rail
FP7C0328.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray.
“3.2 Tray”
(2) Remove the tray rail.
#1
[Remove] 5-T4x4
Tray rail
Tray rail
CHECK
#2
CHECK [Remove] 5-T4x4
FP7C0313.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-30
MC-31
■ Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Temporarily secure the tray rail to the tray.
(2) While pressing the tray rail downwards, tighten the screws.
(1)
[Temporarily tighten] 5-T4x4 (2) #2
(2) #3 [Push against]
[Tighten] 5-T4x4 Tray rail Tray rail
(2) #1
[Press downwards] Tray rail
FP7C0314.EPS
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
• After reinstalling the tray rail, insert the tray into the tray loading unit, and check that
it moves smoothly.
• Apply bonding to the ten screws securing the tray rail.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-31
3 - 8 Squeezing Roller
FP7C0329.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray.
“3.2 Tray”
<NOTE>
When removing the squeezing roller, be careful not to damage the bearing of the tray,
#1
[Pull] Bearing
FP7C0315.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-32
MC-33
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-33
3 - 9 Special Screw
FP7C0333.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray.
“3.2 Tray”
(2) Remove the upper rear cover of the tray.
(3) Remove the special screws.
Upper rear cover
(3)
[Remove] Special Screw
(2) #1
[Remove] 3-Q4x6
FP7C0318.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-34
MC-35
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Attach the special screws so that only the ball bearing at the tip of the special screw
protrudes from the tray surface.
REMARKS>
These special screws are producing the click sound when inserting shutters.
Tray surface
Special screw
FP7C0319.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-35
4 REMOVAL UNIT
FP7Z0411.EPS
4 - 1 Removal Unit
FP7C0412.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray loading unit.
“3.1 Tray Loading Unit”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-36
MC-37
(3) #1
[Disconnect]
Connecter
CNB1
(3) #2
[Remove] 4-BR4x8 (3) #1
[Disconnect]
Connecter
MB11
(2) #2
[Remove]
Shield cover
Removal unit
CHECK (2) #1
Pin [Remove]
Shield cover BR3x8
FP7C0401.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-37
MC-38
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
When reinstalling the removal unit, return the suction cup arm to the home position.
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
• When reinstalling the removal unit, insert the pins on the removal unit into the holes
on the equipment.
• Perform the following adjustment if the idle gear of the removal unit has been
removed or if the idle gear has been loosened.
(1) Secure the gear while pressing the flange of the idle gear against the gears in the
arrow direction shown below.
Upper removal unit
Idle gear
Upper conveyor unit
FP7C0402.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-38
MC-39
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-39
4 - 2 Removal Drive Cam
FP7C0413.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit.
“4.1 Removal Unit”
<NOTE>
When performing the following procedure, move the suction cup arm assembly to the home
position first.
(3)
[Remove] Gear 1
Gear fixing cover
(2) #1
[Release] Clamp
(3)
[Remove] Gear 2
Bearing (2) #2
(2) #1 [Remove] E6
[Release] Clamp (2) #3
[Remove] 4-DT3x6 FP7C0403.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-40
MC-41
(4) Remove the removal drive cam together with the crank.
Crank
Crank
#1
[Remove] E3
#1
[Remove] E3
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<NOTE>
When performing the following procedure, move the suction cup arm assembly to the home
position first.
(1) Reinstall the removal drive cam to the removal unit together with the crank.
(2) Insert pins such as hexagonal wrench into the two holes on gear 1, and adjust the
phase of the removal drive cam.
(3) Reinstall gear 2.
Gear 1
(3) (2) #1
[Insert] Pin
[Reinstall]
Gear 2 FP7C0405.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-41
MC-42
(4) Align the gear fixing cover to the attaching position, and pull out the pin.
(5) Align the rib positions of gears 1 and 2.
(5) #1
[Align] Rib
Gear 2 Gear 1
Gear 1
Gear 2
(4)
[Pull out] Pin
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
After reinstalling the removal drive cam, check that the suction cup arm assembly
moves smoothly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-42
MC-43
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-43
4 - 3 Suction Cup Arm
FP7C0414.EPS
4.3.1 Removal/Reinstallation
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the tray.
“3.2 tray”
(2) Remove the tray inside cover.
[Remove] 4-TP4x8
FP7C0301.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-44
MC-45
(3) #1
[Release] Clamp (3) #3
[Remove] 4-BR3x8
FP7C0407.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-45
MC-46
Removal unit
#1
[Disconnect] Connector
#6
[Connect] Connector FP7C0542.EPS
For 20 x 25 cm size
Mark
#2
[Move] Film release plate x 2
FP7C0543.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-46
MC-47
(4) To change the film size from 35 x 43 cm to 20 x 25 cm, change the attaching
position of the barcode reader.
“2.1 BCR Assembly”
FP7B0542.EPS
(5) Reinstall the removed parts in the reversed order of the removing procedure.
<REMARKS>
The attaching position of the film release plate of the removal unit is marked with the
respective film sizes. To return the film size from 20 x 25 cm to other sizes, refer to the
following figure and change the attaching position of the film release plate.
FP7C0420.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-47
MC-48
■ Changing Procedure
(1) Remove the removal unit.
“4.1 Removal Unit”
(2) Remove the suction cup arm.
“4.3.1 Removal/Reinstallation”
(3) Remove the suction cup unit at the rear side.
#1
[Remove] 2-E3
#2
[Remove] Bracket
#3
[Remove] 2-E3
#5
[Remove] Bearing x 2
#4
[Remove] Suction cup unit
FP7C0417.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-48
MC-49
(4) Attach the rear side suction cup unit at the 25 x 30 cm position.
Mark
FP7C0418.EPS
(5) Remove the removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly and film surface
detection sensor.
#4
[Remove] Bearing x 4
#3
[Remove] Removal conveyance
roller (upper) assembly
#2
[Remove] Bracket
#6
[Remove] Film surface
#1 #5 detection sensor
[Remove] 2-PS3x8 [Remove] DT3x6
FP7C0421.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-49
MC-50
(6) Attach the removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly and film surface detection
sensor at the 25 x 30 cm size position.
Mark
For 25x30 cm size
For 35x43,
26x36 cm size
Mark
#2
#1 [Reinstall] Bearing x 4
[Reinstall] Film surface
detection sensor
DT3x6
#3
[Reinstall] Removal conveyance
#4 roller (upper) assembly
[Reinstall] Bracket
2-PS3x8
FP7C0422.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-50
MC-51
Mark
#2
[Move] Film release plate
FP7C0419.EPS
FP7B0542.EPS
(11) Reinstall the removed parts in the reversed order of the removing procedure.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-51
MC-52
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-52
4 - 4 Suction Cup
FP7C0415.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the suction cup arm.
“4.3 Suction Cup Arm”
(2) Remove the suction cup.
#2
[Remove] Suction cup
#1
[Remove] Nozzle
FP7C0408.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-53
4 - 5 Bellows
FP7C0416.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the suction cup arm.
“4.3 Suction Cup Arm”
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Rotate the bellows in the tightened state to remove.
CHECK
#3
[Remove] Bellows #2
[Pull out] Bellows
#1
[Lower] Plate
O ring
Stopper
FP7C0409.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-54
MC-55
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
• If the bellows has been removed, be sure to replace the O ring.
• To reinstall, insert the second groove on the top of the bellows into the plate.
• When reinstalling, screw in the bellows completely.
2nd groove
Bellows
Stopper
FP7C0410.EPS
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Check for air leakage as follows.
(1) Push down the plate, and with an approximately 50 mm space between the plate
and stopper, push the suction cup against the film.
(2) Two minutes later, check that the space is still 50 mm.
50mm
Stopper
Film
FP7C0411.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-55
5 CONVEYOR UNIT
FP7Z0511.EPS
FP7C0521.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Remove the following covers.
• Upper right side cover
• Rear cover
(3) Remove the cleaning roller.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-56
MC-57
(4) If the equipment mounts film tray 2, loosen the screws securing the idle gear of
the middle conveyor unit.
#1
[Loosen] 2-BR3x6
FP7C0540.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-57
MC-58
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
FP7C0613.EPS
(6) Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below.
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
FP7C0546.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-58
MC-59
#1
[Remove] BR4x8
Sub-scanning unit
FP7C0535.EPS
[Remove] TP4x8
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-59
MC-60
(9) Insert the upper conveyor unit removing jig below the sub-scanning unit.
Turn the upper conveyor unit removing jig clockwise direction to lift the sub-
scanning unit.
Insert a jig such as hexagonal wrench, and secure.
Sub-scanning unit
#2
[Lift] Sub-scanning unit
#1
[Turn]
Upper conveyor unit #3
removing jig [Insert] Hexagonal wrench
FP7C0534.EPS
#1 [Disconnect] #1 [Disconnect]
Connector CND4
Connector CND4
#1 [Disconnect] #1 [Disconnect]
Connector MD4 Connector MD2
#1 [Disconnect]
Connector CLD1
#3 Shield cover
[Remove] BR3x8
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-60
MC-61
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
When reinstalling the upper conveyor unit, check that:
• The pin on the upper conveyor unit is inserted into the groove of the sub-scanning
unit rail.
• The bent portion of the rear frame of the upper conveyor unit is inserted into the plate
spring.
Pin FP7C0545.EPS
Plate spring
Rear frame of
upper conveyor unit
FP7C0550.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-61
MC-62
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Perform the following adjustment if the idle gear of the middle conveyor unit has been
removed or if the idle gear has been loosened.
(1) Secure the gear while pressing the flange of the idle gear against the gears in the
arrow direction shown below.
FP7C0541.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-62
MC-63
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-63
5 - 2 Film Positioning Motor (Lower) (MD6)
FP7C0522.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Right side cover
(2) Remove the film positioning motor (lower) (MD6).
#2
[Disconnect] Connector MD6
#1
[Release] Clamp
#3
[Remove] 2-DT3x6
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-64
MC-65
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Open the left and right positioning guides of the positioning guide assembly until they
touch the sides when installing the film positioning motor (MD6).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-65
5 - 3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)
FP7C0523.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1).
(3) Remove the exit conveyance motor (MD2).
(3) #3
[Disconnect]
Connector MD2
(2) #3
[Disconnect]
Connector CLD1
(3) #3
[Release] Clamp
(3) #4
[Remove]
Clutch connector
(3) #1
[Remove] 2-DT3x6
(3) #2
[Remove]
Upper conveyor unit exit motor (MD2)
(2) #1
[Remove] E5 (2) #2
[Pull out]
Upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1)
FP7C0504.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-66
MC-67
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-67
Cleaning Roller Grip Release Motor
5 - 4 (MD4)
FP7C0524.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
(2) Rotate the worm gear of the cleaning roller grip release motor (MD4) in the arrow
direction shown in the figure with the hand so that it grips the cleaning roller.
#1
[Rotate] Worm gear
FP7C0539.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-68
MC-69
Bearing
One-way gear
assembly
Bearing
CHECK
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector MD4
#2
[Remove] 2-DT3x6
Cleaning roller grip
release motor (MD4)
FP7C0505.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Reinstall the motor with the D cut side of the one-way gear assembly shaft facing up.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-69
5 - 5 Film Positioning Assembly (Lower)
FP7C0525.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper conveyor unit.
“5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”
(2) Remove the grip position detection sensor bracket.
(3) Remove the connector bracket.
(2) #2
[Disconnect] Connector SD3
(2) #1
[Remove] DT3x6
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-70
MC-71
Flange gear #1
[Remove] E6
#2
[Release] Clamp
#3
[Disconnect] Connector MD6
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-71
5 - 6 Film Positioning Motor (Upper) (MD5)
FP7C0526.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper conveyor unit.
“5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”
(2) Remove the film positioning motor (upper) (MD5).
#2
[Disconnect] #1
Connector MD5 [Release] Clamp
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-72
MC-73
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Open the left and right positioning guides of the positioning guide assembly until they
touch the sides when installing the film positioning motor (MD5).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-73
5 - 7 Film Positioning Assembly (Upper)
FP7C0527.EPS
#4
[Release]
Clamp
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector SD1
FP7C0509.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-74
MC-75
(5) #1
[Remove] DT3x6
Connector bracket
(4) #2
[Remove]
Bearing
(4) #1 (5) #1
[Remove] E4 [Remove]
DT3x6
Connector bracket
FP7C0510.EPS
(6) #1
[Remove] 4-DT3x6
Stay
(7) #1
[Remove] 2-DT3x6
Conveyor unit exit guide
(8) #1
[Release] Clampx6
(7) #2
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
(8) #3
[Remove] 3-DT3x6 (8) #2 Film positioning assembly (upper)
[Disconnect] Connector
FP7C0511.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-75
MC-76
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Open the left and right positioning guides until they touch the sides when installing the
film positioning motor (MD5).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-76
MC-77
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-77
5 - 8 Conveyor Unit Exit Guide
FP7C0528.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper conveyor unit.
“5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1).
“5.3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)”
(3) Remove the conveyor unit exit roller.
#3
[Remove] Conveyor unit exit roller
#1
#2 [Remove] E6
[Remove] Bearing x 2
FP7C0551.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-78
MC-79
Sensor bracket
(4)#2
[Remove] DT3x6
(5)#2
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
FP7C0512.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
When reinstalling the conveyor unit exit guide, fit the guide to the bearing of the conveyor unit
exit roller first before tightening the screws.
Bearing
FP7B0552.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-79
5 - 9 Conveyance Driving Roller (Upper)
FP7C0529.EPS
Knob
(3) #1
[Remove]
BR3x10
(2) #1
[Remove] BR3x8
Handle
FP7C0513.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-80
MC-81
Grip arm
(6) [Remove] Spring
(5) #3
[Remove] E6
(5) #1
[Remove]
Conveyor drive gear
(5) #3
[Remove] E4
(4) #1
(5) #2 [Remove] E6
Grip arm [Remove] E6
(5) #2
[Remove] E4 Grip idler gear
FP7C0514.EPS
(8) #2
[Remove] Bearing
(8) #1
[Remove] E6
(7) #1
[Remove] Bearing
(8) #2
[Remove] Bearing
(8) #1
[Remove] E6
(7) #1
[Remove] Bearing
Conveyance driving roller (upper)
FP7C0515.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-81
MC-82
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<REMARKS>
The taper of the roller edge of the conveyance driving roller (upper) differs according to the
parts number and version.
334N3566
For 35x43, 26x36 cm size
334N3610
For 35x43, 26x36,
20x25 cm size
334N3610A
For 35x43, 26x36,
20x25, 25x30 cm size
The shape of this taper is different. FP7C0553.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-82
MC-83
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-83
5 - 10 Conveyance Driving Roller (Lower)
FP7C0530.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper conveyor unit.
“5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”
(2) Remove the upper conveyor unit lower bracket.
(3) Remove the drive transmission gear.
(3) #2
[Remove] E6
Bearing
(2) #3
[Remove] 4-DT3x6 (3) #1
[Remove] E6
Upper conveyor unit lower bracket
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-84
MC-85
(4) #1
[Remove] E6
(5) #3
[Remove]
(5) #5 Conveyor drive gear
[Remove] E6
(5) #4
(5) #5 [Remove] E6
[Remove] E4
(5) #2
[Remove] (5) #1 (5) #4
Grip arm
Idler gear [Remove] E6 [Remove] E4
FP7C0518.EPS
(8) #2
[Remove] Bearing
(8) #1
[Remove] E6
(7) #1
[Remove] Bearing
(8) #2
[Remove] Bearing
Conveyance grip roller (lower)
(8) #1 (7) #1
[Remove] E6 [Remove] Bearing
FP7C0519.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-85
5 - 11 Conveyor Unit Guide
FP7C0531.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the upper conveyor unit.
“5.1 Upper Conveyor Unit”
(2) Remove the film positioning assembly (lower).
“5.5 Film Positioning Assembly (Lower)”
(3) Remove the conveyance driving roller (upper).
“5.9 Conveyance Driving Roller (Upper)”
(4) Remove the conveyance driving roller (lower).
“5.10 Conveyance Driving Roller (Lower)”
(5) Remove the conveyor unit guide.
Boss
Conveyor unit guide
Boss
#1
[Release] Conveyor unit guide
#2
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
FP7C0520.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-86
5 - 12 Grip Idle Gear
If the grip idle gear of the upper conveyor unit has been removed, reinstall the gear as
following.
■ Adjusting Procedure
(1) Align the holes on the upper and lower grip release gears with the holes on the
side frame, insert the pins of a hexagonal wrench into the holes to adjust the
upper and lower arm phases, and then reintall the grip idle gear.
Pin
#1
[Reinstall] Grip idle gear
Grip release gear
#2
[Attach] E6
Pin FP7C0516.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-87
5 - 13 Lower Conveyor Unit
FP7C0536.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Right side cover
• Rear cover
(2) Remove the lower conveyor unit.
Idle gear
Middle
conveyor unit
#1
[Loosen] 2-BR3x6
#4
[Remove]
Lower conveyor unit
Shield cover
#2
#3 [Remove] 2-BR3x8
[Remove] 4-BR4x8 FP7C0537.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-88
MC-89
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Perform the following adjustment if the idle gear of the middle conveyor unit has been
removed or if the idle gear has been loosened.
(1) Secure the gear while pressing the flange of the idle gear against the gears in the
arrow direction shown below.
Idle gear
FP7C0538.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-89
6 SUB-SCANNING UNIT
FP7Z0611.EPS
6 - 1 Sub-Scanning Unit
FP7C0609.EPS
6.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Remove the following covers.
• Right side cover
• Rear cover
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-90
MC-91
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
FP7C0613.EPS
(4) Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below.
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
FP7C0614.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-91
MC-92
(7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN1
(7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN3
(7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN7
Shield plate (7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
(5) #1 (6) #1 LDD16A-CN9
[Remove] 2-BR3x8 [Loosen] 2-BR4x12
Connector cover
FP7C0601.EPS
(7) #2
[Disconnect]
Connector ME1
(7) #2
[Disconnect]
Connector CNS2
(7) #3
[Remove]
BR4x12
(7) #3
[Remove] 2-BR4x8
Sub-scanning unit
FP7C0602.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-92
MC-93
■ Reinstalling Procedure
(1) Insert the sub-scanning unit into the equipment, and temporarily secure with the
screws.
#1 #1
[Temporarily tighten] [Temporarily tighten]
2-BR4x8 BR4x12
#1
[Temporarily tighten]
2-BR4x8
FP7C0616.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-93
MC-94
(2) Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit.
#2 #2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8 [Tighten] BR4x12
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Press against] Positioning screw
(3) Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, and reinstall it to its original
position.
CAUTION
When removing the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, be careful never remove the
screws painted in red.
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
Check that connectors are connected properly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-94
MC-95
■ Adjusting Procedure
(1) Print the grid pattern.
“Service Mode, [2-5] Grid”.
(2) Measure the “D” and “E” on the printed film and check that they meet the specified
values.
For 35 x 43 cm size
20 20
D E
Film conveyance
direction
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
D, E 14.5 ±1.0 27.5 ±1.0 26.0 ±1.0 25.8 ±1.0
|D-E| ≤ 1.2 ≤ 1.2 ≤ 1.2 ≤ 1.2 FP7C0622.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-95
MC-96
(3) If the measured values are not the specified values, loosen the screws securing
the sub-scanning unit.
#1
[Loosen] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Loosen] 2-BR4x8
FP7C0617.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-96
MC-97
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
FP7C0613.EPS
(5) Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below.
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
FP7C0614.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-97
MC-98
(6) Rotate the positioning screw in the clockwise or counterclockwise direction and
adjust.
<NOTE>
Rotating once in the clockwise or counterclockwise direction changes the “D” and “E” on the
printed film by about 0.5 mm.
A B FP7C0624.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-98
MC-99
(7) Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit.
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Press against] Positioning screw
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-99
6 - 2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)
FP7C0610.EPS
6.2.1 Removal/Reinstallation
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the sub-scanning unit.
“6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”
(2) Remove the sub-scanning motor (ME1).
#1
[Remove] Q4x14
#2
[Remove] 4-TP4x8
FP7C0604.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-100
MC-101
Film conveyance
F
direction
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
F 413.0 ±1.2 226.5 ±1.0 225.0 ±1.0 225.0 ±1.0 FP7C0623.EPS
(3) If the measured values are not the specified values, adjust the film conveyance
amount.
“Service Mode, [5-2-2] Adjusting subscanner”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-101
6 - 3 Sub-Scanning Roller
FP7C0611.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the sub-scanning unit.
“6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”
(2) Remove the scanner unit.
“7.1 Scanner Unit”
(3) Remove the sub-scanning motor (ME1).
“6.2 Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)”
(4) Remove the handle.
(5) Remove the belt cover.
(6) Remove the SUS belt.
(6) #1
[Remove] Spring
(5) #1
[Remove] BR4x8
Belt cover
(4) #1
[Remove] BR3x10
SUS belt
(6) #2
[Lower] SUS belt tensioner Handle
FP7C0605.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-102
MC-103
#2
[Pull out]
Sub-scanning roller (Left)
Waveform washer
#1
[Remove] BR4x8
Sub-scanning roller (left)
W5
FP7C0606.EPS
(9) #3
[Pull out]
Sub-scanning unit roller (Right)
(8) #1
Waveform washer [Remove] BR4x8
(9) #2
[Lower] SUS belt tensioner
FP7C0607.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-103
MC-104
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<NOTE>
• When installing the sub-scanning roller, be sure to reinstall the waveform washer.
• After reinstalling the sub-scanning roller, rotate the roller four or five times with the hand, and
check that it turns smoothly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-104
MC-105
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-105
Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor
6 - 4 (SE1)
FP7C0612.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Remove the following covers.
• Right side cover
• Rear cover
(3) Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket.
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
FP7C0613.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-106
MC-107
(4) Reinstall the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket at the position shown below.
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
FP7C0614.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-107
MC-108
(7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN1
(7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN3
(7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN7
Shield plate (7) #1
[Disconnect] Connector
(5) #1 (6) #1 LDD16A-CN9
[Remove] 2-BR3x8 [Loosen] 2-BR4x12
Connector cover
FP7C0601.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-108
MC-109
(7)#2
[Disconnect] Connector ME1
(7)#2
[Disconnect] Connector CNS2
(7)#3
[Remove] 2-BR4x8
Sub-scanning unit
FP7C0619.EPS
#1
[Disconnect] Connector
SED
Film leading edge detection sensor (SE1)
#2
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
FP7C0608.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-109
MC-110
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. However, perform the following when
securing the sub-scanning unit into the equipment.
(1) Insert the sub-scanning unit into the equipment, and temporarily secure with the
screws.
#1
[Temporarily tighten]
2-BR4x8
#1
[Temporarily tighten]
2-BR4x8
FP7C0620.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-110
MC-111
(2) Press the positioning screw against the rail, and secure the sub-scanning unit.
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Press against] Positioning screw
(3) Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, and reinstall it to its original
position.
CAUTION
When removing the sub-scanning unit fixing bracket, be careful never remove the
screws painted in red.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-111
7 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT
FP7Z0711.EPS
7 - 1 Scanner Unit
FP7C0703.EPS
CAUTION
• The LD/IC may damage due to static electricity. When removing/reinstalling it, take
anti-static measures by wearing a wrist band, etc.
• Do not remove the upper cover of the scanner unit.
• Do not place your finger inside the laser beam window (at the bottom of the scanner
unit).
• Handle the optical unit gently, making sure not to subject it to shock.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-112
MC-113
7.1.1 Removal/Reinstallation
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the sub-scanning unit.
“6.1 Sub-scanning Unit”
(2) Remove the scanner unit.
#1
[Remove] 4-BR4x12
Scanner unit
CHECK
CHECK
CHECK
FP7C0701.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-113
MC-114
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of the removing procedure. However perform the
following when installing the scanner unit to the sub-scanning unit.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
When pushing the scanner unit against the positioning plate, push gently without
subjecting it to shock.
(1) Align the scanner unit to the reinstalling position of the sub-scanning unit, and
secure temporarily with the screws.
(2) Push the two positioning brackets and protruded part on the scanner unit against
the sub-scanning unit at the positions shown in the following figure.
(3) Secure the scanner unit with the screws.
(1)
[Secure temporarily] 4-BR4x12
(2)
(3) [Push] Scanner unit
[Tighten] 4-BR4x12
FP7C0702.EPS
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
• Make sure that there is no gap between the sub-scanning unit positioning plate and
scanner unit positioning parts.
• Make sure that the connectors are connected properly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-114
MC-115
#1 #2 #4 #3
#5 FP7C0F34.EPS
→ The individual data is sent to the PC for servicing. When the data transfer is
completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen appears.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-115
MC-116
(4) Insert the scanner unit data FD provided with the scanner unit into the FDD of the
PC for servicing.
(5) Copy scanner unit data to the PC for sevicing.
“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Restore]
→ The [Restore] window for selecting the folder containing the scanner unit data
appears.
(6) Select “Drive A” → [OK]
→ Scanner unit data is copied to the PC for servicing.
#1
#2
FP7C0F38.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-116
MC-117
(13) Measure “C” of the film output, and check that the values satisfy the specification.
For 35 x 43 cm size
B C A
Film conveyance
direction
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
|A-B| ≤ 1.2 ≤ 1.2 ≤ 2.0 ≤ 1.2
C 300 ±1.2 300 ±1.2 200 ±1.2 200.8 ±1.2 FP7C0705.EPS
(14) If they do not, change the value of “[4-3-1] Scanning Width” of the M-Utility.
“SERVICE MODE, [4-3-1] Scanning Width”
(15) Measure “A” and “B” of the film output, and check that the values satisfy the
specification.
(16) If they do not, change the value of “[4-3-2] Scanning Position” of the M-Utility.
“SERVICE MODE, [4-3-2] Scanning Position”
(17) Perform automatic density correction.
“SERVICE MODE, [3-1] AUTO F.D.C.”
(18) Check the film density.
“SERVICE MODE, [3-2] Check Density”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-117
8 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT
FP7Z0811.EPS
FP7C0814.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left cover
(2) Remove the fan fixing bracket.
Cooling fan assembly
#1
[Remove] 4-BR3x8
FP7C0801.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-118
MC-119
#2
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
#1
[Disconnect] Connector CNG3
FP7C0802.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-119
8 - 2 Filter Section Cooling Fan
FP7C0815.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the cooling fan assembly.
“8.1 Cooling Fan Assembly”
(2) Remove the fan duct.
(3) Remove the filter section cooling fan.
Fan duct
#1
[Remove] 4-BR3x8
Auxilary plate #2
[Remove] 2-BR4x40
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-120
MC-121
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Reinstall the filter section cooling fan as shown in the figure.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-121
8 - 3 Film Cooling Section
FP7C0816.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left cover
• Upper right cover
(2) Remove the operation panel.
“10.1 Operation Panel”
(3) Remove the film release unit.
“9.1 Film Release Unit”
(4) Remove the film cooling section.
Round hole
#1
[Release]
Clamp
CHECK #2
[Disconnect]
Connector THG10
Film cooling section
CHECK
#3 #4
[Loosen] 2-BR4x8 [Remove] 5-BR4x8
FP7C0805.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-122
MC-123
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
When reinstalling the film cooling section, press the shaft against the bracket as shown
in the figure, and secure with the screws.
■ CHECK/Adjusting Procedure
• After reinstalling the film cooling section, check from the round hole on the back of
the film cooling section that the gears of the film cooling section and heat
development unit are engaged.
• After reinstalling the film cooling section, rotate the jam handle, and check that it
moves smoothly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-123
8 - 4 Heat Development Unit
FP7C0817.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left side cover
• Upper right side cover
• Rear cover
• Right side cover
• Left side cover
(2) Remove the sub-scanning unit.
“6.1 Sub-Scanning Unit”
(3) Remove the film release unit.
“9.1 Film Release Unit”
(4) Remove the cooling fan assembly.
“8.1 Cooling Fan Assembly”
(5) Remove the operation panel.
“10.1 Operation Panel”
(6) Remove the film cooling section.
“8.3 Film Cooling Section”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-124
MC-125
(8) #2
[Release] Clamp
FP7C0807.EPS
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector CNG2
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector CNG4
#3
[Remove] 3-BR4x8 #1
[Disconnect]
Connector CNG1
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector MG1
#2
[Release] Clamp
FP7C0808.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-125
8 - 5 Heat Development Rack Assembly
FP7C0818.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left side cover
• Rear cover
• Left side cover
(3) Remove the film release unit.
“9.1 Film Release Unit”
(4) Remove the film cooling section.
“8.3 Film Cooling Section”
(5) Remove the cooling fan assembly together with the bracket.
Bracket
Bracket
#3
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
#1
[Disconnect] Connector CNG3
FP7C0823.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-126
MC-127
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
FP7M0320.EPS
(8) #2 (7) #2
[Remove] BR4x8 [Disconnect]
CHECK Connector HEAT3
(8) #1
[Remove] CHECK
BR4x8 Rack fixing
bracket (small)
(7) #1
(10) [Remove] TP4x8
[Remove]
Heat development rack assembly
(9)
[Remove] 2-BR4x8 Rack fixing bracket (large)
FP7C0809.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-127
MC-128
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<NOTE>
When reinstalling the adiabatic cover, do not sandwich the thermistor cable.
■ CHECK/Adjustment Procedure
Check that connectors are connected properly.
THG7-9
HEAT3
Second rack assembly
THG4-6
HEAT2
THG1-3
HEAT1
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-128
MC-129
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-129
8 - 6 Heat Development Roller
FP7C0819.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the heat development rack assembly, and remove adiabatic cover.
“8.5 Heat Development Rack Assembly”
(2) Remove the fixing pins.
(3) Remove the heater assembly.
(4) Remove the heat development roller.
(3)
[Remove] Heater assembly
(2) #1
[Remove] Fixing pin (long)
(4) #1
[Remove] WP3x10
Bearing
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-130
MC-131
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-131
8 - 7 Thermal Protector
FP7C0825.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the heat development rack assembly.
“8.5 Heat Development Rack Assembly”
(2) Remove adiabatic cover.
(3) Remove the fixing pins.
(4) Remove the heater assembly.
<NOTE>
• Heat development rollers and bearings may drop if the heat development rack assembly is
tilted with the heater assembly removed.
• Do not touch the rubber portion of the removed heat development rollers and heater side of
the heater assembly with bare hand.
(2)#1
[Remove] Adiabatic cover
(4)
[Remove] Heater assembly
(3)#2
[Remove] Fixing pins (long)
(3)#3
[Remove] Fixing pins (short) FP7C0826.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-131.1
MC-131.2
(6)#2 (6)#1
[Remove] Thermal protector [Remove] 2-3x6
(5)
[Disconnect] Connector x 2
FP7C0827.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-131.2
MC-131.3
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
<NOTE>
• When attaching the thermal protector, visually check that the tip of the screw is not
protruding out to the film conveyance side. (Reference screw tightening torque: 0.6Nm =
6kgcm)
• Attach the connectors of the thermal protector so that they all line up in a straight line.
FP7C0829.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-131.3
MC-131.4
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-131.4
9 FILM RELEASE UNIT
FP7Z0911.EPS
FP7C0904.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left side cover
• Upper right side cover
• Side ejection cover
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-132
MC-133
FP7C0901.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-133
Density Measurement Light-Emitting
9 - 2 Board (LED15A)
FP7C0905.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left side cover
• Upper right side cover
• Film release unit cover
(2) Remove the LED15A installing bracket.
(3) Remove the density measurement light-emitting board.
(2) #3
[Disconnect]
Connector LED-CN85 (2) #1
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
(3) #1
[Remove] BR3x12
(3) #1
Shield [Remove] BR3x8
plate
Spacer
(2) #2
[Remove] Clamp
Density measurement
light-emitting board (LED15A)
(2) #3
[Disconnect] Connector SJ1
FP7C0902.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-134
MC-135
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Press the LED cover of the density measurement light-emitting board against the
position shown in the figure below, and secure.
[Press]
Density measurement light-emitting board (LED15A)
FP7C0903.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-135
10 CONTROLLER
FP7Z0A11.EPS
10 - 1 Operation Panel
FP7C0106.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Jam clear cover
• Upper left side cover
(2) Remove the operation panel.
#2 #2 #4
[Disconnect] [Disconnect]
[Disconnect] #4
Connector [Disconnect] Connector
Connector Connector
PANEL-CN5 PANEL-CN7
PANEL-CN2 PANEL-CN1
#4
Operation panel [Disconnect]
Connector
PANEL-CN8
#4
[Disconnect]
Connector
PANEL-CN6
#4 #3
[Disconnect] [Remove] BR3x8
Connector
PANEL-CN4
#1
[Remove] 2-BR3x8 FP7C0104.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-136
MC-137
■ Reinstalling Procedure
<NOTE>
When reinstalling the upper left side cover, make sure that it does not interfere with the
operation panel.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-137
10 - 2 Controller Assembly
FP7C0A04.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following covers.
• Left side cover
• Rear cover
• Lower front cover
(2) Remove the controller assembly.
#2
[Disconnect]
Shaded connector
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector PC-CN4
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector
PRN16A-CN2
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector #2
[Disconnect]
#1 Connector
[Release] PRN16A-CN4
Clamp
Controller
#4 assembly
#2
[Remove] [Disconnect]
3-BR3x8 Connector
PC-CN26
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector CNK1
#1 #2
[Release] [Disconnect]
Clamp Connector
PRN16A-CN6
FP7C0A01.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-138
MC-139
#5
[Pull out] Controller assembly
FP7C0A02.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-139
10.2 10 - 3 HDD
FP7C0A05.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the controller assembly.
“10.2 Controller Assembly”
(2) Remove the HDD.
#2
[Remove] 4-BR3x12
HDD
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector HDD
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector HDD
FP7C0A03.EPS
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-140
MC-141
■ Replacing Procedure
The service parts HDD is installed with the OS and main unit software.
However, because the main unit software may not be of the latest version, if the HDD
has been replaced, perform full installation of the main unit software and re-installation
of individual data.
Prepare the latest main unit software CD-R when replacing the HDD.
(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.
(2) Replace the HDD.
“■ Removing Procedure/■ Reinstalling Procedure”
(3) Turn ON the power of the equipment, and check the version of the main unit
software displayed at startup.
(4) Start the M-Utility, and set the network.
“INSTALLATION, 7.2.2 System Management/Network/Set Network”
(5) End the M-Utility, and turn OFF and then ON the power of the equipment.
(6) Prepare the PC for servicing.
“SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”,
“4.3.2 Starting the DI Tool(DPX7 PC Tool)”, “4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC
Tool to the Equipment”
<INSTRUCTIONS>
If the version of the main unit software in the HDD is old: Perform steps (7) and
onwards.
If the version of the main unit software in the HDD is latest: Perform steps (8) and
onwards.
(7) Perform full installation of the latest main unit software and installation of the
application program of the printer in the MCT board.
“12.3 Full Installation Steps (1) to (7)”
(8) Re-install the individual data.
“12.3 Full Installation Step (8) to (10)”
(9) Set the system date, film counter, and remaining number of films.
“12.3 Full Installation Steps (11) to (20)”
(10) Set whether to enable the [User Settable] function, and save the user settable
image to the new HDD when enabled.
“SERVICE MODE, 5.5 Setting Output of User Settable Images”
<NOTE>
• For the service parts HDD, the default value of [User Settable] is set to [Disable].
• For the service parts HDD for the equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later, or
V13.0 or later, the default image of [User Settable] has been changed from the SMPTE
pattern to the grid pattern for checking unevenness.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-141
10 - 4 PC Board
FP7C0A06.EPS
CAUTION
• Replace the PC board if the lithium battery has worn out.
• Return the old PC board to the Parts Center (factory).
• Improper replacement of the battery may result in explosion. When replacing the
lithium battery, use the battery designated by FUJIFILM Corporation or use an
equivalent battery. Dispose the old battery as specified by FUJIFILM Corporation.
• Main unit software version V10.0 or later requires Version D or later. This restriction
does not apply to main unit software version A00 to 04, or V4.1 or later.
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the controller assembly.
“10.2 Controller Assembly”
(2) Remove the PRN board, MCT board, and image memory board.
“SERVICE PARTS LIST, 10. Controller”
(3) Disconnect all connectors on the PC board.
(4) Remove the PC board.
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-07
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-142
MC-143
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-143
10 - 5 MCT Board
FP7C0A07.EPS
■ Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the controller assembly.
“10.2 Controller Assembly”
(2) Remove the MCT board.
“SERVICE PARTS LIST 10. Controller”
■ Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
■ Replacing Procedure
If the MCT board has been replaced, the software on the HD (printer installer, printer
OS, printer application) needs to be installed with a new MCT board.
(1) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.
(2) Remove the MCT board.
“■ Removing Procedure”
(3) Check the settings of DIPSW (S2) on the MCT board.
S2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
S2
ON
All OFF FP7C7A10.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-144
MC-145
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-145
10.6 10 - 6 DRV Board
FP7C0A09.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-146
MC-147
● Replacing Procedure
(1) Remove the DRV16A board.
(2) Place the spacer at the top and paste the auxiliary plate.
Spacer
#1
[Paste] Auxiliary plate
FP7C0A08.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-147
11 SORTER
FP7C0B02.EPS
FP7C0B03.EPS
■ Belt Structure
Top belt
Inside belt
Bottom belt
FP3F0S43.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-148
MC-149
■ Reinstalling Procedure
(1) There are three timing belts. Install the inside belt first and then the top and
bottom belts.
Top belt
Top belt
Inside belt
FP3F0S42.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-149
MC-150
■ Adjusting Procedure
(1) With the fixing screws of the tension pulleys loosened, secure the tension pulleys
at the position where they are in balance by the force of the springs.
Tension spring
Top belt
Fixing screw
Bottom belt
Inside belt
Fixing screw
Fixing screw
Tension spring
Tension spring
FP3F0S40.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-150
11 - 2 Jam Removing Guide Plate Magnet
FP7C0B04EPS
Stopper
Magnet
FP3F0S41.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-151
MC-152
CAUTION
• During version upgrading and full installation, do not perform other procedures like
equipment settings, etc.
• To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full
installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting
must be set to “Disable” beforehand. This setting requires no modification when the
equipment is installed with V4.1 or later, or V10.1 or later.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-152
MC-153
<NOTE>
• As performing full installation will clear the individual data in the HD, the individual data
needs to be installed after completing full installation.
Use the latest individual data for installation.
• In version upgrades, individual data will be preserved.
• From DPX7 PC Tool version A09, the “Soft Ver.Up” function button display has been
changed to “Upgrading”, however some parts of this manual still uses the old name.
• For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later,
the grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For
the equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit
software to V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD.
• For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment, when
equipment data is read, the DPX7 PC Tool screen [Clients:] list shows “MammoQCTest”.
However, if the version has been upgraded from an earlier version, as this will not be
displayed, add and register new clients.
<REMARKS>
The following shows the times required for software installation. Take note that these times
differ according to the performance and network environment of the PC for servicing used.
• Version upgrade (PC for servicing → Equipment): Approx. 2 minutes
• Full installation (PC for servicing → Equipment): Approx. 3 minutes
• PRT OS installation (HDD → MCT board): Approx. 15 seconds
• PRT APL installation (HDD → MCT board): Approx. 1 minute
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-153
MC-154
(3)
MCT board
Memory
FP7C0F08.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-154
MC-155
CAUTION
To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 in equipment
connected with a sorter, sorter settings must first be set to “Disable”.
This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later,
or V10.1 or later.
<NOTE>
For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, tthe
grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the
equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to
V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD.
(1) Insert the latest main unit software CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for
servicing, and copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for
servicing.
“Printer name” → [Upgrading] (or [Soft Ver.UP]) → “CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]
#1 #2 #3 #4
FP7C0F31.EPS
→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing.
When completed, [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-155
MC-156
(2) Write the main unit software in the HD of the equipment from the PC for servicing
(FTP folder).
[Upgrading] → [Execute]
#1 #2 FP7C0F02.EPS
#1 #2 FP7C0F22.EPS
#1 #2 FP7C0F03.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-156
MC-157
(5) Reboot the equipment from the PC for servicing to upgraded the software.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] →
[Reset]
#1 #4 #3 #2 #5
#6 FP7C0F33EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-157
MC-158
Indv Folder
(3)
MCT board
Memory
FP7C0F07.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-158
MC-159
CAUTION
To perform full installation of the main unit software version A02/A03/A04/V10.0 in
equipment connected with a sorter, sorter settings must first be set to “Disable”.
This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later,
or V10.1 or later.
(1) If the PC for servicing does not contain the latest individual data, import the
individual data from the equipment.
“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]
#1 #2 #4 #3
#5 FP7C0F34.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-159
MC-160
(2) Insert the latest main unit software CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for
servicing, and copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for
servicing.
“Printer name” → [Upgrading] (or [Soft Ver.UP]) → “CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]
#1 #2 #3 #4
FP7C0F31.EPS
→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing.
When completed, [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-160
MC-161
(3) Write the main unit software in the HD of the equipment from the PC for servicing
(FTP folder).
[Full] → [Execute]
#1 #2 FP7C0F05.EPS
#1 #2 FP7C0F22.EPS
#1 #2 FP7C0F03.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-161
MC-162
(6) Reboot the equipment from the PC for servicing so that the changes made in the
main unit software becomes effective.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] →
[Reset]
#1 #4 #3 #2 #5
#6 FP7C0F33EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-162
MC-163
#5 FP7C0F35.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-163
MC-164
#1 #2 #4 #3
#5 FP7C0F36.EPS
→ The [Restore] window for selecting the folder containing the individual data appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-164
MC-165
#1
#2
FP7C0F38.EPS
#5 FP7C0F35.EPS
→ The copied individual data in the PC for servicing is sent to the equipment.
When the data transfer is completed, [File transfer is completed.] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-165
MC-166
(9) Reboot the equipment from the PC for servicing so that the changes of the
individual data becomes effective.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] →
[Reset]
→ The equipment reboots.
As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure]
screen appears.
(10) [OK]
<REMARKS>
The main unit software is replaced with that fully installed after the equipment is rebooted.
(11) Click the function button (ex. [Control] button), to start communication with the
equipment again.
(12) Set the system date and time.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Set Date/Time]
“SERVICE MODE, [PC9-2-1] System Config”
(13) Set the film counter.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Set Counters]
“SERVICE MODE, [PC9-2-5] Set Counters”
(14) Set the number of remaining films.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Set Remain. Films]
“SERVICE MODE, [PC9-2-6] Set Remain. Films”
(15) If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to
“Enable”, and then reboot the equipment.
(16) End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool.
(17) If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back the original
settings.
(18) Remove the CD-R and FD from the PC for servicing.
(19) Shutdown the PC for servicing.
(20) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which
the equipment is connected.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-166
MC-167
BLANK PAGE
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-167
MC-168
■ Procedure
1. Copy the version A04 main unit software to the PC for servicing.
2. Of the main unit software copied, copy the format definition file “fmtstd.prm” to
the “Indv” folder of the registered printer.
3. Perform version upgrading.
4. Write the printer OS and printer application program in the MCT board.
■ Upgrading Procedure
CAUTION
Do not perform other operations such as equipment settings during version upgrading
and full installation.
(4) Import the individual data of the equipment performing version upgrading.
“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-168
MC-169
(5) Insert the main unit software version A04 CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for
servicing.
Copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing.
“Printer name” → [Soft Ver.UP] (or [Upgrading]) → ”CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]
#1 #2 #3 #4
FP7C0F31.EPS
→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. When copy
is completed, the [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-169
MC-170
#3
Copy/paste “fmstd.prm” to the Indv folder of the printer. FP7C0F32.EPS
(8) Write the main unit software from the PC for servicing (FTP folder) to the HD of
the equipment.
[Verup] (or [Upgrading]) → [Execute]
#1 #2 FP7C0F45.EPS
→ The main unit software is installed in the equipment. When installation is completed,
the [System File Load Finish!!] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-170
MC-171
#1 #2 FP7C0F22.EPS
→ The printer OS program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation is
completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.
(10) Write the printer application program in the MCT board.
[PRT APL] → [Install]
#1 #2 FP7C0F03.EPS
→ The printer application program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When
installation is completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.
(11) Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit software
become effective.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] →
[Reset]
→ The equipment is rebooted.
As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure]
screen appears.
(12) [OK]
(13) If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to
“Enable”, and then reboot the equipment.
(14) End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool.
(15) If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back the original
settings.
(16) Remove the CD-R from the PC for servicing.
(17) Shutdown the PC for servicing.
(18) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which
the equipment is connected.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-171
MC-172
■ Procedure
1. Copy the version A04 main unit software to the PC for servicing.
2. Of the main unit software copied, copy the format definition file “fmtstd.prm” to
the “Indv” folder of the registered printer.
3. Perform full installation.
4. Write the printer OS and printer application program in the MCT board.
5. Change the annotation settings.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-172
MC-173
■ Upgrading Procedure
CAUTION
Do not perform other operations such as equipment settings during version upgrading
and full installation.
(4) Import the individual data of the equipment performing version upgrading.
“Printer name” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-173
MC-174
(5) Insert the main unit software version A04 CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for
servicing.
Copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing.
“Printer name” → [Soft Ver.UP] (or [Upgrading]) → ”CD-ROM drive” → [Copy]
#1 #2 #3 #4
FP7C0F21.EPS
→ The main unit software is copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing. When copy
is completed, the [File Copy Finish!!] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-174
MC-175
#1 #2
[Select] C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Indv [Select] fmtstd.prm
#3
Copy/paste “fmstd.prm” to the Indv folder of the printer. FP7C0F32.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-175
MC-176
(8) Perform version upgrading, and write the main unit software from the PC for
servicing (FTP folder) to the HD of the equipment.
[Verup] (or [Upgrading]) → [Execute]
#1 #2 FP7C0F45.EPS
→ The main unit software is installed in the equipment. When installation is completed,
the [System File Load Finish!!] screen appears.
(9) Write the printer OS program in the MCT board.
[PRT OS] → [Install]
#1 #2 FP7C0F22.EPS
→ The printer OS program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When installation is
completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.
(10) Write the printer application program in the MCT board.
[PRT APL] → [Install]
#1 #2 FP7C0F03.EPS
→ The printer application program in the HD is installed in the MCT board. When
installation is completed, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-176
MC-177
(11) Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit software
become effective.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] →
[Reset]
→ The equipment is rebooted.
As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure]
screen appears.
(12) [OK] → [Setting]
(13) If a sorter is connected, start the M-Utility during initialization, set sorter settings to
“Enable”, and then reboot the equipment.
(14) Set annotations again.
“■ Resetting Annotations”
(15) End the DPX7 PC Tool and DI Tool.
(16) If directory settings of the FTP site have been changed, set back the original
settings.
(17) Remove the CD-R from the PC for servicing.
(18) Shutdown the PC for servicing.
(19) Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which
the equipment is connected.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-177
MC-178
■ Resetting Annotations
For the main unit software version A01, annotations are set by printer. For A02 or later,
annotations are set by client. For this reason, there is a need to correct the annotation
settings after version upgrading.
Annotation settings set by printer using version A01 are reflected in the [default] client
of version A02 or later. As annotation settings of each client become the default value,
perform settings again for overall consistency.
<REMARKS>
The settings of printers registered at the top of [Equipment list] are reflected in the [default]
client.
Set by printer
Set by client
FP7C0F40EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-178
MC-179
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-179
MC-180
<REMARKS>
• DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 is a tool which automatically transfers the new
density correction table file (DenCalib.dat).
• Upgrading the main unit software version within implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion
Software V1.0 will result in the following error when the equipment is rebooted after version
upgrading “0004 0000” error (The required parameter file does not exist at start or is
damaged.) In this case, implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 after the
error will reboot the equipment normally.
■ Precheck
• Check that the directory settings of the FTP site of the PC for servicing is “\Program
Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX”.
• Check that the equipment is in the standby state (no images input).
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-180
MC-181
■ Upgrading Procedure
(1) Check that the equipment is in the standby state.
(2) Prepare the PC for servicing.
“SERVICE MODE, 4.3.1 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network”, “4.3.2
Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)”, “4.3.3 Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to the
Equipment”
(3) Load “DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0” into the CD-ROM drive of the
PC for servicing.
(4) Open the CD-ROM drive using the Windows explorer.
(5) Copy the “SupportTool” folder in the CD and paste it to the FTP folder (Program
Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX) (or drag and drop).
(6) Right-click the “SupportTool” folder copied to display the Property screen.
(7) Uncheck the [Read-only] checkbox at the [SupportTool Properties] screen, and
click [Apply].
→ The [Confirm Attribute Changes] screen appears.
(8) Check the [Apply changes to this folder, subfolders and files] checkbox and click
[OK].
(9) Open the [SupportTool] folder, and double-click [VersionUpSupportTool.exe].
→ The [Version Up SupportTool] screen appears.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-181
MC-182
(10) Perform the following settings at the [Version Up Support Tool] screen.
• [Select DRYPIX type.] : Select DRYPIX7000/5000
• [Input FTP Root Drive.]: Enter the FTP site directory drive name
• [Input DRYPIX's IPaddress.]: Enter the IP address of the equipment (do not add
“0” in front of each number)
(11) [Attach]
→ When completed normally, the [Attached SOFTWARE.] screen appears.
(12) [OK]
This ends the DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 operation.
(13) Upgrade the equipment to version V5.0/V11.0 or later.
“12.2 Version Upgrading”
<NOTE>
When rebooting the equipment at the end after upgrading the version, check the version of the
main unit software at the version screen and confirm that the version upgrading procedure has
ended normally.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-182
MC-183
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-183
MC-184
12.7 Upgrading Main Unit Software Version from A00, A01, A02
to V5.0 or Later
■ Outline
To upgrade the main unit software version from A00, A01, A02 to V5.0 or later, perform
the following procedure.
<NOTE>
Version upgrading to V5.0 or later requires the version V2.0 DI Tool and DenCalib.dat file
Conversion Software V1.0.
<REMARKS>
• DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 is a tool which automatically transfers the new
density correction table file (DenCalib.dat).
• Upgrading the main unit software version within implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion
Software V1.0 will result in the following error when the equipment is rebooted after version
upgrading “0004 0000” error (The required parameter file does not exist at start or is
damaged.) In this case, implementing DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 after the
error will reboot the equipment normally.
■ Precheck
• Check that the directory settings of the FTP site of the PC for servicing is “\Program
Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX”.
• Check that the equipment is in the standby state (no images input).
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-184
MC-185
■ Upgrading Procedure
(1) Perform the usual version upgrading procedure.
“12.2 Version Upgrade steps (1) to (7)”
→ The “0004 0000” error is displayed when the equipment is rebooted after version
upgrading.
(2) Load “DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0” into the CD-ROM drive of the
PC for servicing.
(3) Open the CD-ROM drive using the Windows explorer.
(4) Copy the “SupportTool” folder in the CD and paste it to the FTP folder (Program
Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX) (or drag and drop).
(5) Right-click the “SupportTool” folder copied to display the Property screen.
(6) Uncheck the [Read-only] checkbox at the [SupportTool Properties] screen, and
click [Apply].
→ The [Confirm Attribute Changes] screen appears.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-185
MC-186
(7) Check the [Apply changes to this folder, subfolders and files] checkbox and click
[OK].
(8) Open the [SupportTool] folder, and double-click [VersionUpSupportTool.exe].
→ The [Version Up SupportTool] screen appears.
(9) Perform the following settings at the [Version Up Support Tool] screen.
• [Select DRYPIX type.] : Select DRYPIX7000/5000
• [Input FTP Root Drive.]: Enter the FTP site directory drive name
• [Input DRYPIX's IPaddress.]: Enter the IP address of the equipment (do not add
“0” in front of each number)
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-186
MC-187
(10) [Attach]
→ When completed normally, the [Attached SOFTWARE.] screen appears.
(11) [OK]
This ends the DenCalib.dat file Conversion Software V1.0 operation.
(12) Reboot the equipment.
“12.2 Version Upgrading”
<NOTE>
When rebooting the equipment, check the version of the main unit software at the version
screen and confirm that the version upgrading procedure has ended normally.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MC-187
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-1
MU-2
Other than these service modes, the following four modes are also provided.
● Routine Mode
The usual ready state.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-2
MU-3
■ U-Utility Operations
● [EXIT]
Touching at the top menu exits the U-Utility.
● [EXECUTE]
For executing the menu displayed. If a lower menu exists, shifts to the next menu.
● [QUIT]
Shifts to the display before the current menu was executed.
● [ ↑ ], [ ↓ ]
For moving up and down amongst the items displayed.
■ M-Utility Operations
● [EXIT]
Touching at the top menu exits the M-Utility.
● [ENT]
For executing the menu displayed and confirming values entered. If a lower menu
exists, shifts to the next menu.
● [QUIT]
Shifts to the display before the current menu was executed.
● [ ↑ ], [ ↓ ]
For moving up and down amongst the items displayed.
● [BACK], [NEXT]
Shifts to the next or previous display of the same menu if there exists more than two
displays in a menu.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-3
MU-4
2. U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY)
The U-Utility functions are intended for both the user and service engineer.
<NOTE>
• Transition to the U-Utility can be reserved in the routine mode (“Printing” display).
• Menus which can be executed differ according to the state before transition.
Other than the U-Utility, there are functions for managing jobs during printing, for the
user to acquire logs, etc.
“2.4 Other Functions”
[ 5-2 ] DISPLAY LIST (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0
or later)
[ 6 ] ECONOMY MODE (1/3) (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later,
or V10.0 or later)
[ 6-1 ] SAVE POWER
STAND BY
SLEEP
[ 6-2 ] CALENDAR
[ 6-3 ] DETAIL
[ 6-3-3 ] SCHEDULER
A
FP7U0201.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-4
MU-5
[ 10-2 ] SCHEDULER
[ 12 ] REPRINT (2/3) (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
[ 13 ] ANIMATION (3/3) (Main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0
or later)
[ 14 ] QC (3/3) (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
[ 14-1 ] QC TEST PATTERN
[ 14-2 ] HISTORY
[ 14-2-2 ] FORMAT
[ 14-2-3 ] ARTIFACTS
[ 14-3 ] SETTINGS
[ 14-3-3 ] FORMAT
[ 15 ] MAMMO.QC (3/3) (Main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later)
FP7U0205.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-5
MU-6
Touch [UTILITY]
Touch [UTILITY]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-6
MU-7
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-7
MU-7.1
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-7.1
MU-7.2
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-7.2
MU-7.3
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) To change the shift value (Dmax) for high density correction, select [Dmax ↑ ↓].
(0.5 steps)
[4] to [-3]
(3) Check the printed results.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-7.3
MU-7.4
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-7.4
MU-8
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the test pattern.
[SMPTE]/[17-Steps]/[User Settable]/[Spatial Resolution]
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(3) If the main unit software version is V5.0/V11.0 or later, select Dmax. (17-Steps,
Spatial Resolution only)
<REMARKS>
With 17-Steps, Spatial Resolution, selecting the Dmax starts printing.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-8
MU-9
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-9
MU-10
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray, and select the corresponding film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) To perform priority printing, specify the job, and select [URGENT PRINT].
(2) To delete a registered job, specify the job and select [DELETE].
(3) To delete all registered jobs, select [DELETE ALL].
(4) Select [YES] or [NO].
(5) [YES]
→ The selected item is executed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-10
MU-11
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [TRAY 1 CLEAR], [TRAY 2 CLEAR], or [TRAY 3 CLEAR].
(2) Select [YES] or [NO].
(3) [YES]
→ The film count of the selected tray is cleared.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the number of films used on each film tray over the past ten
days.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Days on which films were not used are also displayed.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Scroll the display using the [↑] and [↓] buttons.
(2) Check the number of films used.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-11
MU-12
This function consists of three modes; [SCREEN SAVER], [STAND-BY], and [SLEEP].
• [SCREEN SAVER] : Turns OFF the backlight of the operation panel.
• [STAND-BY] : [SCREEN SAVER] function, decreases the temperature
level, and turns OFF motor excitation.
• [SLEEP] : [STAND-BY] function, and turns OFF temperature adjustment.
<NOTE>
If shifted to the [SLEEP], recovery takes the same time as the start of the equipment at power
ON.
<REMARKS>
• Under the following conditions, the equipment will recover from the economy mode to the
idle state.
• When printing is started by client.
• User operations (Touch of screen)
• When errors occur.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP].
→ The mode selected will be executed immediately.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-12
MU-13
[6-2] CALENDAR
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting nonconsultation days. The time set at “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE
CLOSED” on days set as nonconsultation days is the economy mode.
<NOTE>
Nonconsultation days can be set to one year ahead.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Touch the day to be set as a nonconusltation day on the calendar.
→ With each touch, the setting changes from “Red (Whole day closed)” →“Yellow
(Afternoon closed)” →“Green (Morning closed)” →“Gray (normal consultation day)”.
<REMARKS>
By selecting the day (Monday, Tuesday, etc.), the same day can be set for the whole month.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[6-3] DETAIL
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Touch the time to be changed.
(2) Change the time by touching the [↑] and [↓] buttons.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-13
MU-14
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the time to start shift to [Screen Saver] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).
(2) Select the time to start shift to [Stand-By] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).
(3) Select the time to start shift to [Sleep] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
[6-3-3] SCHEDULER
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the economy mode for one week (by day and time).
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [ECONOMY MODE] or [NONE ECONOMY].
(2) Select the starting time (day/time).
(3) Select the ending time (day/time).
<REMARKS>
• “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” and “[6-3-3] SCHEDULER” can be set individually, and
the closed hours set at either can be set to the economy mode.
• If the same time is set in both settings, “[6-3-1] TIME OF OFFICE CLOSED” will be given
priority.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-14
MU-15
<DEFAULT>
[Alarm]: ON
[Volume]: HIGH
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the alarm.
[ON]/[PULSE]/[OFF]
(2) Select the volume.
[HIGH]/[MEDIUM]/[LOW]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
<DEFAULT>
[Key touch tone]: ON
[Volume]: LOW
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the key touch tone.
[ON]/[OFF]
(2) Select the volume.
[HIGH]/[MEDIUM]/[LOW]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-15
MU-16
<DEFAULT>
[By each film lot No.]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the timing to execute automatic density correction.
[By each film pack]/[By each film lot No.]/[None]
<REMARKS>
• [By each film pack] : Automatic density correction is executed when film pack is replaced.
• [By each film lot No.]: Automatic density correction is executed when film lot number is
changed.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the system date and time (year/month/day/hour/minute).
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-16
MU-17
This function consists of three modes; [SCREEN SAVER], [STAND-BY], and [SLEEP].
• [SCREEN SAVER] : Turns OFF the backlight of the operation panel.
• [STAND-BY] : [SCREEN SAVER] function, decreases the temperature
level, and turns OFF motor excitation.
• [SLEEP] : [STAND-BY] function, and turns OFF temperature adjustment.
<NOTE>
If shifted to the [SLEEP], recovery takes the same time as the start of the equipment at power
ON.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the time to start shift to [SCREEN SAVER] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).
(2) Select the time to start shift to [STAND-BY] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).
(3) Select the time to start shift to [SLEEP] (15 minutes to 120 minutes).
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-17
MU-18
[10-2] SCHEDULER
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the economy mode for one week (by day and time).
<REMARKS>
If [SET TIME] and [SCHEDULER] of the economy mode have been set, [SCHEDULER] will be
executed with priority.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP].
(2) Select the starting time (day/time).
(3) Select the ending time (day/time).
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [STAND-BY] or [SLEEP].
→ The mode selected will be executed immediately.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective immediately.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Check the software version.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-18
MU-19
[12] REPRINT
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.
<FUNCTION>
Command for reprinting images output in the past.
<NOTE>
To execute this menu, there is a need to set [Reprint Function] to “Enable” for each modality
using the M-Utility or DPX7 PC Tool beforehand.
“3. M-Utility [1-1-2-3] Reprint Function”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-3-1-12] Reprint”, “5.3
Setting Reprint”
<REMARKS>
The image storage area for HDD reprints is 6 Gbyte. (Storage time is about 1 week)
<OPERATIONS>
<NOTE>
Before executing this menu, check that there are no print queues remaining inside the
equipment. If remaining, and these images are not required, delete using [PRINT QUEUE] of
the U-Utility.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-19
MU-20
[13] ANIMATION
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or
later.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the display speed of animation during film loading and removal of
jammed film.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Touch the [Slow] or [Fast] button and set the display speed.
The display speed can be set in nine levels.
(2) [ENTER]
(3) To check the display speed, touch [PREVIEW].
→ The test window appears and preview animation is displayed.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective when the [ENTER] button is touched.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-20
MU-21
[14] QC
<NOTE>
• This menu is provided in main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or
later.
• To execute this menu, there is a need to set [QC] to “Enable” using the M-Utility or DPX7 PC
Tool beforehand.
“3. M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/QC”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-2-9-13] QC”, “5.2 Setting
the Image QC Function”.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the user ID.
<REMARKS>
The default value of the user ID is “1111”, and this can be changed using the DPX7 PC Tool.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-21
MU-22
[14-2] HISTORY
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the QC measurement results, and correcting these results
based on the printed QC test pattern.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Execute “[14-1] QC TEST PATTERN”.
(2) [HISTORY]
(3) Select data, and select [SELECT]/[DELETE].
• [SELECT] : Details of [Result in detail] of the selected data are displayed.
For [Result: FAIL], the background will be displayed in red.
• [DELETE] : The data selected is deleted.
(4) If [SELECT] is selected, set [EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER], [FORMAT], and
[ARTIFACTS].
[14-2-2] FORMAT
(1) Measure [Format A] and [Format B] of the QC test pattern.
(2) Enter the 10 times value (mm) of [Format A] measured.
(3) Enter the 10 times value (mm) of [Format B] measured.
(4) [ENTER]
→ The measured values of the external densitometer set are displayed at the [Result in
detail] window. If these new values exceed the established criteria, the background is
displayed in red.
[14-2-3] ARTIFACTS
(1) Select the artifact.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-22
MU-23
[14-3] SETTINGS
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the baseline values and established criteria, at [BUILT-IN
DENSITOMETER], [EXTERNAL DENSITOMETER], and [FORMAT] for each film tray.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [QC]
(2) Enter the user ID.
<REMARKS>
The default user ID is “1111”, and this can be changed using the DPX7 PC Tool.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-23
MU-24
[14-3-3] FORMAT
(1) [TRAY 1]
(2) [FORMAT A]
(3) Enter the 10 times value of the baseline values of format A.
(4) Enter the 10 times value of the established criteria of format A.
(5) Perform the above procedure for [TRAY 2] and [TRAY 3].
(6) Perform the above procedure for [FORMAT B].
<REMARKS>
Format baseline values by film size (Allowable range: 5%)
35x43 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 406.0 mm
26x36 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
20x25 cm: Format A; 156.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
25x30 cm: Format A; 202.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm
[15] MAMMO.QC
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in the main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.
<FUNCTION>
Command for outputting the pattern for Mammo QC.
<NOTE>
• To execute this menu, there is a need to set the Mammo QC function to “Enable” using the
M-Utility or DPX7 PC Tool beforehand.
“3. M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/Mammo.QC”, “4. DPX7 PC Tool [PC1-2-9-16]
MammoQC”.
• For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment,
“MammoQCTest” is registered as default. If the version has been upgraded from an earlier
version, read equipment data and add and register new clients.
“5.14 Settings for Using MammoQC Function After Upgrading Main Unit Software
Version from V6.0/V12.0 or Earlier to V7.0/V13.0”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-24
MU-25
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the test pattern.
<REMARKS>
Selecting NEMA (National Manufacturers Association), EUREF (European Reference Frame)
enables output of the mammo QC pattern complying with the respective standards.
• NEMA : Refer to the separate “Mammo QC Operation Manual” when using.
• EUREF : In the EU, individual standards are set down by country based on the EUREF
standards, use according to the status of the country installed in.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-25
MU-26
(1) If print jobs have accumulated in the equipment, touch the hard disk icon on the
operation panel.
#1 [Touch]
Hard disk icon
FP7U0202.EPS
(2) To display detailed job information, specify the desired job and touch [DETAIL].
→ Detailed information of the selected job is displayed.
(3) Perform the following procedure at the job list screen or job details screen.
• To perform priority printing, select [URGENT PRINT].
• To delete a job, select [DELETE].
• To update the display to the latest, select [REFRESH].
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-26
MU-27
(1) With the equipment in the idling state, touch the part on the operation panel
indicated in the following figure for three seconds.
#1
[Touch] For three seconds
FP7U0210.EPS
→ The “Under Logging” message appears on the operation panel and log data is saved in
the HDD of the equipment. This may up to five minutes according to the log
information volume.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-27
MU-28
[ 1-1-2-4 ] Option
[ 1-1-2-5 ] Select Dmax
[ 1-1-2-6 ] Set ML Dmax (Main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later)
[ 1-1-3 ] Initialize
[ 1-1-3-1 ] Recover
[ 1-1-3-2 ] Save Config.
[ 1-1-3-3 ] Initialization
[ 1-1-4 ] Check Files
[ 1-1-5 ] Check Version
[ 1-1-6 ] Set Counters
[ 1-1-7 ] Reboot
[ 1-1-8 ] Reload Software
[ 1-2 ] Print Queue
[ 1-3 ] Log Files
[ 1-3-1 ] Display Error Log
[ 1-3-2 ] Clear
[ 1-3-3 ] Store Log Files
[ 1-3-4 ] Logging by User (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
A1 B1
FP7U7301.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-28
MU-29
A1 B1
[ 1-4 ] Network
[ 1-4-1 ] Set Network
[ 1-4-1-1 ] AE-title
[ 1-4-1-2 ] Fine PRT AE-title
[ 1-4-1-3 ] Port No.
[ 1-4-1-4 ] IP Address
[ 1-4-1-5 ] SubNetMask
[ 1-4-1-6 ] Gateway
[ 1-4-1-7 ] Hostname
[ 1-4-2 ] Test Network (Main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
[ 1-4-3 ] Set DICOM (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
[ 1-5 ] Set Main Panel
[ 1-5-1 ] Select Language
[ 1-5-2 ] Size Information
[ 1-5-3 ] Set Alarm
[ 1-5-4 ] Set Key Touch Tone
[ 1-5-5 ] ANIMATION (Main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
[ 1-5-6 ] Sound Test
[ 1-5-7 ] Icon Positioning
[ 1-5-8 ] Show Position
[ 1-6 ] Economy Mode
[ 2 ] Output Film
[ 2-1 ] 24-Steps
[ 2-2 ] 17-Steps
[ 2-3 ] Flat
[ 2-4 ] Cleaning
[ 2-5 ] Grid
[ 2-6 ] Film out to Sorter
[ 2-7 ] Uniformity
[ 2-8 ] SMPTE
[ 2-9 ] User Settable (Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
[ 2-10 ] Spatial Resolution (Main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later)
A2
FP7U7302.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-29
MU-30
A2
[ 3 ] F.D.C.
[ 3-1 ] AUTO F.D.C.
[ 3-2 ] Check Density
[ 3-3 ] 24-Steps
[ 3-4 ] Manual F.D.C.
[ 3-5 ] Densitometer
[ 3-5-1 ] 24-Steps
[ 3-5-2 ] Calibration
[ 3-5-3 ] Clear Calib. Table
[ 3-5-4 ] DM Sensor Monitoring
[ 3-6 ] Uniformity
[ 3-6-1 ] Clear Table
[ 3-6-2 ] Input
[ 4 ] Check Scanner
[ 4-1 ] Polygonal Motor
[ 4-2 ] LD
[ 4-3 ] Adjusting Main Scanner
[ 4-3-1 ] Scanning Width
[ 4-3-2 ] Scanning Position
[ 4-3-3 ] Display Adjustment
[ 4-3-4 ] Initialize Scanner
[ 4-4 ] Diagnosis
[ 4-4-1 ] Initial Check
[ 4-4-2 ] PRN Board Test
[ 5 ] Check Mechanism
[ 5-1 ] Film Removing
[ 5-1-1 ] Unlock Tray
[ 5-1-2 ] Set Remain. Films
[ 5-1-3 ] Unit Operation
[ 5-2 ] Motor Operation
[ 5-2-1 ] Motor Operation
[ 5-2-2 ] Adjusting Subscanner
[ 5-3 ] Grip
[ 5-4 ] Other Actuators
[ 5-5 ] Positioning Film
[ 5-6 ] Sensor Monitor
A3 B3
FP7U7303.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-30
MU-31
A3 B3
[ 5-7 ] Other
[ 5-7-1 ] Board FAN
[ 5-7-2 ] Serial I/F
[ 5-7-3 ] HDD Test
[ 5-7-4 ] DPRAM Test
[ 5-7-5 ] Inter Board Test
[ 5-7-6 ] Barcode Test
[ 5-8 ] Sorter Unit
[ 5-8-1 ] Motor MT1
[ 5-8-2 ] Solenoids
[ 5-8-3 ] Sensor Monitor
[ 6 ] Heat-Developer
[ 6-1 ] Temperature
[ 6-2 ] Heating
[ 6-3 ] Fan Operation
[ 6-4 ] Temp. Control
[ 6-5 ] Set Heater Temp.
[ 7 ] Skip Initialize
[ 7-1 ] Eject Film Remaining
[ 7-2 ] Initialize & Heating Up
[ 7-3 ] Initialize Developer
FP7U7304.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-31
MU-32
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-32
MU-33
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-33
MU-34
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the film size.
[14x17 (35x43cm)]/[14x14 (35x35cm)]/[10x14 (26x36cm)]/[10x12 (25x30cm)]/[8x10
(20x25cm)]/[Disable]
<NOTE>
Do not select [14x14 (35x35cm)].
<REMARKS>
When films are loaded incorrectly, error message detected by BCR is displayed.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-34
MU-35
<DEFAULT>
[Without Sorter]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select whether to use sorter or not.
[With Sorter]/[Without Sorter]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
<DEFAULT>
[OFF]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the clients for reprinting using the arrow buttons.
(2) Switch between enable/disable using the [ON/OFF] button.
• [ON] : Enables the reprinting function.
• [OFF] : Disables the reprinting function.
<NOTE>
To enable this function, there is a need to register the user ID using the DPX7 PC Tool and set
macro (%REPRINT%) at Annotation settings.
“5.1 Registering User ID”, “5.4 Setting Annotation”
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-35
MU-36
[1-1-2-4] Option
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the software options of the equipment.
<NOTE>
[User Settable], [Operation After Film Loading], and [QC] are available from main unit software
version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.
[Spatial Resolution], [Warning at system start] are available from main unit software version
V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.
[Mammo.QC] is available from main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.
<REMARKS>
• [Automated F.D.C.] :
For setting the timing for automatic execution of automatic density correction
• [17-Steps Pattern] :
For setting whether or not to select 17-step pattern test printing at [Test Pattern] of the U-
Utility.
• [User Settable] :
For setting whether or not to select test printing of user settable images at [Test Pattern] of
the U-Utility.
• [Operation After Film Loading] :
For setting whether to enable resetting of films if film packs differs from the base color set
are set.
• [QC] :
For enabling/disabling the image QC function
• [Spatial Resolution] :
For setting whether or not to select spatial resolution pattern test printing (for checking 20
pix/mm recording) at [Test Pattern] of the U-Utility. (This menu is provided in main unit
software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.)
• [Warning at system start] :
In the case the shutter is inserted at the time the equipment is started, for setting whether to
warn the user to remove the shutter or to disable use of the film tray without warning. (This
menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.)
For the equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later, the
equipment can be started without disabling use of the film tray because the shutter presence
check can be skipped.
• [Mammo.QC] :
For setting whether or not to enable Mammo QC function and for setting the value (NEMA/
EUREF) when enabled. (This menu is provided in main unit software version V7.0 or later,
or V13.0 or later.)
<DEFAULT>
[Automated F.D.C.: By each film lot No.], [17-Steps Pattern: Disable], [User Settable:
Disable], [Operation After Film Loading: Enable], [QC: Disable], [Spatial Resolution:
Disable], [Warning at system start: Enable], [Mammo.QC: Disable]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-36
MU-37
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select one of the following at [Automated F.D.C.].
[By each film lot No.]/[By each film pack]/[None]
(2) Select one of the following at [17-Steps Pattern].
[Enable]/[Disable]
(3) Select one of the following at [User Settable].
[Enable]/[Disable]
(4) Select one of the following at [Operation After Film Loading].
[Enable]/[Disable]
(5) Select one of the following at [QC].
[Enable]/[Disable]
(6) Select one of the following at [Spatial Resolution].
[Enable]/[Disable]
(7) Select one of the following at [Warning at system start].
• [Enable] : Warn the user.
• [Disable] : Do not warn the user.
• [Ignore] : Ignore the shutter.
<NOTE>
When [Ignore] is selected, the equipment will start normally if started with the shutter inserted.
However when print request is sent to the film on the film tray inserted with the shutter, “Shutter
present error” will be displayed. In this case, removing the shutter clears the error and resumes
printing.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-37
MU-37.1
<DEFAULT>
[2.64/3.0/3.6]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select three Dmax values.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<NOTE>
Settings cannot be ended until three Dmax values have been selected.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-37.1
MU-37.2
<DEFAULT>
[Real Dmax on film: 3.6], [Requested Dmax less than 3.6: Reject]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Real Dmax on film].
• [3.6] : When print request above Dmax 3.6 is received, prints at Dmax 3.6 and above on
the DI-ML film.
• [4.0] : When print request above Dmax 3.6 is received, prints at Dmax 4.0 and above on
the DI-ML film.
<REMARKS>
If the same size DI-HL film and DI-ML film are loaded, and the print request is less than Dmax
3.6, prints from the DI-HL film.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-37.2
MU-37.3
[1-1-3] Initialize
[1-1-3-1] Recover
<FUNCTION>
Command for returning various configuration settings to the saved state using “[1-1-3-
2] Save Config.”.
Also used for initializing some data managed by the system.
<NOTE>
• To execute this menu, save the various configuration settings beforehand using “[1-1-3-2]
Save Config.”.
• The initialized data are as follows.
• Remaining film count
• User counter
• Total counter
• Error log
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : The various configuration settings saved are recovered.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-37.3
MU-37.4
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-37.4
MU-38
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : The current system state is saved in the internal HD.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[1-1-3-3] Initialization
<FUNCTION>
Command for executing initialization of various set information and returning default
values set at shipment.
<NOTE>
Executing this menu initializes the following data other than the data initialized using “[1-1-3-1]
Recover”.
• Various configuration data
• Data on whether I/O tracer is executed
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : Initialization is executed.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-38
MU-39
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Check All] or [Check Individual].
→ The corresponding files are displayed.
● Example of Display
● Example of Display
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-39
MU-40
[1-1-7] Reboot
<FUNCTION>
If the equipment needs to be rebooted after completing command settings, execute this
menu and reboot the equipment.
Even if the “Abnormal Operations” errors occurred, execute this menu and reboot the
equipment. (This is possible only when the M-Utility can be operated.)
“TROUBLESHOOTING (MT), 4.1 Abnormal Operations”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Reboot All].
(2) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : After “Wait for a while.” appears, the equipment is rebooted.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-40
MU-41
<OPERATIONS>
CAUTION
To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full
installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting must
be set to “Disable” beforehand.
After completion of reinstallation procedure, return this setting to “Enable”.
This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or later,
or V10.1 or later.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-41
MU-42
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Display the error log list.
→ The date of occurrence, place of occurrence, error code, and detailed error code are
displayed.
● Example of Display
[1-3-2] Clear
<FUNCTION>
Command for deleting error logs.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : All logs are deleted.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-42
MU-43
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [EXECUTE].
→ The corresponding files are saved on the HD.
(2) Check the results.
→ [Completed] appears.
<DEFAULT>
[Disable]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [ON] or [OFF].
• [ON] : Enables log data acquisition by the user.
• [OFF] : Disables log data acquisition by the user.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective immediately.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-43
MU-44
[1-4] Network
CAUTION
Perform Set Network menu settings after disconnecting the network cables. Re-
connect after completing settings and rebooting the equipment. If Set Network menu
settings have been performed, the security will be vulnerable temporarily.
[1-4-1-1] AE-title
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the printer name for 10 pix/mm recording.
<DEFAULT>
“DRYPIX”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the AE title (fixed at 16 digits).
<NOTE>
If entering less than 16 digits, enter spaces to make up 16 digits.
<REMARKS>
• The allowable characters for the AE title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code
table.
• The following are not accepted.
• All spaces
• Space for the first digit
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-44
MU-45
<DEFAULT>
“DRYPIXHIGH”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the AE Title (fixed at 16 digits).
<NOTE>
If entering less than 16 digits, enter spaces to make up 16 digits.
<REMARKS>
• The allowable characters for the AE title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code
table.
• The following are not accepted.
• All spaces
• Space for the first digit
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
<DEFAULT>
“104”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the port number (decimal).
<REMARKS>
Input range: 0 to 65535
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-45
MU-46
[1-4-1-4] IP Address
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the IP address used on the network.
<NOTE>
If the main unit software version is V10.0 or V10.1, the network must be in the enabled state
(network cable is connected, and HUB power is ON) when the equipment is started after IP
address setting.
If the network is not enabled when the equipment is started, communication will not be
possible even though the same display as normal start is displayed. In this case, enable use of
the network and then start up the equipment again.
<DEFAULT>
“172.016.001.040”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the IP address (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• The following are not accepted.
• “000.000.000.000”
• “255.255.255.255”
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[1-4-1-5] SubNetMask
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the subnet mask used on the network.
<DEFAULT>
“255.255.000.000”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the subnet mask (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• If no value is entered, it will be set as “000.000.000.000”.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-46
MU-47
[1-4-1-6] Gateway
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the gateway address used on the network.
<DEFAULT>
None
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the gateway address (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• Unaccepted: 255.255.255.255
• If no value is entered or entered as “000.000.000.000”, it will be taken as unset.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[1-4-1-7] Hostname
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the host name used on the network.
<DEFAULT>
“fujiprinter”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the host name (maximum 16 digits).
<REMARKS>
• The allowable characters for the host name are alphabets (upper and lower cases),
numbers, and hyphen “-”.
• The following are unaccepted.
• Space
• Less than 2 characters
• First character is a number.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-47
MU-48
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Touch the [IP Address] button.
(2) Enter the IP address of the equipment to be checked. → [ENT]
<NOTE>
Enter three digits each time for the IP address.
Input example: For “111.22.3.44”, enter “111.022.003.044”
(3) [ENT]
→ The test to check network connections is executed.
If connection is normal, the following screen (example) displayed.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-48
MU-49
<DEFAULT>
[OFF]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the client for the filtering using the arrow buttons.
(2) Switch between enable/disable using the [ON/OFF] button.
• [ON] : Enables the filtering function.
• [OFF] : Disables the filtering function.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
<DEFAULT>
[English]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the display language.
[Japanese]/[English]/[German]/[French]/[Italian]/[Swedish]/[Spanish]/[Danish]/
[Norwegian]/[Portuguese]/[Greek]/[Finnish]/[Dutch]/[Chinese (Simplified)]/[Chinese
(Traditional)]/[Korean]
<NOTE>
To display [Chinese (Simplified)]/[Chinese (Traditional)]/[Korean], use an equipment installed
with main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later at shipment, or
replace with an HDD installed with these fonts (114Y5396101A03/A04/A05/A07/A10,
114Y5396105B01/B02/B05/B08).
<REMARKS>
Correspondence between the HDD version and the main unit software version:
114Y5396101A03 : software version A03 114Y5396105B01 : software version V10.0
114Y5396101A04 : software version A04 114Y5396105B02 : software version V10.1
114Y5396101A05 : software version V4.1 114Y5396105B05 : software version V11.0
114Y5396101A07 : software version V5.0 114Y5396105B08 : software version V13.0
114Y5396101A10 : software version V7.0
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-49
MU-50
<DEFAULT>
[inch]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the display type.
[inch]/[cm]/[Japanese]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
[1-5-5] ANIMATION
Same as “[13] ANIMATION” of the U-Utility.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-50
MU-51
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Calibration].
(2) Select [Start].
(3) Using a pen, etc., touch the two intersections of mark displayed on the
operation panel.
(4) If touched correctly, select [Exit (OK)].
→ Position is corrected.
(5) If the intersections were not touched correctly, select [Cancel] and repeat from
step (2).
(6) To return this command to its default, select [default].
(7) [Continue]
→ Return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Using a pen, etc., touch the operation panel.
Check that “ ” is displayed correctly at the touched position.
If not displayed correctly, execute “[1-5-7] Icon Positioning”.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-51
MU-52
[2-1] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 24-steps pattern.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(3) Check the printing results.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-52
MU-53
[2-2] 17-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 17-steps pattern.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the tone type.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-53
MU-54
[2-3] Flat
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the flat pattern.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set and flat density value will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as
the menus related to film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the tone type.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.
[2-4] Cleaning
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the cleaning film.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(3) Check the printing results.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-54
MU-55
[2-5] Grid
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the grid pattern.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the tone type.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-55
MU-56
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Enter the printing start bin number (1 to 10).
(3) Enter the printing end bin number (1 to 10).
(4) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(5) Check the printing results.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-56
MU-57
[2-7] Uniformity
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the uniformity measurement pattern.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the tone type.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-57
MU-58
[2-8] SMPTE
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the SMPTE pattern.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the AE Title.
(3) Select the number of image matrix.
[1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]
(4) Select the LUT number.
[LUT1]/[LUT2]/[LUT3]/[LUT4]/[LUT5]/[LUT6]/[LUT7]/[LUT8]
(5) Select the interpolation type.
[SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]
(6) Select the interpolation algorithm/method.
[CUBIC]/[NONE]
(7) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(8) Check the printing results.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-58
MU-59
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the AE Title.
(3) Select the number of image matrix.
[1]/[2]/[4]/[6]/[8]/[12]
(4) Select the LUT number.
[LUT1]/[LUT2]/[LUT3]/[LUT4]/[LUT5]/[LUT6]/[LUT7]/[LUT8]
(5) Select the interpolation type.
[SHARP]/[MEDIUM]/[SMOOTH]
(6) Select the interpolation algorithm/method.
[CUBIC]/[NONE]
(7) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(8) Check the printing results.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-59
MU-60
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The film count set will be preserved while the M-Utility is on. (Same as the menus related to
film output.)
<DEFAULT>
[Copies]: 1 (At startup of equipment)
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the tone type.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-60
MU-61
[3] F.D.C.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) To change the shift value for high density correction, select [Dmax ↑ ↓ ].
[4] to [-3]
(3) Check the results of execution.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-61
MU-62
● Reference Values
Step Dmax 2.64 Dmax 3.0 Dmax 3.3 Dmax 3.6
1 fog fog fog fog
2 Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.
3 Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.
4 0.30 ±0.05 0.30 ±0.05 0.30 ±0.05 0.30 ±0.05
5 0.48 ±0.05 0.48 ±0.05 0.48 ±0.05 0.48 ±0.05
6 0.66 ±0.05 0.66 ±0.05 0.66 ±0.05 0.66 ±0.05
7 0.84 ±0.05 0.84 ±0.05 0.84 ±0.05 0.84 ±0.05
8 1.02 ±0.05 1.02 ±0.05 1.02 ±0.05 1.02 ±0.05
9 1.20 ±0.05 1.20 ±0.05 1.20 ±0.05 1.20 ±0.05
10 1.38 ±0.05 1.38 ±0.05 1.38 ±0.05 1.38 ±0.05
11 1.56 ±0.05 1.56 ±0.05 1.56 ±0.05 1.56 ±0.05
12 1.74 ±0.05 1.74 ±0.05 1.74 ±0.05 1.74 ±0.05
13 1.92 ±0.05 1.92 ±0.05 1.92 ±0.05 1.92 ±0.05
14 2.10 ±0.07 2.10 ±0.07 2.10 ±0.07 2.10 ±0.07
15 2.28 ±0.07 2.40 ±0.10 2.40 ±0.10 2.43 ±0.10
16 2.46 ±0.07 2.70 ±0.10 2.70 ±0.10 2.95 ±0.10
17 2.64 ±0.07 3.00 ±0.10 3.30 ±0.20 3.60 ±0.20
TP7B0701.EPS
<DEFAULT>
[Dmax: 2.64]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Select the tone type.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”.
[3-3] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying the 24-steps density data measured by “[3-1] AUTO F.D.C.”
on the operation panel.
<NOTE>
If the equipment is rebooted after executing “[3-1] AUTO F.D.C.”, the 24-steps density data
(that displayed on the operation panel) will be deleted.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Measure the films printed using “[2-1] 24-Steps” using the external densitometer.
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(3) Enter the density values (1 to 399) of each step of the pattern measured at step
(1).
<NOTE>
The specified values of the input range of each step are as follows.
• Should be between 0 and 399.
• Should be above the density value of the previous step of the pattern.
(4) Check the input value of each step of the pattern, and start correction.
→ “Wait for a while.” appears.
(5) Check the results of execution.
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-63
MU-64
[3-5] Densitometer
[3-5-1] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 24-steps pattern and measuring the density values.
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays are rejected.
• The number of prints is fixed at 1.
• The measured results are recorded internally.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Check the results of execution.
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
[3-5-2] Calibration
<FUNCTION>
Command for creating densitometer calibration tables for calibrating the built-in
densitometer.
<NOTE>
To execute this menu, “[3-5-1] 24-Steps” needs to be executed first.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Measure the films printed by “[3-5-1] 24-Steps” using an external reference
densitometer.
(2) Enter the density values (1 to 399) of each step of the pattern measured at step
(1).
(3) Check the input value of each step of the pattern, and start correction.
→ “Wait for a while.” appears.
(4) Check the results of execution.
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-64
MU-65
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : The calibration table is cleared.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) The state of the density measurement section sensor is displayed at a constant
cycle.
Shield the density measurement section sensor with the film, and check that the
displayed values change.
Also check that low values are displayed for high density areas of the film and
high values for low density areas.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-65
MU-66
[3-6] Uniformity
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : The calibration table is cleared.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
[3-6-2] Input
<FUNCTION>
Command for entering the uniformity correction data.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Repeatedly enter the uniformity measurement patterns measured using the
external densitometer for the required points.
(Points=Low density/high density: 15 points each)
(2) Check the input values of each point, and start correction.
→ “Wait for a while.” appears.
(3) Check the results of execution.
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-66
MU-67
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the action.
[ON]/[OFF]
(2) Check operations.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
[4-2] LD
<FUNCTION>
Command for turning ON/OFF the LD.
<DEFAULT>
[Low]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Set LD Power] to change the LD power.
(2) Select the power.
[High]/[Middle]/[Low]
(3) Select the action.
[ON]/[OFF]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-67
MU-68
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Output grid pattern using “[2-5] Grid”.
(2) Measure “C” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.
(3) If outside the specified value, enter the scanning width adjustment value. (0 to
±120)
<REMARKS>
• Entering a negative value reduces the image from the reference position.
• The changes in the value entered can be calculated by: (Value entered) x C x 10 ÷ 37000 (mm)
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
● Example of Input
Scanning adjusting value = XXXX Adjusting direction
FP7U0309.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-68
MU-69
C C
C C
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
C 300± 1.2 300 ±1.2 200 ±1.2 200.8 ±1.2 FP7U0310.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-69
MU-70
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Output grid pattern using “[2-5] Grid”.
(2) Measure “| A - B |” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.
(3) If outside the specified value, enter the scanning position adjustment value. (0 to
±120)
<REMARKS>
Enter the adjusting values in units of 0.1 mm.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings will be effective immediately.
● Example of Input
FP7U0311.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-70
MU-71
B A B A
B A B A
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
|A-B| ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤2.0 FP7U0314.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-71
MU-72
<REMARKS>
Measured Width/Starting Position: Displayed ten times the value in mm.
● Example of Display
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [YES] or [NO].
• [YES] : Initialization is executed.
• [NO] : The selected menu is not executed and return to the previous display.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-72
MU-73
[4-4] Diagnosis
● Diagnosis Flow
For diagnosing leading edge detection, LD, polygon, and start point detection.
START
Error
Polygon diagnosis Fatal error termination
Normal
Error
LD diagnosis Fatal error termination
Normal
Error
Start point
detection diagnosis Fatal error termination
Normal
Error
Leading edge
detection diagnosis Fatal error termination
Normal
END FP7U0313.EPS
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Diagnosis starts.
→ “Wait for a while” appears.
(2) Check the results of execution.
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-73
MU-74
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Diagnosis starts.
→ “Wait for a while” appears.
(2) Check the results of execution.
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-74
MU-75
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-75
MU-76
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the number of remaining films to be set for film tray 1.
(2) Enter in the same way for film trays 2 and 3 if they are used.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-76
MU-77
<REMARKS>
• Unloaded film trays are not displayed.
• Degeneration film trays can also be operated.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY 2]/[TRAY 3]
(2) Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Film Surface]
→ [Film Suction] → [Lower Limit of Film Fanning] → [Film Fanning] → [Film
Release] → [Film Convey].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-77
MU-78
MJ1:CW
MG1:CCW
MD2:CW
ME1:CW
MD1:CW
: Grip roller
: Film conveyance direction
: Roller rotation direction in respect to the film
conveyance direction
CW/CCW in illustration: Operating direction of motor in FP7U0308.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-78
MU-79
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the conveyor motor.
[MD1]/[MD2]/[ME1]/[MG1]/[MJ1]
(2) Select the Action.
[STOP]/[CW]/[CCW]
(3) Select the Speed. (Cannot select at ME1.)
[High Speed]/[Low Speed]
(4) Check the selected operation.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-79
MU-80
<OPERATIONS>
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective immediately.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-80
MU-81
F F
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
F 413.0 ±1.2 226.5 ±1.0 225.0 ±1.0 200.0 ±0.8 FP7U0307.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-81
MU-82
[5-3] Grip
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the grip motor.
<NOTE>
When performing individual operations of MD4, errors may occur if the specified order is not
followed.
<REMARKS>
The grip state will continue unless the [Home Position] operation or re-initialization is
performed.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [MD3] or [MD4].
(2) If [MD3] is selected
Check individual operations by selecting [Home Positioning], [Grip (8x10/10x14),
or [Grip (14x14)].
(3) If [MD4] is selected
Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Grip].
<OPERATIONS
(1) Select the actuator.
[SOLA11]/[SOLA21]/[SOLA31]/[SOLJ1]/[CLD1]
(2) Select [ON] or [OFF].
(3) Check the selected operations.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-82
MU-83
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film size.
[14x17 (35x43cm)]/[14x14 (35x35cm)]/[10x14 (26x36cm)]/[10x12 (25x30cm)]/[8x10
(20x25cm)]
<NOTE>
Do not select [14x14 (35x35cm)].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-83
MU-84
<NOTE>
The F5VM and RMTPWR monitoring is currently not available.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-84
MU-85
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Single] or [All]
(2) If [Single] is selected
Select the sensor to be monitored.
→ The state of the sensor selected appears.
(3) If [All] is selected.
→ The states of all sensors appear.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-85
MU-86
[5-7] Other
<DEFAULT>
[Intermittent]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [ON], [OFF], or [Intermittent].
(2) Check the selected operation.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-86
MU-87
<OPERATIONS>
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-87
MU-88
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Diagnosis starts.
→ ”Wait for a while” appears.
(2) Check the results of execution for Drive 1 to Drive 5.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [START].
→ If normal, nothing is displayed.
→ If errors are detected, “Failed.” appears on the display.
(2) Select [STOP].
→ “Completed.” appears on the display.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-88
MU-89
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [START].
→ If errors are detected, the number of errors is displayed.
(2) Select [STOP].
<NOTE>
The inter board communication test is repeatedly executed until [STOP] is selected.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-89
MU-90
<REMARKS>
Executing the barcode reading test reads the following barcode values.
Barcode (Example)
45569840858521533691
<OPERATIONS>
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-90
MU-91
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-91
MU-92
MT1 CCW
FP3F0814.EPS
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [ON] or [OFF].
(2) Check the operations of the conveyor motor MT1.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-92
MU-93
[5-8-2] Solenoids
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing solenoid operations.
<INITIAL DISPLAY>
Previous ON/OFF state
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the solenoid.
[SOLT1]/[SOLT2]/[SOLT3]/[SOLT4]/[SOLT5]/[SOLT6]/[SOLT7]/[SOLT8]/[SOLT9]
(2) Select [ON] or [OFF].
(3) Check the operations of the selected solenoid.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Single] or [All].
(2) If [Single] is selected
Select the monitoring sensor.
→ The state of the selected sensor is displayed.
(3) If [All] is selected
→ The states of all the sensors selected are displayed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-93
MU-94
[6] Heat-Developer
[6-1] Temperature
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing temperature monitoring of each thermistor.
● Example of Display
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-94
MU-95
[6-2] Heating
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing the ON/OFF of each heater.
CAUTION
If the upper limit temperature has been detected, the heater is turned OFF by the
thermal protector.
<OPERATIONS>
<NOTE>
During temperature control (after starting M-Utility, if [ALL] → [intermittent] has been selected
at “[6-2] Heating” or [ON] has been selected at “[6-4] Temp. Control”), check heater operations
after stopping all heaters at step (1).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-95
MU-96
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the cooling fan.
[Group A]/[Group B]
<REMARKS>
• [Group A]: FANG1, FANG3
• [Group B]: FANG2
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the operation.
[ON]/[OFF]
(2) Check the selected operations.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-96
MU-97
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the heater.
[HG1]/[HG2]/[HG3]/[HG4]/[HG5]/[HG6]/[HG7]/[HG8]/[HG9]
(2) Enter the targeted temperature default (100 to 130 °C) (In units of 0.1 °C)
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-97
MU-98
<DEFAULT>
[Go]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the skip type.
[Skip]/[Go]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be preserved until the equipment is rebooted.
<DEFAULT>
[Go]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the skip type.
[Skip]/[Go]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be preserved until the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-98
MU-99
<DEFAULT>
[Go]
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the skip type.
[Skip]/[Go]
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made will be preserved until the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-99
MU-100
4. DPX7 PC Tool
DI Tool is the Fuji Medical Dry Imager integrated service tool software containing
“DPX7 PC Tool” and “DPX PC Tools”. With this equipment, the functions of “DPX7 PC
Tool” in DI Tool are used.
Using the DPX7 PC Tool allows the following operations and settings to be performed
in addition to the M-Utility functions of the equipment.
• Setup of clients (image output devices) connected to the DICOM network
• Setup of annotations printed on film
• Setup of discharge destination of the sorter by client
• Installation and version upgrade of main unit software
• Backup of individual data
• Saving/loading of equipment data file
• Saving of analysis data
The DPX7 PC Tool also enables settings of printers installed in hospitals serviced by
service representatives to be managed and saved.
<NOTE>
• This manual describes functions of software version V3.0 of the DI Tool.
• This manual describes “DPX7 PC Tool” functions which apply to this equipment.
• In this manual, “DI Tool” indicates the whole service tool software and “DPX7 PC Tool”
indicates the tool functions used in this equipment.
• From DPX7 PC Tool version A09, the “Soft Ver.Up” function button display has been
changed to “Upgrading”, however some parts of this manual still uses the old name.
• By using the DPX7 PC Tool, files will be saved in the “Indv” folder and “LOG” folder in the
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers\Establishment name_Printer name” folder of
the PC for servicing.
In this manual, these folders are referred to as “Indv” folder and “LOG” folder.
• For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment, when
equipment data is read, the DPX7 PC Tool screen [Clients:] list shows “MammoQCTest”.
However, if the version has been upgraded from an earlier version, as this will not be
displayed, add and register new clients.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-100
MU-101
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-101
MU-102
Function button
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-102
MU-103
Function button
<REMARKS>
This manual describes the procedure for connecting the PC for servicing to this equipment via
the network, but it is also possible to directly connect the PC for servicing to this equipment
using the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX crossing cable.
● OS
Microsoft Windows 2000 (SP4) or Windows XP Professional (SP2)
● Accessories
CD-ROM drive
● Display
800 x 600 pixels or higher-resolution display
<NOTE>
Version A08 or later must be installed to use Windows XP.
■ PC for Servicing Installing DPX7 PC Tool and DPX PC Tools before DI Tool
It is possible to install DI Tool in the PC for servicing which is already installed with
DPX7 PC Tool and DPX PC Tools before DI Tool.
In this case, data on the various settings of DPX7 PC Tool or DPX PC Tools remaining
in the PC for servicing is succeeded by DI Tool.
<NOTE>
After installing DI Tool, functions of both DPX7 PC Tool and DPX PC Tools can be used by DI
Tool. Delete the DPX7 PC Tool and DPX PC Tools shortcut icons on the desktop and start
menu of the PC for servicing.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-104
MU-105
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-105
MU-106
■ Uninstalling Procedure
To uninstall the DI Tool from the PC, perform the following procedure.
(1) Check that the power of the PC is ON.
(2) If there are any applications currently running, end them. Also turn OFF any
resident virus software which may be running.
(3) Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control Panel].
(4) Double-click the [Add/Remove Programs] icon.
(5) From the [Currently installed programs:] list, click [DI Tool Uninstall] and then
[Change/Remove].
→ The [Confirm File Deletion] dialog appears to confirm whether to uninstall the DI
Tool.
(6) Click [Yes].
→ The [Remove Programs From Your Computer] window appears to uninstall the DI
Tool.
(7) Upon completion, click [OK].
<NOTE>
If the message “Some elements could not be removed. ...” is displayed when deletion
completes, click [Details...] and note down the files and folders which could not be deleted.
After completing the following steps, delete the files and folders noted down.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-106
MU-107
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-107
MU-108
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-108
MU-109
(5) Check that [Default FTP Site] is set to [Running]. If set to [Stopped] or [Pause],
right-click [Default FTP Site] and select [Start].
(6) Right-click [Default FTP Site], and click [Properties] from the popup menu.
(7) Click the [Home Directory] tab.
(8) Note down the path set at [Local Path:]
<NOTE>
As Windows 2000 has only one home directory for all accounts, if another directory (folder
name) has already been specified for [Local Path:], other applications may be using it.
(9) Set the folder name installing the DI Tool (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX) at
[Local Path:] , and select the checkboxes of [Read], [Write], and [Log visits].
<NOTE>
If the directory of the FTP site is not set to the folder installing the DI Tool (C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX), the DI Tool will not operate properly. If using other applications on the
same PC, after using the DI Tool, return to the settings noted down at step (8).
In addition, “C:\inetpub\ftproot” is the default value of Windows 2000 and can be changed.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-109
MU-110
■ Checking Procedure
(1) Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control Panel].
(2) Double-click the [Regional Options] icon.
(3) Click the [Numbers] tab.
(4) Check that [Decimal symbol] is “ . ” (period).
<NOTE>
If as a result of the above selection, the same symbol is selected for [Digit grouping symbol]
and [Decimal symbol], change the symbol for [Digit grouping symbol].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-110
MU-111
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-113
MU-114
#1 [Right-click]
[Hospital Name] #2
FP7U0413.EPS
→ The screen for entering the printer name (Host Name) to be registered appears.
(3) Enter the Host Name set for the equipment connected.
(4) Select [DRYPIX 7000/5000] for [Model].
(5) [OK]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-114
MU-115
(6) [Network].
#1
FP7U0415.EPS
FP7U0417.EPS
(7) Enter the IP Address of the equipment and subnet mask → [OK]
→ This completes preparations for enabling communications between this equipment
and DPX7 PC Tool.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-115
MU-115.1
(8) Click the function button (ex. [Control] button) at the top of the DPX7 PC Tool
screen.
→ Communication with this equipment starts. When all connections with this equipment
have completed, the operation panel of this equipment switches to the following
screen, activating the various commands from DPX7 PC Tool.
PC-UTL
Executing
<NOTE>
• If communication fails, the error message [LOGIN Failure] will be displayed.
• While “PC-UTL Executing” is displayed, the equipment will not be able to receive print
requests.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-115.1
MU-115.2
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-115.2
MU-115.3
(1) “Printer name importing individual data” → [Control] → [File Save/Load] → [Save
from the printer] → [Execute]
→ Reading of individual data starts.
#1 #3 #2
#4 #5 FP7U0420.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-115.3
MU-115.4
→ After import ends, the [File transfer is completed.] message appears, and the data is
saved in the HD in the PC for servicing.
(2) [OK]
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-115.4
MU-116
#1 #3 #2
#4 #5 FP7U0423.EPS
→ After transfer of individual data ends, the [File transfer is completed.] message
appears, and the individual data is saved in the HD of the equipment.
(2) [OK]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-116
MU-117
(3) Reboot the equipment for the transferred individual data to be valid.
<NOTE>
The equipment may not need to be rebooted for some DPX7 PC Tool functions.
“4.7 DPX7 PC Tool Command Details”
#1 #4 #3 #2 #5
#6 FP7U0409.EPS
→ As communication is cut off when the equipment is rebooted, the [LOGIN Failure]
screen appears.
(4) [OK]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-117
MU-118
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-118
MU-119
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-119
MU-120
<REMARKS>
Up to 128 establishments can be registered.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-120
MU-121
(1) Right-click the name of the establishment to be copied from [Equipment list] →
[Copy]
(2) Right-click [Equip Management] → [Paste]
→ The [Paste EstablishmentName] screen for entering the name of the establishment to
be registered appears.
(3) Enter the establishment name → [OK]
→ The establishment name registered by copy/paste will be added to [Equipment list].
■ Deleting Establishments
(1) Right-click the name of the establishment to be deleted from [Equipment list] →
[Delete] → [OK]
→ The selected establishment name is deleted from [Equipment list].
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-121
MU-122
<REMARKS>
• Up to 32 printers can be registered per establishment.
• The following describes a procedure performed by right-clicking the mouse. Registration
can also be performed by selecting the corresponding command from the [Edit] menu.
• When a printer is registered, a folder named “Establishment name_Printer name” will be
created in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers” folder.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-122
MU-123
(3) Refer to “4.7 DPX7 PC Tool Command Details [PC1-2] Config” And set the
configuration for the registered printer.
(4) Repeat this procedure for all the printers that need to be registered.
(1) Right-click the name of the printer to be copied from [Equipment list] → [Copy]
(2) Right-click the name of the establishment to register the printer → [Paste]
→ The [Paste HostName] screen for entering the name of the printer to be registered by
copy/paste apperars.
(3) Enter the printer name → [OK]
→ The printer name registered by copy/paste will be added to the establishment selected
from [Equipment list].
■ Deleting Printers
(1) Right-click the name of the printer to be deleted from [Equipment list] → [Delete]
→ [OK]
→ The selected printer name is deleted from [Equipment list].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-123
MU-124
FUJI HOSPITAL
fujiprinter1 DICOM-CT1
DICOM-CT2
FUJI HOSPITAL
fujiprinter1 DICOM-CT1 (1) Changing the settings of one
client
DICOM-CT2
• Importing individual data displays the client name registered and set in the printer in the
[Clients:] list.
<REMARKS>
The maximum number of clients which can be registered is 32 including “default”, “FCR-CSL”,
“WatchDRYPIXLink” and “MammoQCTest”.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-124
MU-125
■ [Clients:] list
The [Clients:] list shows the client names of all currently registered clients. If no clients
are registered, “default”, “FCR-CSL”, “WatchDRYPIXLink” and “MammoQCTest” will
be registered.
CAUTION
If DRYPIX Link is client, then “WatchDRYPIXLink” will be the AE Title used for
communication. In this case, do not change it. Changing it will disable communication
when DRYPIX Link and this equipment are connected.
<NOTE>
For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment,
“MammoQCTest” is registered as default. If the version has been upgraded from an earlier
version, read equipment data and add and register new clients.
<REMARKS>
FCR-CSL: Settings provided for connecting CR-IR346CL (console for FCR XG-1) and
CR-IR348CL (console for FCR5000 series). This settings is applied to the
clients of named “FCR-CSL”.
default: Settings for clients other than the above.
MammoQCTest: Name of default client (AE Title) used in U-Utility Mammo QC test pattern
output.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-125
MU-126
→ The [ProtocolInformation] screen for entering the client name (AE Title) to be
registered appears.
(2) Enter the client name → [OK]
→ The new client is added to the [Clients:] list.
The following shows an example where a client “DICOM-CT” was added.
(3) Refer to “4.7 DPX7 PC Tool Command Details [PC1-3] Client” and set various
parameters to the registered client.
(4) Repeat this procedure for all the clients that need to be registered.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-126
MU-127
■ Deleting Clients
(1) Click the name of the client to be deleted from the [Clients:] list.
<REMARKS>
“default”, “FCR-CSL”, “WatchDRYPIXLink” and “MammoQCTest” cannot be deleted. (If the
main unit software version has been upgraded from V6.0 or earlier/V12.0 or earlier to V7.0 or
later/V13.0 or later, it will also not be possible to delete “MammoQCTest” newly registered
manually.)
<REMARKS>
The names set at “default”, “FCR-CSL”, “WatchDRYPIXLink” and “MammoQCTest” cannot be
changed. (If the main unit software version has been upgraded from V6.0 or earlier/V12.0 or
earlier to V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later, it will also not be possible to delete “MammoQCTest”
newly registered manually.)
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-127
MU-128
[PC1-1]
[PC1-2]
[PC1-3]
[PC12]
FP7U0428.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-128
MU-129
DPX7 PC Tool
[ PC1 ] Setting
[ PC1-1 ] Network
[ PC1-1-1 ] HostName
[ PC1-1-2 ] IP Address
[ PC1-1-3 ] SubnetMask
[ PC1-1-4 ] Default Gateway
[ PC1-2 ] Config
[ PC1-2-1 ] Version
[ PC1-2-2 ] Protocol Information
[ PC1-2-2-1 ] AE-title
[ PC1-2-2-2 ] Fine PRT AE-title
[ PC1-2-2-3 ] Port No.
[ PC1-2-2-4 ] Data Transfer Timeout
[ PC1-2-3 ] Association Count
[ PC1-2-4 ] Logging DICOM
[ PC1-2-5 ] Default Client
[ PC1-2-6 ] Real Dmax on film (DI Tool software version V2.0 or later)
[ PC1-2-7 ] Requested Dmax less than 3.6 (DI Tool software version V2.0
or later)
[ PC1-2-8 ] Printer
[ PC1-2-9 ] Option
[ PC1-2-9-1 ] 17-Steps Pattern
[ PC1-2-9-2 ] Auto FDC
[ PC1-2-9-3 ] Set Alarm
[ PC1-2-9-4 ] Set Alarm Tone
[ PC1-2-9-5 ] Set Key Touch
[ PC1-2-9-6 ] Set Key Touch Tone
[ PC1-2-9-7 ] Language
[ PC1-2-9-8 ] Sorter
[ PC1-2-9-9 ] Step Type
[ PC1-2-9-10 ] Size Information
[ PC1-2-9-11 ] User Settable
[ PC1-2-9-12 ] BackupLog
[ PC1-2-9-13 ] QC
[ PC1-2-9-14 ] Warning at system start (DI Tool software version
V2.0 or later)
A1 B1 C1 D1
FP7U0401.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-129
MU-130
A1 B1 C1 D1
[ PC1-2-9-15 ] Spatial Resolution (DI Tool software version V3.0 or
later)
[ PC1-2-9-16 ] MammoQC (DI Tool software version V3.0 or later)
[ PC1-2-10 ] Tray1/Tray2/Tray3
[ PC1-3 ] Clients
[ PC1-3-1 ] Protocol
[ PC1-3-1-1 ] Attribute List Error (0107H Warning)
[ PC1-3-1-2 ] Attribute Value Out of Range (0116H Warning)
[ PC1-3-1-3 ] Image Size is Larger than Imagebox (B604H Warning)
[ PC1-3-1-4 ] N-Event-ReportRQ
[ PC1-3-1-5 ] Use Extention format
[ PC1-3-1-6 ] Change Film
[ PC1-3-1-7 ] Use System Timeout
[ PC1-3-1-8 ] Presentation LUT
[ PC1-3-1-9 ] Precede Picking Up
[ PC1-3-1-10 ] Use Max/Min Density
[ PC1-3-1-11 ] Logging Client
[ PC1-3-1-12 ] Reprint
[ PC1-3-2 ] Magnify
[ PC1-3-2-1 ] Procedure
[ PC1-3-2-2 ] Default Smoothing Type
[ PC1-3-2-3 ] Adjustment Parameter
[ PC1-3-2-4 ] Default Requested Decimate/Crop Behavior
[ PC1-3-3 ] LUT
[ PC1-3-3-1 ] Procedure
[ PC1-3-3-2 ] Default LUT
[ PC1-3-3-3 ] Adjustment Parameter
[ PC1-3-3-4 ] Dmax 3.6
A2 B2
FP7U0402.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-130
MU-131
A2 B2
[ PC1-3-4 ] Output Format
[ PC1-3-4-1 ] Border Density
[ PC1-3-4-2 ] Polarity(Pos./Neg.)
[ PC1-3-4-3 ] Trim Density
[ PC1-3-4-4 ] Trim
[ PC1-3-4-5 ] Trim Width
[ PC1-3-4-6 ] Number of Copies
[ PC1-3-4-7 ] Margin between Image
[ PC1-3-4-8 ] Image Layout
[ PC1-3-4-9 ] Film Size
[ PC1-3-4-10 ] Medium Type(base color)
[ PC1-3-4-11 ] Film Orientation
[ PC1-3-4-12 ] Mirror
[ PC1-3-4-13 ] Processing Type
[ PC1-3-4-14 ] Film Destination
[ PC1-3-5 ] Annotation
[ PC1-3-5-1 ] Annotation Height
[ PC1-3-5-2 ] Annotation Font
[ PC1-3-5-3 ] Annotation Size
[ PC1-3-5-4 ] Upper Left/Upper Center/Upper Right/
Lower Left/Lower Center/Lower Right
[ PC2 ] Data Transfer
[ PC2-1 ] Indv
[ PC2-2 ] Operation
[ PC2-3 ] Log
[ PC2-4 ] Files
[ PC2-5 ] User Settable
[ PC3 ] Upgrading
[ PC3-1 ] Load System Files
[ PC3-2 ] Install
[ PC4 ] Analyzer
[ PC5 ] DICOM Print
A3
FP7U0403.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-131
MU-132
A3
[ PC6 ] OutPutFilm
[ PC6-1 ] 24-Steps
[ PC6-2 ] 17-Steps
[ PC6-3 ] Flat
[ PC6-4 ] Cleaning
[ PC6-5 ] Grid
[ PC6-6 ] Film out to Sorter
[ PC6-7 ] Uniformity
[ PC6-8 ] SMPTE
[ PC6-9 ] User Settable
[ PC6-10 ] Spatial Resolution (DI Tool software version V2.0 or later)
[ PC7 ] F.D.C.
[ PC7-1 ] Auto F.D.C.
[ PC7-2 ] Check Density
[ PC7-3 ] 24-Steps
[ PC7-4 ] Manual F.D.C.
[ PC7-5 ] Calibration
[ PC7-6 ] Uniformity
[ PC7-6-1 ] Unit data Reading
[ PC7-6-2 ] Clear Table
[ PC7-6-3 ] Input
[ PC7-7 ] DM sensor monitor
A4
FP7U0404.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-132
MU-133
A4
[ PC8 ] Check
[ PC8-1 ] Check Scanner
[ PC8-1-1 ] Initialize Scanner
[ PC8-1-2 ] Adjusting Main Scanner
[ PC8-1-3 ] Polygonal Motor LD
[ PC8-1-4 ] Initial Check
[ PC8-1-5 ] PRN Board Test
[ PC8-2 ] Check Mechanism
[ PC8-2-1 ] Moving
[ PC8-2-1-1 ] Unit Operation
[ PC8-2-1-2 ] Motor Operation
[ PC8-2-1-3 ] Grip
[ PC8-2-1-4 ] Positioning Film
[ PC8-2-1-5 ] Adjusting Subscanner
[ PC8-2-1-6 ] Other Actuators
[ PC8-2-1-7 ] Sorter Unit
[ PC8-2-1-8 ] Solenoids
[ PC8-2-1-9 ] Sensor Monitor
[ PC8-2-2 ] Sensor Monitor
[ PC8-2-3 ] Other
[ PC8-2-3-1 ] Board Fan
[ PC8-2-3-2 ] Serial I/F
[ PC8-2-3-3 ] HDD Test
[ PC8-2-3-4 ] DPRAM Test
[ PC8-2-3-5 ] Inter Board Test
[ PC8-2-3-6 ] LAN Base Test
[ PC8-2-3-7 ] Patrol Lamp Test
[ PC8-3 ] Heat-Developer
[ PC8-3-1 ] Temperature
[ PC8-3-2 ] Heating
[ PC8-3-3 ] Fan Operation
[ PC8-3-4 ] Temp. Control
[ PC8-3-5 ] Set Heater Cond. Temp.
A5
FP7U0405.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-133
MU-134
A5
[ PC9 ] Control
[ PC9-1 ] File Save/Load
[ PC9-1-1 ] Log Data
[ PC9-1-2 ] Error Log
[ PC9-1-3 ] Indv. data
[ PC9-2 ] System Config
[ PC9-2-1 ] Set Date/Time.
[ PC9-2-2 ] Save Config.
[ PC9-2-3 ] Initialize
[ PC9-2-4 ] Reboot
[ PC9-2-5 ] Set Counters
[ PC9-2-6 ] Set Remain. Films
[ PC9-3 ] Set Main Panel
[ PC9-3-1 ] Sound Test
[ PC9-3-2 ] Motion Speed
[ PC9-4 ] Set Parameter
[ PC9-4-1 ] Patrol Lamp
[ PC10 ] Film Counter
[ PC11 ] Print Queue
[ PC12 ] Tool
[ PC12-1 ] GetLog
[ PC12-2 ] HW AutoCheck FP7U0400.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-134
MU-135
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-135
MU-136
[PC1] Setting
[PC1-1] Network
To communicate with printers connected to the network, first enter the network setting
of the printer at the [HostInformation] screen.
[PC1-1-1] HostName
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the host name of the equipment.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-7] Hostname”
<REMARKS>
• The allowable characters for the host name are alphabets (upper and lower cases),
numbers, and hyphen “-”.
• The following are unaccepted.
• Space
• Less than 2 characters
• Name starting with a number.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the host name (maximum 16 digits).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-136
MU-137
[PC1-1-2] IP Address
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the IP address of the equipment.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-4] IP Address”
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• Unaccepted: “000.000.000.000”, “255.255.255.255”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the IP address (decimal).
[PC1-1-3] SubnetMask
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the subnet mask of the equipment.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-5] SubNetMask”
<REMARKS>
Input range: 000 to 255
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the subnet mask (decimal).
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default gateway address of the equipment.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-6] Gateway”
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• Unaccepted: “000.000.000.000”, “255.255.255.255”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the default gateway address (decimal).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-137
MU-138
[PC1-2] Config
Command for setting the configuration of the equipment.
<NOTE>
• Import individual data from the equipment beforehand.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
• If settings have been changed, individual data must be transferred to the equipment, and the
equipment must be rebooted.
“[PC9-2-4] Reboot”
[PC1-2-1] Version
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying software/hardware version list of the equipment.
“M-Utility [1-1-5] Check Version”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Import the desired files from the equipment at [Files] of [Data Transfer].
“[PC2] Data Transfer”
(3) Click the [+] mark on the left side of [Version].
→ The software and hardware version of the equipment is displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-138
MU-139
[PC1-2-2-1] AE-title
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the printer name for 10 pix/mm recording.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-1] AE-title”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Enter the AE Title (fixed at 16 digits).
<REMARKS>
• The allowable characters for the AE Title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code
table.
• The following are not accepted.
• All spaces
• Space for the first digit
• First character is a number
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the printer name for 20 pix/mm recording.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-2] Fine PRT AE-title”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Enter the AE Title (fixed at 16 digits).
<REMARKS>
• If not performing 20 pix/mm recording, this need not be set.
• Use a name that is different from the 10 pix/mm recording printer.
• The allowable characters for the AE Title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code
table.
• Do not enter upper and lower cases incorrectly.
• The following are not accepted.
• All spaces
• Space for the first digit
• First character is a number
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-139
MU-140
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the port number of the equipment.
“M-Utility [1-4-1-3] Port No.”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Enter the port number (decimal).
<REMARKS>
Input range: 0 to 65535
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the timeout value for network communication.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Enter the timeout value. (Unit: seconds)
<REMARKS>
• The timeout value is the maximum time limit for the printer to wait for data to arrive. If data
does not arrive within the set time, a timeout occurs.
• Normally, use the default timeout. If this default value does not work properly for the
connected DICOM client, set the value given by the DICOM client.
• Setting range: 30 to 3600
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-140
MU-141
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the number of associations to be established together for DICOM
connection.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set according to the installation environment.
[1] to [10] (default value: 10)
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to save the record of communication with the client as
log information, and the communication record level.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [0:none] : No logging of communication record
• [1:normal] : Normal log information
• [2:detailed] : Detailed log information
<NOTE>
For details on how to acquire communication record logs from the printer, refer to “5.11
Acquiring Log Files”.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-141
MU-142
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to apply parameters set at [default] in the [Clients:] list for
unregistered clients.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [0:Yes] : Applies the [default] settings.
• [1:No] : The [default] settings will not be applied.
<REMARKS>
Selecting [1: No] hides [default] in the [Clients:] list.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the Dmax for printing when a print request above Dmax 3.6 is
received by the equipment loading DI-ML film.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-6] Set ML Dmax”
<NOTE>
• This menu is effective for equipment installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or
later.
• This setting applies not only to each individual film tray, but to all film trays.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [0:3.6] : Prints at Dmax 3.6 on DI-ML film
• [1:4.0] : Prints at Dmax 4.0 on DI-ML film
<REMARKS>
If the same size DI-HL film and DI-ML film are loaded, and the print request is less than Dmax
3.6, prints from the DI-HL film.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-142
MU-143
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to use DI-ML film when a print request less than Dmax
3.6 is received and DI-HL film is run out by the equipment loading DI-ML film.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-6] Set ML Dmax”
<NOTE>
• This menu is effective for equipment installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or
later.
• This setting applies not only to each individual film tray, but to all film trays.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [0:Accept] : DI-ML film is used.
• [1:Reject] : DI-ML film is not used.
<REMARKS>
If the same size DI-HL film and DI-ML film are loaded, and [Reject] is selected, the film
replenish screen will be displayed when the DI-HL film runs out.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
[PC1-2-8] Printer
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the manufacturing model name and manufacturer name of the
printer.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Enter the manufacturing model name and manufacturer name of the printer.
<NOTE>
• Both the [Model] (manufacturing model name) and [Manufacturer] (manufacturer name)
must be no more than 64 characters long.
• This name is used by the client to acquire the name of the printer on the network.
• Normally the default for the model and manufacturer names should be used (Model:
DRYPIX, Manufacturer: FUJIFILM Corporation respectively). Where multiple printers are
installed at a single location, each must be identified by a unique name determined in
consultation with the users.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-143
MU-143.1
[PC1-2-9] Option
Command for setting software options unique to the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to display “17-steps pattern” at [Test Pattern] of the U-
Utility.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [1:Enable] : Displayed
• [0:Disable] : Not displayed
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the automatic execution timing of automatic density correction.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [2:None] : Not performed.
• [1:Everylot] : By each film lot No.
• [0:Everypack] : By each film pack
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-143.1
MU-143.2
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the alarm.
“U-Utility [7-1] SET ALARM”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the alarm.
• [2:PULSE] : Alarm stops after about three seconds.
• [1:ON] : Alarm is sounded.
• [0:OFF] : No alarm is sounded.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the alarm tone.
“U-Utility [7-1] SET ALARM”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the alarm tone.
[500:Low]/[1200:Medium]/[2400:High]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-143.2
MU-143.3
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the key touch sound.
“U-Utility [7-2] KEY TOUCH”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the key touch sound.
[1:ON]/[0:OFF]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the key touch tone.
“U-Utility [7-2] KEY TOUCH”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the key touch tone.
[500:Low]/[1200:Medium]/[2400:High]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-143.3
MU-143.4
[PC1-2-9-7] Language
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the display language of the operation panel.
“M-Utility [1-5-1] Select Language”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the display language.
[ja:Japanese]/[en:English]/[de:German]/[fr:French]/[it:Italian]/[sv:Swedish]/
[es:Spanish]/[da:Danish]/[no:Norwegian]/[pt:Portuguese]/[el:Greek]/[fi:Finnish]/
[nl:Dutch]/[zh:Chinese (Simplified)]/[tw:Chinese (Traditional)]/[ko:Korea]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<NOTE>
To display [Chinese (Simplified)]/[Chinese (Traditional)]/[Korean], use an equipment installed
with main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later at shipment, or
replace with an HDD installed with these fonts (114Y5396101A03/A04/A05/A07/A10,
114Y5396105B01/B02/B05/B08).
<REMARKS>
Relation between the version of HDD and that of main unit software.
114Y5396101A03 : software version A03 114Y5396105B01 : software version V10.0
114Y5396101A04 : software version A04 114Y5396105B02 : software version V10.1
114Y5396101A05 : software version V4.1 114Y5396105B05 : software version V11.0
114Y5396101A07 : software version V5.0 114Y5396105B08 : software version V13.0
114Y5396101A10 : software version V7.0
[PC1-2-9-8] Sorter
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether a sorter is connected.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-2] Sorter Setting”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select whether to use sorter or not.
• [1:Enable] : Sorter is used.
• [0:Disable] : Sorter is not used.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-143.4
MU-144
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the step type selected using commands such as film output.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-5] Select Dmax”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set up to three step types to [1: Enable].
[1:Enable]/[0:Disable]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the display type of the film size displayed on the operation panel.
“M-Utility [1-5-2] Size Information”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the film size to be displayed.
• [1:Cm] : Displayed in cm.
• [2:Inch] : Displayed in inches.
• [3:Japanese] : Displayed in Japanese (Japan only)
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-144
MU-145
<FUNCTION>
Command for enabling/disabling the User Settable image print function of the U-Utility.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/User Settable”
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or
V10.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [1: enable] : Enable
• [0: disable] : Disable
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
[PC1-2-9-12] BackupLog
<FUNCTION>
Command for enabling/disabling the function for acquiring logs by user operations.
“M-Utility [1-3-4] Logging by User”
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or
V10.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [1: ON] : Enables acquisition of log data by the user
• [0: OFF] : Disables acquisition of log data by the user
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-145
MU-146
[PC1-2-9-13] QC
<FUNCTION>
Command for enabling/disabling the image QC function.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/QC”
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or
V10.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [1: Enable] : Enable
• [0: Disable] : Disable
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-146
MU-147
<FUNCTION>
In the case the shutter is inserted at the time the equipment is started, command for
setting whether to warn the user to remove the shutter or to disable use of the film tray
without warning.
For the equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later, the
equipment can be started without disabling use of the film tray because the shutter
presence check can be skipped.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Option/Warning at system start”
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in DI Tool software version V2.0 or later, and effective for equipment
installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [2: Ignore] : Ignore the shutter
• [1: Enable] : Warn the user
• [0: Disable] : Do not warn the user
<NOTE>
When [Ignore] is selected, the equipment will start normally if started with the shutter inserted.
However when print request is sent to the film on the film tray inserted with the shutter, “Shutter
present error” will be displayed. In this case, removing the shutter clears the error and resumes
printing.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-147
MU-148
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to display “Spatial Resolution pattern” at [Test Pattern] of
the U-Utility.
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in DI Tool software version V3.0 or later, and effective for equipment
installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [1:Enable] : Displayed
• [0:Disable] : Not displayed
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
[PC1-2-9-16] MammoQC
<FUNCTION>
Command for enabling/disabling the Mammo QC function.
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in DI Tool software version V3.0 or later, and effective for equipment
installing software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [2:EUREF] : European Reference Frame
• [1:NEMA] : National Electrical Manufacturers Association
• [0:Disable] : Disable
<REMARKS>
Selecting NEMA, EUREF enables output of the mammo QC pattern complying with the
respective standards.
• NEMA : Refer to the separate “Mammo QC Operation Manual” when using.
• EUREF : In the EU, individual standards are set down by country based on the EUREF
standards, use according to the status of the country installed in.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-148
MU-149
[PC1-2-10] Tray1/Tray2/Tray3
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the film to be used.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-1] Set Tray”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the film tray.
[Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]
(3) Select the film size.
• [0:OFF] : Not used
• [1:14*17] : 35cm x 43cm
• [2:14*14] : 35cm x 35cm
• [3:10*14] : 26cm x 36cm
• [4:10*12] : 25cm x 30cm
• [5:8*10] : 20cm x 25cm
<NOTE>
Do not select [2: 14*14].
(5) [Update]
(6) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-149
MU-150
[PC1-3] Clients
Command for setting the various parameters for the client (image output device).
<NOTE>
• Import individual data from the equipment beforehand.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
• If settings have been changed, individual data must be transferred to the equipment, and the
equipment must be rebooted.
“[PC9-2-4] Reboot”
• Do not change the settings of “FCR-CSL” and “WatchDRYPIXLink”.
• The [protocol] parameter of “default” cannot be changed.
• [AutoConfig] is currently not available.
<REMARKS>
The parameters related to the image processing of each client set here apply when image
processing parameters are not set for the image data sent by the client.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-150
MU-151
[PC1-3-1] Protocol
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting how unexpected data received should be treated.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:not indicate] : Ignore the warning
• [1:indicate] : Send error message
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting how data out of range should be treated.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:not indicate] : Ignore the warning
• [1:indicate] : Send error message
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
In the BIB N-SET mode (when image data is received in frames), images are reduced
if they are too large to fit the image frame. Select whether to notify that the image has
been reduced.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:not indicate] : Ignore the warning
• [1:indicate] : Send error message
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-151
MU-152
[PC1-3-1-4] N-Event-ReportRQ
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting how N-Event-Report Requests (report of events to clients) should
be treated.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:disabled] : No report sent
• [1:enabled] : Send report
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-152
MU-153
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to use the exclusive extension format for specific clients.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value to be set.
• [0:No] : Not used
• [1:Yes] : Use
<NOTE>
• The “FCR-CSL” registered as default is set to [1: Yes].
• If the specific clients shown in the table below are not connected, select [0: No].
(3) If [1: Yes] is selected, the [ID] and [Use Default Annotation] in the lower tree level
can be set. Set referring to the table below.
• [ID]
Enter the ID to differentiate the extension format used by the client.
• [Use Default Annotation]
Select whether to use “Annotation” set at “[PC1-3-5] Annotation”.
• [0:No] : Used
• [1:Yes] : Not used
<NOTE>
• Select [0:No] if “CR” is set for [ID]. Image processing error will result if CR extension format
and annotation are used together.
• [Siemens] setting is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or
later, or V10.0 or later.
DR2000 Series HM No
QA-WS771 CR No
HI-C655 CR No
FUJIFILM CR-IR346CL
CR No
(Console for FCR XG-1)
CR-IR348CL
CR No
(Console for FCR 5000 seires)
Synapse CR No
TP7U0401.EPS
(4) [Update]
(5) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-153
MU-154
<FUNCTION>
If the film size/base color specified by the client differ from that of the printer, set
whether to change film.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select one of the following.
• [0:0116H (W)] (default value)
Enables film to be changed. Details of errors which occur when the film is changed can be
set whether to send to the client or not by setting [Attribute list error (0107H Warning)],
[Attribute value out of range (0116H Warning)], [Image size is larger than imagebox
(B604H Warning)].
• [272:0110H (F)]
Details of errors are sent to the client, without changing the film.
• [21317: 5345H (F)]
Details of errors (unique values for Fuji Film systems) are sent to the client, without
changing the film.
<REMARKS>
Set the following according to the client system.
• QA-WS771: For QA-WS771 software version A05 or later:
[21317:5345H (F)]
For QA-WS771 software version A04 or earlier:
[272:0110H (F)]
• HI-C655: For HI-C655 software version A08/B00 or later:
[21317:5345H (F)]
For HI-C655 software version A07 or earlier:
[272:0110H (F)]
• CR-IR346CL
(Console for FCR XG-1): [21317:5345H (F)]
• CR-IR348CL
(Console for FCR5000 series): [21317:5345H (F)]
• Synapse: [0:0116H (W)]
• Other modalities: Set according to operating environment of installation site.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-154
MU-155
<FUNCTION>
If problems occur when the association of clients which are continuously connected is
disconnected at the timeout value set at the printer, set to ignore timeout.
For details, refer to “Modality Connection List”.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:No] : Ignore timeout
• [1:Yes] : Enable timeout
<NOTE>
Select [0: No] (ignore timeout) for equipment resulting in problems.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to use LUT information sent from the client.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:No] : LUT sent from the client is not used.
• [1:Yes] : LUT sent from the client is used.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-155
MU-156
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to use the pre-removal function for starting removal
operations immediately after receiving the output request to increase the printing
speed.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:No] : The pre-removal function is not used.
• [1:Yes] : The pre-removal function is used.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to use the minimum density value and maximum density
value of the equipment or client.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [0:Printer] : Printer
• [1:modality] : Client
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-156
MU-157
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the filtering of DICOM communication logs.
“M-Utility [1-4-3] Set DICOM”, “5.6 Displaying Logs by Client (Filtering DICOM
Communication Logs)”
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or
V10.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data (dicom.dat) beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [0: No] : Disables filtering.
• [1: Yes] : Enables filtering.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data (dicom.dat) to the equipment, reboot the
equipment.
[PC1-3-1-12] Reprint
<FUNCTION>
Command for enabling/disabling the image reprint function.
“M-Utility [1-1-2-3] Reprint Function”
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or
V10.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [0: No] : Disables the reprint function.
• [1: Yes] : Enables the reprint function.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<NOTE>
For the user to reprint, the user ID needs to be registered.
“5.1 Registering User ID”
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-157
MU-158
[PC1-3-2] Magnify
Command for setting the default value for enlargement/reduction processing.
[PC1-3-2-1] Procedure
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the enlargement/reduction processing.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
[0:A-VR]/[1:SSM]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default smoothing type.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
[1:SHARP]/[2:MEDIUM]/[3:SMOOTH]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-158
MU-159
<FUNCTION>
If A-VR method is selected, set the [Adjustment parameter] (fine tuning) for each the
three modes [SHARP], [MEDIUM], and [SMOOTH].
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the value.
• [Edge detection]
Select [0: OFF] if not performing edge enlargement/reduction processing, or [1:ON] if
performing.
• [Detection level]
Set the edge detection level value in the range of 1 to 1023.
• [Sharpness]
Set the sharpness adjustment parameter in the range of -70 to 300.
• [Character color]
Select [0:White] or [1:Black] for the continuous emphasis density settings flag (the color
specified for characters).
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-159
MU-160
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default values if the client does not send the Requested
Decimate/Crop Behavior tag (image reduction treatment).
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or
V10.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the required settings.
• [1: DECIMATE] : Reduces images by interpolation to fit into the image box.
• [2: CROP] : Cuts away the outer perimeter taking the image center as the origin.
• [3: FAIL] : Rejects reception because the image does not fit into the image box.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-160
MU-161
■ Enlargement/Reduction
● Main unit software version A02 or earlier
Setting Processing Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3
Response status 0000H(S) B604H(W) *1 0116H(W)
Enlargement/ Reduces image by Taking (2010,0060)=CUBIC, Ignoring (2020, 0030),
–
reduction interpolation reduces image by enlarges/reduces image to
(CUBIC interpolation ). interpolation fit into image box
(CUBIC interpolation). (CUBIC interpolation).
● Main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later
Setting Processing Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3
Response status 0000H(S) B60AH(W) *2 0116H(W)
Enlargement/ Reduces image by Taking (2010,0060)=CUBIC, Ignoring (2020, 0030),
reduction interpolation reduces image by enlarges/reduces image to
DECIMATE
(CUBIC interpolation ). interpolation fit into image box. If reducing,
(CUBIC interpolation ). reduces image by
interpolation
(CUBIC interpolation ).
Response status 0000H(S) B609H(W) *2 B609H(W) *2
Enlargement/ Cuts away unnecessary Cuts away unnecessary Centers image enlarged/
reduction parts after centering the parts after centering the reduced (CUBIC
CROP specified image and image specified image and image interpolation ) at the size
box. box. specified by (2020,0030)
with the image box, and cuts
away unnecessary parts.
Response status 0000H(S) C603H(F) C603H(F)
Enlargement/ Reduces image by Images are not received. Images are not received.
FAIL
reduction interpolation
(CUBIC interpolation ).
*1) If the reduction notification B604H (W) is ignored for images that do not fit into the image box at the Configuration
setting regardless of the version, 0000H (S) is returned instead of B604H (W).
*2) Likewise for CROP specification B609H (W), B604H (W) is ignored, and 0000H (S) is returned.
TP7U0412.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-161
MU-162
[PC1-3-3] LUT
Command for setting the default values for the tone correction processing parameters.
<REMARKS>
If performing fine adjustments of LUT for registered clients, the changes made in parameter
values will also be made at the equipment even if individual data is not transferred for every
fine adjustment.
[PC1-3-3-1] Procedure
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the tone correction processing method.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the tone correction processing method.
[0:SAR]/[1:BAR]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default LUT number.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the LUT number.
[1] to [8]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-162
MU-163
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the following parameters for each LUT number (LUT1 to LUT8) in
the lower menu items.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set the following parameters.
• [γ Table No.]
For SAR: 11 to 99 (If the main unit software version is up to A01, set within 11 to 49.)
For BAR: 1 to 20 (If the main unit software version is up to A01, set within 1 to 10.)
• [Max. Density]
For SAR, set the maximum density in multiples of 100 x actual value. (Range: 0 to 300,
330, 360)
For BAR, set the maximum density by percentage. (Range: 0 to 100)
• [Min. Density]
For SAR, set the minimum density in multiples of 100 x actual value. (The value of the
minimum density must be lower than that of the maximum density.) (Range: 0 to 300)
For BAR, the minimum density setting is not required.
• [Contrast:]
Set the contrast in multiples of 100 x actual value. (Range: 10 to 400)
This contrast setting does not exist for the SAR method.
For the SAR method, the following settings are also required for the tone
correction curve tuning (if used).
• [Number of Tuning Points]
Set the number of tuning points in the range of 0 to 5. The following values must be set for
each tuning point when the number of tuning points is set to 1 or more.
• [Density]
Set the tuning density in multiples of 100 (range: 1 to 300).
Follow the rule of Min. density<density<Max. density.
• [Shift]
Set the shift density in multiples of 100 (range: -100 to 100).
Follow the rule of Min. density<density ± shift<Max. density.
• [Contrast]
Set the contrast at the tuning point in multiples of 100 (range: 10 to 400).
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-163
MU-164
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the tone type of Dmax.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set the tone type.
[0:Standard]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-164
MU-165
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the border density.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set the border density in multiples of 100 x actual value (range = 0 to 300).
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
[PC1-3-4-2] Polarity(Pos./Neg.)
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to reverse the black/white of the image.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select whether to reverse the black/white of the image.
• [1:normal(Pos.)] : Black/white reversal off
• [2:reverse(Neg.)] : Black/white reversal on
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the image trim density.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set the image trim density in multiples of 100 x actual value (range = 0 to 300).
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-165
MU-166
[PC1-3-4-4] Trim
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting whether to print trimming.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select whether to print trimming.
• [0:OFF] : Without trim
• [1:ON] : With trim
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the trim width.
<NOTE>
If the setting of the “[PC1-3-4-4] Trim” is [0: OFF] the value set for the “[PC1-3-4-5] Trim Width”
will be invalid.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set the width of the trim in pixels (range = 1 to 9).
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default number of print copies.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set number of print copies in the range of 1 to 99.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-166
MU-167
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the margin between image frames on the film.
<NOTE>
Normally, the default value for the margin between image frames should be used. Do not
change the default setting unless requested by a user because of layout problems.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Set the margin between image frames on the film in the range of 0 to 50 (unit:
pixel).
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting how image frames are arranged.
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select how image frames are arranged.
• [0:concentration]:
Sets the image frames in the center of the film (secures the setting value of [Margin
between Image]).
• [1:spread]:
Sets the image frames in the center within each of the remaining image blocks that are
secured by the setting value of [Margin between Image].
<NOTE>
For [concentration], all images on the film must be of the same size. In the following cases,
images will be arranged by [spread] even if set to [concentration] because image sizes vary.
• When images of different sizes are included on one film.
• If the output image size (width of image) on the film is specified (Requested Image Size) in
the image data sent from the client.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-167
MU-168
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default film size.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the film size.
[1:8IN*10IN]/[2:10IN*14IN]/[3:14IN*14IN]/[4:14IN*17IN]/[5:10IN*12IN]
<NOTE>
Do not select [3:14IN*14IN].
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the default film base color.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the film base color.
[1:blue]/[2:clear]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the film orientation.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the film orientation.
[1:PORTRAIT]/[2:LANDSCAPE]
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-168
MU-169
[PC1-3-4-12] Mirror
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting film surface/back.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select film surface/back.
• [0:OFF(Normal)]: Glossy side to back
• [1:ON(Mirror)] : Glossy side to front
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the density processing calculation method.
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the processing type.
• [0:Type1] : Density processing calculation method which interpolates the measured
density.
• [1:Type2] : Density processing calculation method with smoother tonal representation
than Type 1. Tonal conversion continuity is better in low density areas below
density of 0.4.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-169
MU-169.1
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the destination to discharge film.
<NOTE>
The sorter related parameters set here are applied to image data sent from clients if not
discharge bin number is specified. If the client specifies a discharge bin number, this number
will be used.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select [Upper Tray] or [Bin No. 1] to [Bin No. 10], and specify as film discharge
destination.
• [0:not use] : Film discharge destination not specified.
• [1:use] : Film discharge destination is specified.
<NOTE>
When [Upper Tray] is specified as the discharge destination, film will be discharged to the top
of the equipment. In this case, bins cannot be specified as the discharge destination.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-169.1
MU-169.2
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-169.2
MU-169.3
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-169.3
MU-169.4
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-169.4
MU-170
[PC1-3-5] Annotation
Set and enter the character string of the annotation to be printed on film.
For details on the setting procedure, refer to “5.4 Setting Annotation”.
<NOTE>
• If the same annotation print settings are set for the same position on the film, the output
priority order will be (i) → (ii) → (iii).
• If the CR extension format is set, do not set annotation.
“[PC1-3-1-5] Use Extention format”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-170
MU-171
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the extension of the printing area of annotations along the height
of the characters. Execute this setting command to increase the character size
according to the needs of the hospital.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the height of the area for printing annotations.
• [1] : Area is not extended
• [2] : Extended two times along height
• [3] : Extended three times along height
• [4] : Extended four times along height
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the font type of the annotation.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the font.
• [System] : Font used by the equipment’s system.
• [MS_Gothic] : MS Gothic font
• [MS_Mincho] : MS Mincho font
<NOTE>
Be sure to select [System].
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-171
MU-172
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the size of the annotation font.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the size of the annotation font. (Unit: point)
[8]/[9]/[10]/[11]/[12]/[14]/[16]/[18]/[20]/[22]/[24]/[26]/[28]/[36]/[48]/[72]
<NOTE>
With 20 pix/mm recording, annotation characters are printed smaller than 10 pix/mm
recording.
(3) [Update]
(4) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
<FUNCTION>
Select the place for entering the annotation text, and enter the annotation text
character.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data beforehand.
(2) Select the place for entering the annotation text.
• [Upper Left] : Character string printed on the upper left corner of the film
• [Upper Center] : Character string printed on the top of the film in the center
• [Upper Right] : Character string printed on the upper right corner of the film
• [Lower Left] : Character string printed on the lower left corner of the film
• [Lower Center] : Character string printed on the bottom of the film in the center
• [Lower Right] : Character string printed on the lower right corner of the film
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-172
MU-173
<NOTE>
• If annotations are set to be printed at the bottom of the film, the image area will be smaller
than when this is not set, and images will be printed in reduced size.
• Though annotations can be printed anywhere (upper/lower, left/ center/ right of the film),
they may be missing at some locations. Therefore when printing annotations at several
locations, check that none is missing during printing.
“5.4 Setting Annotation/■ Rules on Location of Annotations”
(4) [Update]
(5) After transferring individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-173
MU-174
[Data Transfer] consists of five functions, according to the data file to be transferred.
The files corresponding to each function are as follows.
• [Indv] : Individual data files
• [Operation] : Equipment operation data files
• [Log] : Log data files
• [Files] : Manually selected data files
• [User Settable] : User settable image data file
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-174
MU-175
■ Button Operations
The following shows functions of buttons used at [Data Transfer]. Some buttons cannot
be implemented according to the function selected.
[PC => Printer] Transfers data files from the PC for servicing to the equipment.
[Backup] Transfers individual data files (*1) saved in the PC for servicing
to a folder on the PC for servicing.
(Used mainly for saving on FDs)
[Printer => PC] Transfers data files from the equipment to the PC for servicing.
<NOTE>
As data files on FDs cannot be transferred to the equipment directly, transfer in the following
order, “FD” → “PC for servicing” → “Equipment”.
FP7U0930.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-175
MU-176
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm
Config
Dicom.dat
Imginf.prm
netinf.prm
DRYPIX
Printers
Establishment name_Printer name
Indv
Individual data file
Operation
FilmCount
Film count file
Maintenance
Maintenance data file
QCData
QC data file
Log
AnalysisDirectory
yymmddhhmmss (date/time)
DICOM
DICOM log file
Client
Client DICOM log file
Output
Output control log file
Spooler
Spooler log file
Event
Event log file
PCUTL
PCUTL log file
Driver
Driver log file
Main
Main control log file
GUI
GUI log file
PRT
IOT.ISC log file
Startup
Startup log file
Backup
Backup log file FP7U0918.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-176
MU-177
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-177
MU-178
[PC2-1] Indv
<FUNCTION>
Command for transferring individual data files.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) If using a FD, insert the FD in the FDD of the PC for servicing (drive A).
(2) Select the type of file to transfer.
• [All] : All individual data
• [Dicom.dat/Imginf.prm] : Dicom.dat and Imginf.prm files
• [gamma2.prm] : gamma2.prm file
(3) Execute transfer.
• [PC => Printer] : Data files are transferred from PC for servicing to equipment
• [Backup] : Data files are transferred from PC for servicing to selected folder (FD)
• [Restore] : Data files are transferred from selected folder (FD) to PC for servicing
• [Printer => PC] : Data files are transferred from equipment to PC for servicing
<NOTE>
When [Backup] or [Restore] is selected, a window for selecting the transfer destination or
transfer source appears. After selecting, click [OK].
→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be
displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-178
MU-179
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-179
MU-180
[PC2-2] Operation
Command for transferring operation data files.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the type of file to be transferred.
• [All] : All equipment operation data
• [Film Count] : Film count data
• [Maintenance Data] : Maintenance data
• [QC Data] : QC data
<NOTE>
[Maintenance Data] and [QC Data] are effective for equipment installing software version A03,
A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.
→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be
displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-180
MU-181
<Transfer Files>
• [Film Count]
• Film count (film_stat*dat)/(film_stat_YYYY_MM_DD.csv)
<REMARKS>
After transferring “film_stat.dat”, the files on number of films used are aggregated, and the
“film_stat_YYYY_MM_DD.csv” file is generated. “YYYY_MM_DD” is the date the file was
generated. If an aggregation file with the same name exists in the folder generated in, this file
is overwritten.
• [Maintenance Data]
• Conduction time file (running_time.csv)
• Start/initialization diagnosis results file (PRT_diagnosis.csv)
• Barcode data file (barcode.csv)
• Error information file (error_info.csv)
• Density measurement data file (density.csv)
• Event log (EventLog.txt)
• [QC Data]
• QC results storage file (QC_Result.csv)
<REMARKS>
The format of files is shown below.
● Film count
film_stat_YYYY_MM_DD.csv (YYYY_MM_DD is the date the file was generated)
File format: kind, date, n1, n2, n3, • • • , n31
• kind : The category values of statistical information on the number of films used
are “tray1”, “tray2”, “tray3”, AE Title, IP address.
• date : The year and month of aggregation of the statistical information on the
number of films used.
• 1-31 : Number of files used between 1st and 31st. (maximum 31)
● Maintenance data
running_time.csv
File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Status
• YYYY/MM/DD : Date
• hh:mm:ss : Time
• Status : Category (“Boot up” at startup and “Shut Down” at shutdown)
PRT_diagnosis.csv
File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Operation, Result, Time, Laser Power, Check Disk
• YYYY/MM/DD : Date
• hh:mm:ss : Time
• Operation : Operation (“Initialization” or “Re-initialization”)
• Result : Results (“Completed” or results code notified from the PRT)
• Time : Initialization time (“mm: Minute, ss: Seconds, “---” if initialization time is
not notified)
• Laser Power : Laser search power (Search power value notified from driver during LD
diagnosis, “---” is notified when LD diagnosis is canceled.)
• Check Disk : Whether check disk is executed or not (“Executed” when check disk is
executed by the OS at startup, and “Nothing” when not executed)
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-181
MU-182
barcode.csv
File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Tray, Detail, Barcode
• YYYY/MM/DD : Date
• hh:mm:ss : Time
• Tray : Tray number (trays 1 to 3 in which film was replaced)
• Detail : Detailed code (Same code as event log recording)
• Barcode : Barcode (Barcode data read)
error_info.csv
File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Error Code, Detail, Comment
• YYYY/MM/DD : Date
• hh:mm:ss : Time
• Error Code : Error Code
• Detail : Detailed code
• Comment : Comment (Information recorded separately from error code)
density.csv
File format: YYYY/MM/DD, hh:mm:ss, Item, Data (This file is recorded in a 3-rows set.)
• YYYY/MM/DD : Date (Common to all rows)
• hh:mm:ss : Time (Common to all rows)
• Item : Data category (1/3: Density, 2/3: Gain, 3/3: Dmax Adjusted)
• YYYY/MM/DD : Date
• Data : Density information (1/3: 24-steps density data of built-in densitometer,
2/3: tonal gain parameter after density measurement, 3/3: Dmax
adjustment parameter)
EventLog.txt
• Error log information acquired during log acquisition
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-182
MU-183
[PC2-3] Log
<FUNCTION>
Command for transferring log data files.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the type of log file to be transferred.
• [All] : Acquires all log file
• [Select Log Type] : Acquires individual logs
• [Backup Log] : Acquires user acquired logs
<NOTE>
• [All] and [Select Log Type] are effective for equipment installing software version A02, A03,
A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later. For version A01 and earlier, use [GetLog] of the [Tool]
menu.
“[PC12] GetLog”
• Clicking [Clear] deselects the log file selected at [Select Log Type].
• [Backup Log] is effective only for equipment installing software version A03, A04, V4.1 or
later, or V10.0 or later.
→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be
displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-183
MU-184
[PC2-4] Files
<FUNCTION>
Command for manually selecting the required data files one at a time and transferring
them.
<OPERATIONS>
■ General Procedure
(1) If using a FD, insert the FD in the FDD of the PC for servicing (drive A).
(2) Select the place storing the files to be transferred.
• [PC] : HD of the PC for servicing
• [Printer] : HD of the equipment
(3) Display the files to be transferred.
• [Indv. Files] : Displays individual data files
• [All Files] : Displays all data files
<NOTE>
• Normally, select [Indv. Files]. If the files to be transferred are not displayed by this selection,
select [All Files].
• If using a FD, do not select [All Files].
<REMARKS>
The files displayed will differ between “PC” and “Printer” selected at step (4). Because files not
related to the DPX7 PC Tool editing function are not displayed, less files will be displayed with
[PC]. However there are some files displayed only by [PC].
<REMARKS>
• To select several files, select them while pressing the <Ctrl> or <Shift> key.
• If using a FD, all individual data will be saved/loaded regardless of the files selected.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-184
MU-185
(4)
→ When file transfer ends normally, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be
displayed.
<REMARKS>
Other than the selected files, files required for specifying the printer will also be transferred.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-185
MU-186
FUJI HOSPITAL
fujiprinter4 Incorrect printer name is registered.
[Restore]
FUJI HOSPITAL
fujiprinter4
fujiprinter1 Printer with correct name will be registered newly,
but the individual data will not be incorporated.
FP7U0910.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-186
MU-187
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-187
MU-188
<OPERATIONS>
(1) “Printer Name”
(2) Select the drive with the image file.
(3) Select the folder with the image file.
(4) Select the image file.
<NOTE>
• Transfer image files one file at a time.
• Files that are applicable to “User Settable” are bitmap files below 8 bits.
• Black/white
• 4-bit bitmap (Compressed format)
• 4-bit bitmap (Non-compressed format)
• 8-bit bitmap (Compressed format)
• 8-bit bitmap (Non-compressed format)
• The bitmap size (number of pixels, number of lines) is 1 at minimum and 8800 at maximum.
Bitmaps exceeding this will result in transfer error during conversion.
• The last image file transferred to the equipment is output by “User Settable”.
<REMARKS>
Clicking [Preview] starts “Paint” (mspaint.exe), allowing the image files selected to be
checked.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-188
MU-189
→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen will be
displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-189
MU-190
[PC3] Upgrading
Perform full installation or version upgrading of the main unit software, and installation
of the various software saved in the HD of the equipment to the MCT board.
<FUNCTION>
Command for transferring software files in the main unit software CD-R to the HD of the
equipment.
Files will be transferred by the following route:
“CD-R” → “FTP folder of the PC for servicing” → “Equipment HD”
<OPERATIONS>
CAUTION
• During version upgrading and full installation, do not perform other procedures like
equipment settings, etc.
• To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full
installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting
must be set to “Disable” beforehand.
After completion of reinstallation procedure, return this setting to “Enable”.
• This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or
later, or V10.1 or later.
<NOTE>
For the equipment shipped with the main unit software version V7.0 or later/ V13.0 or later, the
grid pattern for checking unevenness is set as the default image of [User Settable]. For the
equipment with earlier version, the SMPTE pattern is set. Upgrading the main unit software to
V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later will not replace the User Settable image in the HD.
(1) Set the main unit software CD-R in the PC for servicing.
(2) Select the name of the printer to be installed or version upgraded.
(3) Select CD-ROM drive name.
(4) [Copy]
→ The main unit software will be copied in the FTP folder (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
DRYPIX).
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-190
MU-191
→ When file transfer ends normally, the [System File Load Finish!!] screen will be
displayed.
(7) [OK]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-191
MU-191.1
(8) Perform the following procedure so that the software files transferred to the
equipment HD become effective.
“[PC3-2] Install”
(i) Write the printer OS files transferred to the equipment HD in the MCT board.
[PRT OS] → [Install]
(ii) Write the printer application files transferred to the equipment HD in the MCT
board.
[PRT APL] → [Install]
→ When file transfer end normally, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen is displayed.
(iii) [OK]
(iv) Reboot the equipment.
[Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] → [Reset]
→ The equipment reboots.
(9) If [Full] (full installation) has been performed, reinstalls the individual data.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-191.1
MU-191.2
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-191.2
MU-191.3
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-191.3
MU-191.4
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-191.4
MU-192
[PC3-2] Install
<FUNCTION>
Install the various software in the HD of the equipment (printer applications, printer OS,
and printer installer) in the MCT board.
“M-Utility [1-1-8] Reload Software”
<NOTE>
Reinstall software in the following cases:
• Printer applications/printer OS:
If version changes have been made or problems have occurred in the software controlling
the conveyor/heat development/ density measurement units.
• Printer installer:
If version changes have been made or problems have occurred in the printer installer.
Reinstall this installer before reinstalling the above printer applications/printer OS.
<OPERATIONS>
CAUTION
• During version upgrading and full installation, do not perform other procedures like
equipment settings, etc.
• To upgrade the main unit software version to A02/A03/A04/V10.0 or perform full
installation of these versions in equipment connected with a sorter, sorter setting
must be set to “Disable” beforehand.
After completion of reinstallation procedure, return this setting to “Enable”.
• This setting requires no modification when the equipment is installed with V4.1 or
later, or V10.1 or later.
(2) [Install]
→ Installation is executed.
<REMARKS>
The time required for installation is as follows: (Equipment HD → MCT board)
• [PRT APL] : Approx. 1 minute
• [PRT OS] : Approx. 15 seconds
• [PRT INST] : Approx. 20 seconds
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-192
MU-193
→ When install ends normally, the [Software Install Finish!!] screen is displayed.
(3) [OK]
(4) Reboot the equipment.
[Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [RebootAll] → [Reset]
“[PC9-2-4] Reboot”
→ The equipment reboots.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-193
MU-194
[PC4] Analyzer
<FUNCTION>
Monitors the operating state of the software on the equipment in DICOM
communication (communication between software tasks, calculation results, etc.).
<NOTE>
Use this function only for the purpose of analyzing design when problems occur. Do not set nor
operate it in normal maintenance and installation work. Use as instructed only when requested
by the Service headquarters.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) “Printer name” → [GET LOG]
→ The operation state of the software (dicom.log) is displayed.
Communication with the equipment is terminated when monitoring and display starts.
(2) To display logs by client, select [Client.log], and select the client name from the
dropdown list.
(3) [View]
→ The DICOM communication log of the selected client is displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-194
MU-195
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-195
MU-196
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the name of the printer to perform test printing.
(3) Select the client name (AE Title).
<NOTE>
If [DICOM Print] is already selected when several printers are registered and the printer name
is selected at step (1), the AE Title display may not be updated.
In this case, select other functions using [Setting] etc. first and then select again.
<REMARKS>
Test printing is performed under the various printing conditions set for the above selected
client.
(4) Select which condition of the enlargement/reduction processing parameter set for
the selected client to perform test printing from [Sharp], [Smooth], [Medium], and
[None].
<REMARKS>
With [None], no enlargement/reduction processing is performed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-196
MU-197
(5) [Run]
→ The test print data is transferred to the selected printer and the film is printed.
(2) (3)
→ When data transfer ends normally, the [Test printing is completed.] information is
displayed.
(6) [OK]
<REMARKS>
8-frame images from LUT1 to LUT8 are arranged on the film output in order from the top left to
the bottom right.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-197
MU-198
[PC6] OutPutFilm
CAUTION
If errors occur at the equipment while executing [OutPutFilm], reboot the equipment
and DPX7 PC Tool.
<INSTRUCTION>
When executing [OutPutFilm], be sure to import individual data from the equipment
beforehand.
“[PC9-1-3] indv. Data”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-198
MU-199
[PC6-1] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 24-steps pattern.
“M-Utility [2-1] 24-Steps”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3]Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) [OUTPUT]
→ The 24-steps pattern is printed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-199
MU-200
[PC6-2] 17-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the 17-steps pattern.
“M-Utility [2-2] 17-Steps”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.
(5) [OUTPUT]
→ The 17-steps pattern is printed.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-200
MU-201
[PC6-3] Flat
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the flat pattern.
“M-Utility [2-3] Flat”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-201
MU-202
[PC6-4] Cleaning
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the cleaning film.
“M-Utility [2-4] Cleaning”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) [OUTPUT]
→ The cleaning film is printed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-202
MU-203
[PC6-5] Grid
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the grid pattern.
“M-Utility [2-5] Grid”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.
(5) [OUTPUT]
→ The grid pattern is printed.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-203
MU-204
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing flat patterns and discharging to the sorter.
“M-Utility [2-6] Film out to Sorter”
<REMARKS>
Executable only when set to “[PC1-2-9-8] Sorter: Enable”.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Enter the printing start bin number (1 to 10).
(5) Enter the printing end bin number (1 to 10).
(6) [OUTPUT]
→ The flat pattern is printed to the sorter.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-204
MU-205
[PC6-7] Uniformity
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the uniformity measurement pattern.
“M-Utility [2-7] Uniformity”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.
(5) [OUTPUT]
→ The uniformity measurement pattern is printed.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-205
MU-206
[PC6-8] SMPTE
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the SMPTE pattern.
“M-Utility [2-8] SMPTE”
<REMARKS>
The differences between this function and “[PC5] DICOMPrint” are that this function allows
specification of the number of output frames and specification of the tray. The LUT of the
pattern output is the same.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Select the client name (AE Title).
<REMARKS>
Test printing is performed under the various printing conditions set for the above selected
client.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-206
MU-207
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-207
MU-208
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the User Settable pattern.
“M-Utility [2-9] User Settable”
<NOTE>
This menu is effective for equipment installing software version A03 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Enter the number of films to be printed (1 to 150).
(4) Select the client name (AE Title).
<REMARKS>
Test printing is performed under the various printing conditions set for the above selected
client.
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing the Spatial Resolution pattern (for checking 20 pix/mm
recording).
“M-Utility [2-10] Spatial Resolution”
<NOTE>
This menu is provided in DI Tool software version V2.0 or later, and effective for equipment
installing software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import individual data.
“[PC9-1-3] Indv. data”
(2) Select the film tray.
[TRAY1]/[TRAY2]/[TRAY3]
(3) Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.
(4) [OUTPUT]
→ The Spatial Resolution pattern is printed.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-209
MU-210
[PC7] F.D.C.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-210
MU-211
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing 24-steps patterns and calculating the 24-steps density correction
value from the density data measured by the density measurement section.
The corrected 24-steps density data can also be displayed on the DPX7 PC Tool.
“M-Utility [3-1] AUTO F.D.C.”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]
(2) [Execute]
→ The 24-steps pattern is output and automatic density correction is executed.
• To display the correction values, click [Display].
→ The measured density value of each pattern is displayed.
• To change the shift value for high density correction, select [Adjust Dmax] and
adjust.
[4] to [-3]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-211
MU-212
<FUNCTION>
Command for printing 17-steps pattern, and displaying 17-steps density data
measured by the density measurement section on the DPX7 PC Tool.
“M-Utility [3-2] Check Density”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]
(2) Select the Dmax.
[2.64]/[3.0]/[3.3]/[3.6]
<REMARKS>
Select from the three tone types selected at “[PC1-2-9-9] Step Type”.
(3) [Execute]
→ The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the 17-steps data is displayed on the DPX7 PC
Tool.
(4) Check the results of execution.
(5) [OK]
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-212
MU-213
● Reference Value
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-213
MU-214
[PC7-3] 24-Steps
<FUNCTION>
Command for outputting the 24-steps pattern using the current setting value.
“M-Utility [3-5-1] 24-Steps”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film tray.
[Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]
(2) [Execute]
→ The 24-steps pattern is printed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-214
MU-215
<FUNCTION>
Command for entering the 24-steps pattern measured using the external densiometer,
and creating density correction information.
“M-Utility [3-4] Manual F.D.C.”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Output 24-steps pattern at “[PC7-3] 24-Steps”.
(2) Select the tray.
[Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]
(3) Measure the film output at step (1) using an external densiometer, and enter the
density values of each step (1 to 399).
<NOTE>
The specified values for the input range of each step are as follows.
• Should be between 0 and 399.
• Should be above the density value of the previous step.
(4) [Execute]
→ Correction is executed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-215
MU-216
[PC7-5] Calibration
<FUNCTION>
Command for creating density calibration table for calibrating the internal densiometer
and initializing the densiometer calibration table.
“M-Utility [3-5-2] Calibration”, “[3-5-3] Clear Calib Table”
<OPERATIONS>
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-216
MU-217
[PC7-6] Uniformity
<FUNCTION>
Command for transferring uniformity correction data in the PC for servicing to the
equipment.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Execute]
→ The correction data is transferred.
<FUNCTION>
Command for clearing the uniformity correction data to zero.
“M-Utility [3-6-1] Clear Table”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Execute]
→ The correction data is cleared.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-217
MU-218
[PC7-6-3] Input
<FUNCTION>
Command for entering uniformity correction data.
“M-Utility [3-6-2] Input”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Measure the uniformity measurement pattern output at “[PC6-7] Uniformity” using
an external densiometer, and repeatedly enter the required number of
measurement data.
(Number=Low Density/High Density: 15 each)
(2) [Execute]
→ Correction is executed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-218
MU-219
<FUNCTION>
Command for monitoring whether the density measurement sensor of the internal
densiometer is operating normally or not.
“M-Utility [3-5-4] DM Sensor Monitoring”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Start]
→ The state of the density measurement sensor is displayed at a certain cycle.
(2) Block the density measurement section sensor with a film, and check that the
displayed value changes.
Check that a low value is displayed for high density parts of the film, and a high
value for low density parts.
(3) [End]
→ The display stops.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-219
MU-220
[PC8] Check
<FUNCTION>
Command for initializing the main scanning width adjustment value and main scanning
starting position adjustment value.
“M-Utility [4-3-4] Initialize Scanner”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Execute]
→ Initialization is executed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-220
MU-221
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the scanning width (compression rate in main scanning direction)
and scanning position (starting position in main scanning direction).
“M-Utility [4-3-1] Scanning Width”, “[4-3-2] Scanning Position”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-221
MU-222
<OPERATIONS>
(5) [Execute]
(6) Output and check the grid pattern again.
● Example of Input
FP7U0309.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-222
MU-223
C C
C C
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
C 300± 1.2 300 ±1.2 200 ±1.2 200.8 ±1.2 FP7U0310.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-223
MU-224
(5) [Execute]
(6) Output and check the grid pattern again.
● Example of Input
FP7U0913.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-224
MU-225
B A
B A B A
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size
|A-B| ≤ 1.2 ≤ 1.2 ≤ 2.0 FP7U0314.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-225
MU-226
<FUNCTION>
Turn ON and then OFF the polygon motor and the laser diode (LD).
“M-Utility [4-1] Polygonal Motor, [4-2] LD”
<OPERATIONS>
● [Polygonal Motor]
(1) [Polygonal Motor]
(2) [ON]
→ The polygon motor rotates.
(3) [OFF]
→ The polygon motor stops.
● [LD]
(1) [LD]
(2) Select the [Optical Power] (optical value).
[High]/[Middle]/[Low]
(3) [Execute]
→ The LD value set is transferred to the equipment.
(4) [ON]
→ The LD lights up.
(5) [OFF]
→ The LD light goes off.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-226
MU-227
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Execute]
→ Diagnosis is carried out in the order of polygon, LD, start point detection, and leading
edge detection. (About 30 seconds)
If problems are detected, the [Error!] screen is displayed.
<REMARKS>
When self-diagnosis ends, the [Execute] button becomes active.
START
Error
Polygon diagnosis “Error!”
Normal
Error
LD diagnosis “Error!”
Normal
Error
Start point
detection diagnosis “Error!”
Normal
Error
Leading edge
detection diagnosis “Error!”
Normal
END FP7U0914.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-227
MU-228
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing diagnosis in the initialization of the PRN board, and
implementing fuse and memory check.
“M-Utility [4-4-2] PRN Board Test”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Execute]
→ Diagnosis starts. (About 1 minute 45 seconds)
If problems occur, the [Error!!] screen is displayed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-228
MU-229
[PC8-2-1] Moving
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the removal mechanism.
“M-Utility [5-1-3] Unit Operation”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the tray to be used.
[Tray1]/[Tray2]/[Tray3]
(2) Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Film Surface]
→ [Film Suction] → [Lower Limit of Film Fanning] → [Film Fanning] → [Film
Release] → [Film Convey].
<REMARKS>
Can be returned to the home position from any position.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-229
MU-230
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the conveyance motor.
“M-Utility [5-2-1] Motor Operation”
<REMARKS>
• It may not be possible to select all operation types (CW/CCW) for some motors.
• After the motor is started, it will continue driving unless it is stopped or communication is
terminated.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-230
MU-231
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Motor type].
[MD1]/[MD2]/[ME1]/[MG1]/[MJ1]
(2) Select [Operation type].
[CW]/[CCW]
MJ1:CW
MG1:CCW
MD2:CW
ME1:CW
MD1:CW
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-231
MU-232
[PC8-2-1-3] Grip
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the grip motor.
“M-Utility [5-3] Grip”
<NOTE>
When performing individual operations of [MD4], errors will occur if not performed in the
correct order.
<REMARKS>
After completing operations, it will remain in the gripped state unless [Home Positioning] is
performed or communication is terminated.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Motor Type].
[MD3]/[MD4]
<REMARKS>
• MD3: Gripping release motor
• MD4: Cleaning roller grip release motor
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-232
MU-233
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing film positioning operation.
“M-Utility [5-5] Positioning Film”
<NOTE>
Errors will occur if individual operations are not performed in the correct order.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the film size.
[14x17(35x43cm)]/[14x14(35x35cm)]/[10x14(26x36cm)]/[10x12(25x30cm)]/[8x10
(20x25cm)]
(2) Select [Kind].
Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Positioning].
Check individual operations in the order of [Home Positioning] → [Positioning
Film].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-233
MU-234
<FUNCTION>
Adjust the film conveyance speed (pps) of the sub-scanning unit.
“M-Utility [5-2-3] Adjusting Subscanner”
<OPERATIONS>
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-234
MU-235
F F
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
F 413.0 ±1.2 226.5 ±1.0 225.0 ±1.0 200.0 ±0.8 FP7U0307.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-235
MU-236
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of each actuator.
“M-Utility [5-4] Other Actuators”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Unit type].
[SOLA11]/[SOLA21]/[SOLA31]/[SOLJ1]/[CLD1]
(2) [ON]
→ The selected actuator operates.
(3) Check the selected operation.
(4) [OFF]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-236
MU-237
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of sorter motor (MT1).
“M-Utility [5-8-1] Motor MT1”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [ON]
→ The sorter motor (MT1) rotates.
(2) Check MT1 operation.
(3) [OFF]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-237
MU-238
[PC8-2-1-8] Solenoids
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the bin switching solenoids (SOLT1
to SOLT9).
“M-Utility [5-8-2] Solenoids”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the solenoid.
[SOLT1]/[SOLT2]/[SOLT3]/[SOLT4]/[SOLT5]/[SOLT6]/[SOLT7]/[SOLT8]/[SOLT9]
(2) [ON]
→ The selected solenoid operates.
(3) Check the operations of the solenoid.
(4) [OFF]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-238
MU-239
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing sensor monitoring of the sorter.
“M-Utility [5-8-3] Sensor Monitor”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Single]/[All].
(2) If [Single] is selected, select the monitoring sensor.
(3) [ON]
• If [Single] is selected : The state of the sensor selected is displayed.
• If [All] is selected : The state of all sensors is displayed.
(4) [OFF]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-239
MU-240
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing sensor monitoring of the equipment.
“M-Utility [5-6] Sensor Monitor”
<NOTE>
The F5VM and RMTPWR monitoring functions are currently not available.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [All]/[Single].
If [Single] is selected, select the monitoring sensor.
(2) [ON]
• If [All] is selected : The state of all sensors is displayed.
• If [Single] is selected : The state of the sensor selected is displayed.
(3) [OFF]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-240
MU-241
SA13 Tray lock detection sensor (U) Lock is not released Lock is released
SA23 Tray lock detection sensor (M) Lock is not released Lock is released
SA33 Tray lock detection sensor (L) Lock is not released Lock is released
SA11 Film pack/shutter detection sensor (U) Film pack/shutter is present No film pack/shutter
SA21 Film pack/shutter detection sensor (M) Film pack/shutter is present No film pack/shutter
SA31 Film pack/shutter detection sensor (L) Film pack/shutter is present No film pack/shutter
SA12 Tray detection switch (U) Film tray is not set Film tray is set
SA22 Tray detection switch (M) Film tray is not set Film tray is set
SA32 Tray detection switch (L) Film tray is not set Film tray is set
SB11 Suction cup HP detection sensor (U) Not at home position At home position
SB12 Film surface detection sensor (U) Suction cup has reached film Suction cup has not reached film
SB21 Suction cup HP detection sensor (M) Not at home position At home position
SB22 Film surface detection sensor (M) Suction cup has reached film Suction cup has not reached film
SB31 Suction cup HP detection sensor (L) Not at home position At home position
SB32 Film surface detection sensor (L) Suction cup has reached film Suction cup has not reached film
Removal conveyance
SB13 Film is at removal unit exit Film is not at removal unit exit
detection sensor (U)
Removal conveyance
SB23 Film is at removal unit exit Film is not at removal unit exit
detection sensor (M)
Removal conveyance
SB33 Film is at removal unit exit Film is not at removal unit exit
detection sensor (L)
SD1 Upper conveyor unit entrance sensor Film is at U turn guide entrance Film is not at U turn guide entrance
SD2 Upper conveyor unit exit sensor Film is at upper conveyor unit exit Film is not at upper conveyor unit exit
SD3 Upper grip position detection sensor
Detection state differs according to combination of sensor ON/OFF
SD4 Lower grip position detection sensor
Cleaning roller grip position
SD5 Cleaning roller grip is at grip position Cleaning roller grip is not at grip position
detection sensor
Positioning guide HP detection Positioning guide (upper) is not at
SD6 Positioning guide (U) is at home position
sensor (U) home position
Positioning guide HP detection Positioning guide (lower) is not at
SD7 Positioning guide (L) is at home position
sensor (L) home position
SJ1 Film release unit film detection sensor Film at film release unit No film at film release unit
SK1 Jam clear cover interlock switch Jam clear cover is open Jam clear cover is closed
SK2 Front cover interlock switch Front cover is open Front cover is closed
TP7U0405.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-241
MU-242
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-242
MU-243
[PC8-2-3] Other
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing individual operations of the fan for the I/F board.
“M-Utility [5-7-1] Board FAN”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [ON]
→ The fan rotates.
(2) [OFF] → [intermittent]
→ The fan returns to the normal operations.
<NOTE>
After executing fan operations, rebooting the equipment returns it to normal operations
[intermittent].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-243
MU-244
<FUNCTION>
If I/F related errors such as SIO communication error occur, perform the serial I/F loop
back test, and check the operations between boards.
Selecting [Sorter] executes the loop back test between the MCT board and SRT board,
and selecting [Barcode Reader] executes the loop back test between the SNS board
and BCR.
“M-Utility [5-7-2] Serial I/F”
<INSTRUCTIONS>
• Before executing the loop back test by [Sorter], short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J2 and J3
of the MCT board. (Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.)
Also set “[PC1-2-9-8] Sorter” to “Disable”.
• Before executing the loop back test by [Barcode Reader], perform the following
beforehand because jumper pins need to be set for each film tray.
• Upper film tray: Short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J1 and J2 of the SNS board.
(Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.)
• Middle film tray: Short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J3 and J4 of the SNS board.
(Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.)
• Lower film tray: Short-circuit pins 2 and 3 of J5 and J6 of the SNS board.
(Normally, pins 1 and 2 are short-circuited.)
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-244
MU-245
<OPERATIONS>
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-245
MU-246
<FUNCTION>
Command for executing the HDD test and checking hard disk operations when errors
occur while data is transferred from the PC board to the hard disk (reading or writing).
When HDD test is executed, check disk is performed on the R/W partitions in the hard
disk.
“M-Utility [5-7-3] HDD Test”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Execute]
→ Diagnosis starts.
(2) Check the results of execution for Drive 1 to Drive 5.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-246
MU-247
<FUNCTION>
Command for executing the DPRAM test and checking DPRAM operations when
communication errors such as FMT communication timeout error occur.
When the DPRAM test is executed, the R/W test of the Dual Port RAM mounted on the
MCT board is performed.
“M-Utility [5-7-4] DPRAM Test”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [START]
→ Test starts.
(2) [STOP]
→ If problems are detected, the number of errors occurred is displayed at “Number of
errors:”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-247
MU-248
<FUNCTION>
Command for executing inter-board test and checking control operations when errors
occur in control operations of the MCT board and SNS board.
Executing the inter board test implements the control signal line/address data line tests
between the MCT board and SNS board.
“M-Utility [5-7-5] Inter Board Test”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [START]
→ Test starts.
(2) [STOP]
→ If problems are detected, the number of errors occurred is displayed at “Number of
errors:”.
<NOTE>
The interboard communication test is repeated until [STOP] is selected.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-248
MU-249
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing LAN port tests.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [TEST]
→ LAN port tests are started. If errors are detected, details are displayed at “Diagnosis:”.
Use is prohibited.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-249
MU-250
[PC8-3] Heat-Developer
[PC8-3-1] Temperature
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing temperature monitoring of each thermistor.
“M-Utility [6-1] Temperature”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [START]
→ The measured temperature of each thermistor is displayed ten times larger.
The measured value is updated every 1.2 seconds.
(2) [STOP]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-250
MU-251
[PC8-3-2] Heating
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing ON/OFF operations of each heater.
“M-Utility [6-2] Heating”
CAUTION
When the upper limit temperature is reached, the heater is turned OFF by the thermal
protector.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Stop all heaters.
[ALL] → [OFF]
(2) Select a heater.
[HG1]/[HG2]/[HG3]/HG4]/[HG5]/[HG6]/[HG7]/[HG8]/[HG9]/[ALL]
(3) [ON]
→ The selected heater heats up.
(4) Stop this heater.
[OFF]
(5) Return all heaters to normal temperature control operations.
[ALL] → [INTERMITTENT]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-251
MU-252
<FUNCTION>
Command for performing ON/OFF operations of the cooling fan.
“M-Utility [6-3] Fan Operation”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select [Group A] or [Group B].
<REMARKS>
• [Group A] : FANG1, FANG3
• [Group B] : FANG2
(2) [ON]
→ The fan rotates.
(3) [OFF] → [intermittent]
→ The fan returns to normal operations.
<NOTE>
After executing fan operations, rebooting the equipment returns it to normal operations
[intermittent].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-252
MU-253
<FUNCTION>
Command for controlling ON/OFF of the heater temperature control.
“M-Utility [6-4] Temp. Control”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the operation type.
• [ON] : Temperature control is performed.
• [OFF] : Temperature control is not performed.
<REMARKS>
Rebooting the equipment returns the setting to [ON].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-253
MU-254
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the initial value of the targeted temperature of each heater.
“M-Utility [6-5] Set Heater Temp.”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the heater.
[HG1]/[HG2]/[HG3]/[HG4]/[HG5]/[HG6]/[HG7]/[HG8]/[HG9]
(2) Enter the initial targeted temperature value (100 to 130 °C). (In units of 0.1 °C)
(3) [SET]
→ The initial value of the targeted temperature of each heater changes.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-254
MU-255
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-255
MU-256
[PC9] Control
<FUNCTION>
Command for saving data files for analysis stored in the equipment’s PC board in the
HD, and transfer to the PC for servicing.
“M-Utility [1-3-3] Store Log Files”
<REMARKS>
• The saved analysis data is shown below.
• Text file of error logs and various settings information
• Communication logs (external input, formatter, formatter to printer, printer ISC)
• The error log data is saved under the filename “AppEvt.txt”.
• The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution.
• The analysis data transferred to the PC for servicing are saved in the “LOG” folder.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-256
MU-257
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Save IOT Log] → [Execute]
→ At this point, data files for analysis are saved in the HD of the equipment. When the
data is saved, the [Save ITO Log completed.] screen is displayed.
(2) [Transfer Analysis Log] → [Execute]
→ Data files for analysis saved in the HD of the equipment are saved in the PC for
servicing. When the data transfer is completed, the [Transfer Analysis Log
completed.] screen is displayed.
<NOTE>
With main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later, executing
[Transfer Analysis Log] saves the latest data files for analysis at this point in the PC for
servicing.
<FUNCTION>
Command for displaying error log lists and deleting error logs.
“M-Utility [1-3-1] Display Error Log”, “[1-3-2] Clear”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Display Error Log] → [Execute]
→ The error log list is displayed.
<REMARKS>
Executing [Display Error Log] saves the error log data (AppEvt.txt) in the “Indv” folder.
<FUNCTION>
Command for transferring individual data.
<REMARKS>
The individual data transferred to the PC for servicing is saved in the “Indv” folder.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Save from the printer] → [Execute]
→ The individual data is transferred to the PC for servicing.
When transfer ends, the [File transfer is completed.] screen is displayed.
(2) Change and backup the individual data.
(3) [Load to the printer] → [Execute]
→ The individual data is transferred to the equipment.
When transfer ends, the [File transfer is completed.] screen is displayed.
(4) Reboot the equipment.
“Printer name” → [Control] → [System Config] → [Reboot] → [Reboot All] →
[Reset]
“[PC9-2-4] Reboot”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-258
MU-259
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the system date and time.
“M-Utility [1-1-1] Set Date/time”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the system date and time (year/month/day hour:miniute).
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-259
MU-260
<FUNCTION>
Command for saving the various configuration settings.
“M-Utility [1-1-3-2] Save Config”
<REMARKS>
Configuration settings saved on this menu can be recovered by [Recover] of “[PC9-2-3]
Initialize”.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [Recover] → [Memory]
→ The current configuration settings are saved in the HD of the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-260
MU-261
[PC9-2-3] Initialize
<FUNCTION>
Command for returning the various configuration settings to the state saved in “[PC9-2-
2] Save Config.” or setting at shipment, and initializing some of the data managed by
the system.
“M-Utility [1-1-3-1] Recover”, “[1-1-3-3] Initialization”
<NOTE>
The following are data initialized when [Recover] is executed.
• Number of remaining film
• User counter
• Total counter
• Error log
Executing [Initialize (manufacture)] initializes the following data in addition to the above.
• Various configuration data
• Whether I/O tracer is executed or not
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the initialization type.
• [Initialize (manufacture)] : State at shipment
• [Recover] : State saved in “[PC9-2-2] Save Config.”.
(2) [Set]
→ Initialization is executed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-261
MU-262
[PC9-2-4] Reboot
<FUNCTION>
If the equipment needs to be rebooted after completing settings, execute this menu to
reboot it.
“M-Utility [1-1-7] Reboot”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Select the reset type.
• [Power OFF] : Turns OFF the power of the equipment.
• [Reboot All] : Reboots the equipment.
(2) [Reset]
→ The equipment is rebooted.
<NOTE>
Executing “[PC9-2-4] Reboot” turns OFF the power of the equipment and displays the [LOGIN
Failure] screen because communication is cut off.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-262
MU-263
<FUNCTION>
Check the number of films used on each film tray, set the total number of films to be
used per film tray, and clear the total counter to zero.
<NOTE>
If the total counter is not cleared once to zero after installation, [Cumulative Count] and [Total
Counter] will show the same values.
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Click [Set Counters].
→ The cumulative count of each film tray after it has been cleared to zero the previous
time and total counter are displayed for each film tray.
(2) To clear [Cumulative Count] to zero, click [TrayX UserCounter Clear].
→ The number of films used on the equipment is cleared to zero.
(3) To set the total number of films used, enter the desired value in the [Total
Counter].
(4) [Set]
→ The total counter value of the equipment changes.
<REMARKS>
If the value entered at [Total Counter] is smaller than that at [Cumulative Count], it will be
replaced with the value of [Cumulative Count].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-263
MU-264
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the number of film remaining in each film tray.
“M-Utility [5-1-2] Set Remain.Films”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Enter the number of films remaining in each film tray.
(2) [Set]
→ The number of films remaining in the equipment is changed.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-264
MU-265
<FUNCTION>
Command for testing the buzzer sound function of the operation panel.
“M-Utility [1-5-6] Sound Test”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) [ON]
→ The buzzer of the operation panel sounds.
(2) [OFF]
→ The buzzer stops.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-265
MU-266
<FUNCTION>
Command for setting the animation display speed during film loading and removal of
jammed film.
“M-Utility [1-5-5] ANIMATION”
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Set the display speed.
• [Slow] : Speed becomes slower
• [Fast] : Speed becomes faster
(2) [Execution]
→ The settings are transferred to the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-266
MU-267
Use is prohibited.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-267
MU-268
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Import the individual data.
(2) [Film Counter]
→ The [Film Counter] screen is displayed.
<REMARKS>
Though [Film Counter] starts from the DPX7 PC Tool, it will operate independently from the
DPX7 PC Tool after starting because it is a different application. (Example: Even if the DPX7
PC Tool is ended after displaying the [Film Counter] screen, [Film Counter] does not end.)
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-268
MU-269
(6) [OK]
→ The output film count is displayed.
<REMARKS>
Click [CLEAR] to clear the displayed count.
(7) [Close]
→ [Film Counter] ends.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-269
MU-270
<OPERATIONS>
<REMARKS>
• Though [Print Queue ] starts from the DPX7 PC Tool, it will operate independently from the
DPX7 PC Tool after starting because it is a different application. (Example: Even if the DPX7
PC Tool is ended after displaying the [PrintJobList] screen, [Print Queue] does not end.)
• As communication is carried out via the DICOM interface, the equipment will not set into the
offline state even if [Print Queue] is started.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-270
MU-271
■ [PrintJobList] Screen
The following shows the displayed contents of the [PrintJobList] screen.
<REMARKS>
• Clicking the row name [AE Title], etc. sorts in the ascending or descending order at the
character string of the row.
• By selecting [Refresh] of the [View] menu, the display can be updated to the latest state.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-271
MU-272
■ Deleting Jobs (Main Unit Software Version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or
later)
(1) Select the job to be deleted at the [PrintJobList] screen. (Several can be selected)
(2) Select [Delete] or [Delete All] from the [Edit] menu.
→ The selected job is deleted, and the [PrintJobList] screen is updated.
<NOTE>
Jobs which can be deleted are those which are not displayed in the [Status] column (not
processed) and those indicated as “FAILURE” (error occurred) in the [Status] column.
■ Changing the Output Priority Order of Print Jobs (Main Unit Software Version A02,
A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later)
(1) Double-click the job whose priority order in printing is to be changed on the
[PrintJobList] screen.
→ The [Change Priority] screen is displayed.
<NOTE>
Applicable jobs for changing priority are those not displayed in the [Status] column (not
processed).
<REMARKS>
After selecting a job whose priority order in printing must be changed on the [PrintJobList]
screen, [Priority] can be selected from the [Edit] menu.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-272
MU-273
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-273
MU-274
[PC12] Tool
[PC12-1] GetLog
<FUNCTION>
This function is a log acquisition tool for acquiring logs while the DRYPIX 7000 is
running (including after transitioning to the routine mode/during utility mode).
<OPERATIONS>
(1) Click the name of the printer for which log is to be acquired.
(2) Select [GetLog] from the [Tool] menu.
→ The [Get Log] screen for selecting the log data type is displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-274
MU-275
(4) [Get]
→ The log data is transferred to the PC for servicing.
When transfer ends normally, the [File Transfer completed.] screen is displayed.
<REMARKS>
The log data transferred to the PC for servicing is saved in the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
DRYPIX\Printers\Establishment name_Printer name\Log\AnalysisDirectory\date time of log
acquisition” folder.
TP7U0403.EPS
[PC12-2] HW AutoCheck
[HW AutoCheck] is not supported for this equipment.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-275
MU-276
■ Setting Procedure
(1) For printers already registered with the user ID, import individual data (User.id).
(2) If currently communicating with the equipment, click [Setting] to cancel the
communication.
(3) “Printer Name” → [Option] → [User ID]
<REMARKS>
[Comment] can be entered as required.
(7) [OK]
→ The settings made are displayed at the [User.id] screen.
(8) To register other user IDs, repeat steps (4) to (7).
<REMARKS>
• By deleting all user ID, entering the user ID can be omitted. To delete user ID, select [Delete]
from the [Edit] menu after selecting registered user ID.
• In the above screen, settings can be changed by double-clicking the desired setting or
selecting [Change] from the [Edit] menu after selecting that desired setting to display the
[UserID] screen.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-277
MU-278
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-278
MU-279
■ Setting Procedure
(1) Import individual data.
(2) [Setting] → “Printer name” → [Config] → [Option]
(3) Set [QC] to “Enable” to enable the QC function.
(4) [Update]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-279
MU-280
■ Setting Procedure
(1) Import individual data.
(2) [Setting] → “Printer name” → “Client name” → [Protocol]
(3) Set [Reprint] to “Yes” to enable the reprint function.
<REMARKS>
The reprint function can also be set to enable/disable using the M-Utility.
[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Reprint Function]
“M-Utility [1-1-2-3] Reprint Function”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-280
MU-281
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-281
MU-282
(6) Select the position to be printed annotation, and enter the character string.
<NOTE>
• If annotations are set to be printed at the bottom of the film, the image area will be smaller
than when this is not set, and images will be printed in reduced size.
• Though annotations can be printed anywhere (upper/lower, left/ center/ right of the film),
they may be missing at some locations. Therefore when printing annotations at several
locations, check that none is missing during printing.
“■ Rules on Location of Annotations”
• Up to 64 one-byte size characters can be entered.
• In addition to standard characters, macros are also available.
• If the annotation character string becomes long after macro conversion, make sure that no
characters are missing.
“■ List of Macro Definitions”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-282
MU-283
(7) [Update]
(8) After transferring the individual data to the equipment, reboot the equipment.
(9) Print the film, and check that no characters are missing.
<NOTE>
If characters are chipped along the height, extend the annotation print area.
“[PC1-3-5-1] Annotation Height”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-283
MU-284
Film
<REMARKS>
For hospitals switching between portrait and landscape when printing images, set [Annotation]
using the portrait. As the printing area is formatted smaller with portrait, missing characters can
be prevented by adjusting the printing area with portrait beforehand.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-284
MU-285
<NOTE>
• If the annotation character string becomes long after macro conversion, make sure that no
characters are missing.
• “%ALIAS%” is valid for main unit software version A02, A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or
later.
• “%REPRINT%” is valid for main unit software version A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or
later.
• To print the print ID, there is a need to set [Reprint] to “Yes”.
“5.3 Setting Reprint”
<REMARKS>
For example, to print the hospital name, print request date and time information as follows,
enter as indicated.
FUJIFILM<sp>HOSPITAL<sp>2003.05.12<sp>09:51
“FUJIFILM<sp>HOSPITAL<sp>%YYYY%.%MM%.%DD%<sp>%TIME%”
(Note: <sp> designates a space.)
For details on printing client alias in the annotation character string, refer to “■ Setting
Client Alias”.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-285
MU-286
(1) For printer already registered with the client alias, import individual data (IP
Address_Alias.txt).
(2) If currently communicating with the equipment, click [Setting] to cancel the
communication.
(3) “Printer name” → [Option] → [IP Address Alias]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-286
MU-287
<REMARKS>
[Comment] can be entered as required.
(6) [OK]
→ The settings made are displayed at the [IPAddress_Alias] window.
(7) To assign an alias to other clients, repeat steps (4) to (6).
<REMARKS>
In the above screen, settings can be changed by double-clicking the desired setting or
selecting [Change] from the [Edit] menu after selecting that desired setting to display the [IP
Address Alias] window.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-287
MU-288
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-288
MU-289
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-289
MU-290
■ Setting Procedure
(1) Import individual data.
(2) [Setting] → “Printer name” → [Config] → [Option]
(3) Set [User Settable] to “Enable” to enable the user settable image output function.
“[PC1-2-9-11] User Settable”
(4) [Update]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-290
MU-291
<REMARKS>
The user settable image output function can also be set to enable/disable using the M-Utility.
[System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Option] → [User Settable]
“M-Utility [1-1-2-4] Options”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-291
MU-291.1
→ When file transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] screen is displayed.
(11) Reboot the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-291.1
MU-291.2
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-291.2
MU-291.3
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-291.3
MU-291.4
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-291.4
MU-292
■ Setting Procedure
(1) Import individual data (dicom.dat).
(2) [Setting] → “Printer name” → “Client name” → [Protocol]
(3) Set [Logging Client] to “Yes” to enable the setting of the filtering of DICOM
communication logs.
“[PC1-3-1-11] Logging Client”
(4) [Update]
(5) Transfer individual data (dicom.dat) to the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-292
MU-293
■ Displaying Procedure
(1) “Printer name” → [Analyzer]
(2) [GET LOG]
→ The DICOM communication log is displayed.
(3) Select [Client.log], and select the client name from the dropdown list.
(4) [View]
→ The DICOM communication log of the selected client is displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-293
MU-294
■ Adjusting Procedure
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Do not display the screen for setting client of [Setting] while using the SAR MAKER. If
displayed, adjustment values may not be reflected, but reflected in other clients.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-294
MU-295
<NOTE>
[4.0] of [Density] (Dmax4.0) is provided in DI Tool software version V3.0 or later, and effective
for equipment installing software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.
(4) Select [Density] (maximum density) and [Color] (film base color).
(5) [OK]
(6) Select [GAMMA No.].
→ The tone curve (gamma curve) is drawn. (dark red)
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-295
MU-295.1
(10) [Adjust]
→ The input data is reflected, and the converted tone curve is drawn. (bright red)
<REMARKS>
Two tone curves can be drawn at the same time. The second tone curve is drawn in blue. Note,
however, that only the LUT data adjusted last is saved to “sar_savedata.txt”.
(11) [Save]
→ The [save complete] screen is displayed, and the converted LUT data is saved under
the filename “sar_savedata.txt”. This file is saved in the folder “C:\Program Files\
FujiFilm\DRYPIX”.
<REMARKS>
“sar_savedata.txt” saves the data creation date/time, GAMMA No., DMAX, DMIN, fine
adjustment points and QL values at 48 points, and density values.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-295.1
MU-295.2
(12) [POST]
→ The [Post] screen appears.
(13) At the [Post] screen, select the printer name, client name, and LUT number for
reflecting the values adjusted using SAR MAKER.
(14) [Execute]
→ The [Post Completed] screen is displayed, and the adjustment values are reflected in
the LUT number of the selected client.
(15) Click to close SAR MAKER.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-295.2
MU-295.3
(17) Check that the adjustment values are reflected in the LUT number selected at
step (13).
(18) Transfer the individual data to the equipment.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-295.3
MU-295.4
■ Other functions
#2
[Click]
#1
[Enter]
FP7U0957.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-295.4
MU-296
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-296
MU-297
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-297
MU-298
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-298
MU-299
CAUTION
As full installation is executed and the main unit software is set to the default state, do
not select click [Recover] .
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-299
MU-300
■ List of Directories
Drive Lower Directory Access Remarks
drive E:
BackupDir Reference only Temporary directory in version upgrading
Driver Reference only Same as above
Image Reference only Same as above
PanelDriver Reference only Same as above
Param Reference only Same as above
Program Reference only Same as above
BackupLog Reference only For log file (Used in backup of logs)
DICOM Reference only Same as above
Client Reference only Same as above (Used for DICOM filtering function)
Driver Reference only Same as above
EventLog Reference only Same as above
GUI Reference only Same as above
Main Reference only Same as above
Output Reference only Same as above
PCUTL Reference only Same as above
Spooler Reference only Same as above
CalTemp Not applicable Used in internal processing
Driver Reference, Update
Image Reference, Update
List Reference, Update (Individual data list file)
Log Reference only Log file
DICOM Reference only Same as above
Client Reference only Same as above (Used for DICOM filtering function)
Driver Reference only Same as above
EventLog Reference only Same as above
GUI Reference only Same as above
Main Reference only Same as above
Output Reference only Same as above
PCUTL Reference only Same as above
Spooler Reference only Same as above
PanelDriver Reference, Update
param Reference, Update (Current individual data)
Custom Reference, Update (Directory for saving individual data during installation)
Install Reference, Update (Directory for saving default individual data)
Manufacture Reference, Update (Directory for saving individual data at factory)
program Reference, Update
Temp Not applicable Used in internal processing
UniTemp Not applicable Used in internal processing
VersionupDir Reference, Update
Driver Reference, Update
Image Reference, Update
PanelDriver Reference, Update
param Reference, Update
program Reference, Upda
TP7U0409.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-300
MU-301
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-301
MU-302
■ Adjusting Procedure
(1) Copy “PRT_MARGIN.txt” to the “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers\
Establishment name_Printer name\Indv” folder.
(2) Open and edit “PRT_MARGIN.txt” using the text editor such as Notepad.
<NOTE>
For all film sizes, set the range of leading edge margin values to 5 to 60 for 10 pix/mm
recording and 10 to 120 for 20 pix/mm recording.
If the leading edge margin exceeds the above values, it is defined as the default 5 (10 in 20 pix/
mm recording).
;
; File:Prt_Margin.txt
;
; [History]
; V1.0 Jun-03 2003 Ver.A03
;
;----------------------------------------------------------
;;100um
5 ;; 8x10
5 ;; 10x12
5 ;; 10x14
5 ;; 14x14
5 ;; 14x17
;;50um
10 ;; 8x10
10 ;; 10x12
10 ;; 10x14
10 ;; 14x14
10 ;; 14x17
;;eof
■ Outline of Procedure
• Import individual data of the equipment (printer 1) set with weekly settings in the
PC for servicing.
• Import the individual data of the equipment (printer 2) for making copies to the PC
for servicing.
• Replace the files related to weekly settings using the DPX7 PC Tool (printer 1 →
printer 2).
• Transfer individual data to the equipment (printer 2).
■ Copying Procedure
(1) Import individual data of equipment (printer 1) set with weekly settings.
“Printer name (printer 1)” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]
(2) Import the individual data of the equipment (printer 2) for making copies.
“Printer name (printer 2)” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [Printer => PC]
(3) Open Windows Explorer.
[Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Explorer]
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-303
MU-304
(4) Copy the weekly settings related files of printer 1 to the “Indv” folder of printer 2.
<REMARKS>
Weekly settings related files:
“closed.txt”, “eco_idle.txt”, “eco_weekly1.txt” to “eco_weekly7.txt”, “timetable.txt”
#1 #2
[Select] Indv folder of printer 1 [Select] Weekly settings related files
#3
Copy/paste weekly settings related files
to the Indv folder of printer 2. FP7U0954.EPS
(5) Transfer the individual data of printer 2 from which weekly settings were copied to
printer 2.
“Printer name (printer 2)” → [Data Transfer] → [Indv] → [All] → [PC => Printer]
(6) Reboot the equipment.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-304
MU-305
The following page shows a list of saved log files and where they are saved by DPX7
PC Tool function.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-305
07.15.2004 FM4324
006-259-03
Analyzer For design and analysis when problems Yes dicom.log DICOM log C:\Program Files\FujiFilm
occur. dicom.bak DICOM log (Backup) (Home directory)
Transfer Analysis Log Saves the log files for analysis in the PC for Yes Number_Number.log GUI log C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\printers\
servicing. *.IOT IOT log Establishment name_Printer name\LOG
*.ISC ISC log
AppEvt.txt Event log (Text)
dbg.log PCUTL log
DenFileIO.log Density measurement display data IO log
DICOM.log DICOM log
DICOM.bak DICOM log (Backup)
drv*.log Drv log
Save from the printer Saves individual data as well as log files for Yes ImgPrcErrInfo.txt ImgPrcErrInfo (Text)
analysis in the PC for servicing. Main*****.log Main control log
Output.log Output control log
OUTPUT.BAK Output control log (Backup)
Spooler.log Spooler log
Spooler.bak Spooler log (Backup)
TimeOut.txt Timeout log
Display Error Log Error log view Yes AppEvt.txt Event log (Text) C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\printers\
Establishment name_Printer name\Indv
TP7U0406.EPS
MU-306
MU-306
MU-307
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-307
MU-308
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-308
MU-309
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-309
MU-310
<NOTE>
When an already-registered gamma number is selected, a message [Select gamma number is
already exist. Overwrite gamma number?] to confirm whether you want to overwrite the
existing gamma number.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-310
MU-311
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-311
MU-312
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-312
MU-313
(2) [Recover].
→ Full installation is executed, and the main unit software and configuration settings are
set back to default.
When full installation completes normally, the [Completed] screen appears.
(3) [OK]
(4) After rebooting the equipment, transfer the individual data to the equipment.
(5) Reboot the equipment again.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-313
MU-314
#1 #2
FP7U0961.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-314
MU-315
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-315
MU-316
(3) Proceed with the installation procedure according to the instructions displayed.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-316
MU-317
(1) Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar → [Settings] → [Control Panel].
(2) Double-click the [Administrative Tools] icon.
(3) Double-click the [Internet Information Services] icon.
(4) Double-click the computer name of the PC used from the [Computer] list.
(5) Double-click the [FTP Sites] folder from the [Name] list.
(6) Right-click [Default FTP Site], and select [Properties].
(7) At the [FTP Site] tab, note down the number displayed at [TCP Port:] of
[Identification] (“21” in the following screen example).
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-317
MU-318
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-318
MU-319
(16) Check that the checkmark of the [FTP] checkbox has been added in the
[Programs and Services:] list of the [Exceptions] tab.
<REMARKS>
The contents of the [Programs and Services:] list of the [Exceptions] tab of the Windows
Firewall shown below are just an example, and actual contents displayed will differ according
to the state of use of the PC for servicing (different programs and service names may be
registered).
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-319
MU-320
■ Precautions on Selecting the User Name when Starting the PC for Servicing
At the user name selection screen when the Windows XP PC for servicing is started
after installing the service tool software, the user name [dryprinter] will be added. Do
not select it. Also do not change the settings of this user name. Selecting or changing
the settings of [dryprinter] will disable normal operations of the PC for servicing.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-320
MU-321
BLANK PAGE
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual MU-321
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-1
SP7-2
■ RECOMMENDED QUANTITIES OF
SPARE PARTS
It is recommended as a rough guide to
keep in stock a certain quantity of parts
according to the rank (A, B, C, D, E)
assigned to the parts, as follows. For
periodically replaced parts, keep them in
stock separately. Adjust the stock quantity
of service parts depending on the number
of working units (N).
Quantity used in a single system: Q
❍N=1
Rank A = 1 + Q x 0.3
Rank C = 1 + Q x 0.05
Rank D = 1 + Q x 0.02
❍2≤N≤10
Rank A = 2 + N x Q x 0.3
Rank C = 2 + N x Q x 0.05
Rank D = 1 + N x Q x 0.02
❍11≤N≤300
Rank A = 3 + N x Q x 0.3
Rank C = 3 + N x Q x 0.05
Rank D = 2 + N x Q x 0.02
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-3
SP7-4
INDEX No.
(1)
05C
FP7Z0513.EPS
E6
15 REF. No.
(2)
3
16 2 2-BR3X8
1
E6
4
6
E4
E3
DT3X6
14 5
E6
8 6
13
10
E6
17 7
6
6
E6
9
DT3X6
10
3-BR3X10
11
18
19
12
FP7Z0503.EPS
006-259-00
11.10.2002 FM3342(1) SP-30
FP7Z0001.EPS
(1) INDEX No. .... The INDEX Nos. in the SERVICE PARTS LIST Volume are related to the
Chapter No. in the REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume.
(2) REF No. ....... REF No. (example 3 ) which are enclosed in the exploded view indicate the
Section No. to be referred in REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT Volume.
For the above example, the item to be referred for REF. 3 is “MC 5 - 3
Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-4
SP7-5
Chapter No.
(1)
Section No.
(2)
FP7C0523.EPS
■Removing Procedure
(1) Remove the following cover.
• Rear cover
(2) Remove the conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1)
(3) Remove the exit conveyance motor (MD2).
(3) #3
[Disconnect]
Connector MD2
(3) #3
[Disconnect]
Connector CLD1
(3) #3
[Release] Clamp
(3) #4
[Disconnect]
Clutch connector
(3) #1
[Remove] 2-DT3x6
(3) #2
[Remove]
Upper conveyor unit exit motor (MD2)
(2) #1
[Remove] E5 (2) #2
[Pull out]
Upper conveyor unit exit clutch (CLD1)
FP7C0504.EPS
■Reinstalling Procedure
Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.
006-259-00
11.10.2002 FM3342(1) MC-60
FP7Z0002.EPS
Refer to “MC 5 - 3 Upper Conveyor Unit Exit Motor (MD2)” for details on the removal/
reinstallation/adjustment of “ 05C - 3 ”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-5
SP7-6
FP7Z1001.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-6
SP7-7
FP7Z1002.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-7
SP7-8
FP7Z1003.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-8
SP7-9
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-9
カバー 1
01A COVER
1
FP7Z0111.EPS
20
8-T4x16
B
21
C
BR3x8
29 A 4
5
A 8-BR3x8
2-BR3x8
25
BR3x8
26 1.2 2 2-BR3x8
1.1
D 27
7
10
9 6
B
10-BR3x8
3-DT3x8
3
15
2-BR3x8 4-BR3x8
17
11
2-BR3x8 28
2-PS3x8
D
18 2
4-PS3x8
16
C
4-TP4x8
22
23
24
12
19 13
2-BR3x8 FP7Z0101.EPS
15 4-PS3x8 14
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-10
カバー 1
COVER
1 01A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
1.1 1
D 350N2653D/E カバー Cover 1段トレイ使用時の
1.2 1 み/Used for upper
tray
E 2 345N1633E/F 遮板 Cover 3
A 3 393N0011 刃物 Cutter 2
D 4 332N0600 ストッパ Stopper 1
E 5 899Y0260 保守部品 Jig 1
E 6 345N1635E 遮板 Cover 1
D 7 345N1481 シールド材 Packing 1
D 8 350N2656B カバー Cover 1
A 9 376N0229B メカニカルフィル Air Filter 1
ター
E 10 345N1660B 遮板 Cover 1
D 11 314N0065D 蝶番 Hinge 1
E 12 356N9003B ブラケット Bracket 3
E 13 356N9006A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 14 356N9007C ブラケット Bracket 1
D 15 316S3132 ラッチ Lutch 2
E 16 356N9004B ブラケット Bracket 1
D 17 366N0058C アクチュエータ Actuator 1
D 18 350Y1684 カバー Cover 1
D 19 350N2666D カバー Cover 1
D 20 350N2059A/B/C カバー Cover 8
D 21 350N2651D/E/F カバー Cover 1
D 22 386N1171A 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 6
D 23 386N1169 リボン Ribbon 6
D 24 386N1602 リボン Ribbon 6
E 25 405N3010A 銘板 Label 1
E 26 405N3011 銘板 Label 1
E 27 405N3012 銘板 Label 1
D 28 382N1599 スポンジテープ Sponge Tape 3
D 29 317N1053A/B キャップ Cap 4
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-11
カバー 2
01B COVER
2
1
2
3
FP7Z0112.EPS
4
BR3x12
2-S3x5 5
2-T4x8
6
A
7
2-T4x12
4-BR3x8
2-T4x12
A
3-BR3X8
8
8
8-T4x16
8-T4x25
9 9
9 10
12
12 BR4x8 15
9 9
16
9 BR4x8
17
13
11
14
9 12
10 FP7Z0102.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4446 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-12
カバー 2
COVER
2 01B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 350N2668D カバー Cover 1
D 2 350N2661B/C カバー Cover 1
D 3 350N2663C/D カバー Cover 1
E 4 356N8994B ブラケット Bracket 1
D 5 350N2662B/C カバー Cover 1
D 6 350N2658B/C カバー Cover 1
D 7 350N2660B/C カバー Cover 1
D 8 350N2059A/B/C カバー Cover 16
D 9 343N0054B フック Hook 7
D 10 345Y0300A ルーバ Louver 5
D 11 350N2650D/E/F/G カバー Cover 1
D 12 398Y0064 シャッタ Shutter 1-3 With REF.13
E 13 405N2980 銘板 Label 1
D 14 350Y1673A カバー Cover 1
D 15 376N0238 メカニカルフィルタ Air Filter 5
D 16 364N0125 ガード Guard 1-3
D 17 364N0124 ガード Guard 1-3
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-13
フレーム 1
02A FRAME
1
2-BR3x8
1
2
FP7Z0211.EPS
3
2-BR3x8
25
24
4
2-BR3x8 27
6
5
22 16
23
2-BR3x8
7
9 BR3x8
19 2-BR3x8
17
21 8
15 26
14
18
2-TP 2-BR3x8
4-BR3x8
3-BR5x12 10 11
10
11
12
12 19
13 13
20
19 FP7Z0201.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-14
フレーム 1
FRAME
1 02A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
E 1 345N1653C 遮板 Cover 1
E 2 345N1634C 遮板 Cover 1
E 3 345N1640G 遮板 Cover 1
D 4 345F0606A ルーバ Louver 4
E 5 345N1649B 遮板 Cover 1
D 6 363N2453B ガイド Guide 1
D 7 128Y0299 スイッチ Switch 1
D 8 363N2453B ガイド Guide 1
E 9 356N8962 ブラケット Bracket 1-3
D 10 367N1007 キャスタ Caster 2
D 11 367S2059 脚 Foot 2
D 12 316N0371 止め具 Clamp 2
D 13 316N0372 止め具 Clamp 2
D 14 360N0474C ケーシング Casing 1-3
D 15 852N0025E/F 読取り部 Bar Code Reader 1-3 SA14, SA24, SA34
D 16 314N0068D 蝶番 Hinge 1
D 17 314N0067D 蝶番 Hinge 1
D 18 314N0066D 蝶番 Hinge 1
D 19 382N1541A テープ Tape 3
D 20 382N1542A テープ Tape 2
D 21 382N1540A テープ Tape 1
D 22 382N1558B テープ Tape 1
D 23 382N1543B テープ Tape 1
D 24 382N1561A テープ Tape 1
D 25 382N1559B テープ Tape 1
E 26 345N1662A 遮板 Cover 1-3
D 27 345N1639 遮板 Tape 1
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-15
フレーム 2
02B FRAME
2
4-BR4X8
19 2-BR4X8 FP7Z0212.EPS
1
20 2
3
21
4
TP3x6
2-DT3X6
2-DT3X6
9 8
5
3-BR4x8
2-TP3x6 6-BR3x8
23 7
22
13
10
14
3-BR5x12 15 12
14
W12
11
SW12 15
10
W12
16
SW12
18
16 3-BR5x12
17
17
FP7Z0202.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-16
フレーム 2
FRAME
2 02B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
E 1 347N1827 調整板 Adjustment Plate 1
D 2 382N1545A テープ Tape 1
E 3 346N1258A 補助板 Support Plate 1
輸送用/for
E 4 401N0846 押え板 Couter Plate 1
Transport
輸送用/for
E 5 347N1830 スペーサ Spacer 1
Transport
輸送用/for
E 6 309N0103 座金 Washer 1
Transport
輸送用/for
E 7 308N0212 特殊ねじ Special Screw 2
Transport
D 8 388N5349C 板ばね Leaf Spring 1
E 9 356N9084 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 10 382N1541A テープ Tape 2
D 11 382N1544A テープ Tape 1
D 12 382N1560A テープ Tape 1
E 13 316S1190 コードクランプ Code Clamp 1
E 14 347N1623 スペーサ Spacer 2
E 15 316N0377 止め具 Clamp 2
E 16 316N0371 止め具 Clamp 2
E 17 316N0372 止め具 Clamp 2
D 18 367N1007 キャスタ Caster 2
E 19 356N8993 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 20 115Y0041A サーミスタ Thermistor 1 ThK1
E 21 356N9087 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 22 375N0078 シール Seal 15
D 23 363N2473 ガイド Guide 6
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-17
装填部 1
03A LOADING
UNIT
1
2-B3x16
4
5
1 33 FP7Z0311.EPS
2-BR3x8
2 6
2-BR4x8
1
12
DT3x6
11
10
B
BR4x8
9
8
27 B 2-BR4x8
13
28 7
29 30 14
BR4x8
25
2-BR4x8
BR4x8 2-T4x4
32 T4X6
SW4
W4
26
2-T4x4
2-T4x4
31
2-T4x4
24
15
3 2-T4x4 16
V3x10
E4
22
23 E4
21 DT3x6 E4
DT3x6
20
18
19 E4
17
FP7Z0301.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-18
装填部 1
LOADING
UNIT
1 03A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 322SY054 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 2
E 2 356Y0269 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 3 146N0010/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SA11, SA21, SA31
D 4 128S0258 マイクロスイッチ Micro Switch 1 SA12, SA22, SA32
D 5 366S0011 アクチュエータ Actuator 1
E 6 356Y0272D ブラケット Bracket 1
D 7 146S0029/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SA13, SA23, SA33
D 8 107Y0180 ソレノイド Solenoid 1
D 9 343N0051A フック Hook 1
D 10 310S6003024 波型スプリングピン Pin 1
SOLA11, SOLA21,
D 11 107Y0179 ソレノイド Solenoid 1
SOLA31
D 12 388N2513 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 1
E 13 356N9023B ブラケット Bracket 1
E 14 355N0665D フレーム Frame 1
E 15 346N1209A 補助板 Support Panel 1
365N0093/
D 16 レール Rail 2
365N0106/A
D 17 322SY287 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 4
D 18 319N3954 軸 Shaft 1
D 19 334N1177A 金属ローラ Metallic Roller 1
E 20 356N9012A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 21 356N9013 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 22 319N3953 軸 Shaft 1
D 23 334N1182 金属ローラ Metallic Roller 1
E 24 356N8704A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 25 356N8958A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 26 355Y0216B ガイド Guide 1
E 27 356N8705A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 28 313N1182 ステー Stay 1
E 29 345Y0298 遮板 Cover 1
D 30 382N1604 リボン Ribbon 1
D 31 308N0210 特殊ねじ Special Screw 1
D 32 388N5360 板ばね Leaf Spring 1
D 33 356N9533 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 34 382N1602 リボン Ribbon 1
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-19
装填部 2
03B LOADING
UNIT
2
19 21 25
BR4x8 35
2 FP7Z0312.EPS
7
8
T4x35 3
7 5
11 26 6
5
5
14 6
E4 5
4
13 DT3x8 16
E4
15
18 12
22
17
20 34 E4
12
5-T4x4 9-Q4x6
10 DETAIL A
SW4
29 W4
T4X6
33
31
5-T4x4
Y 3-PS3x8
27
28
24
23 32
BR4x8 30 1 FP7Z0302.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-20
装填部 2
LOADING
UNIT
2 03B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
REF.
34と35を除
く
D 1 359Y0059 容器 Case 1
Except for REF. 34
and 35
D 2 363N2420A ガイド Guide 1
D 3 363N2419A ガイド Guide 1
D 4 363N2374A ガイド Guide 1
D 5 319N3919A 軸 Shaft 4
D 6 363N2469A ガイド Guide 2
D 7 363N2470 ガイド Guide 2
D 8 363N2373B ガイド Guide 1
D 9 345N1646B 遮光材 Light Protect Tape 1
D 10 340Y0037A 取手 Handle 1
D 11 345N1646B 遮光材 Light Protect Tape 1
E 12 308S0309A 特殊ねじ Special Screw 2
D 13 363N2456A ガイド板 Guide Plate 4
D 14 319N3955 軸 Shaft 1
D 15 334N1183 金属ローラ Metallic Roller 1
D 16 319N3953 軸 Shaft 1
D 17 334N1182 金属ローラ Metallic Roller 1
D 18 322SY287 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 4
D 19 363Y0458 ガイド Guide 1
D 20 363N2421A ガイド Guide 1
D 21 382N1463A リボン Ribbon 1
D 22 603N0230A フィルタ Filter 1
D 23 343N0053C フック Hook 1
E 24.1 405N2972 銘板 Label 1 大角
E 24.2 405N2973 銘板 Label 1 35X35
E 24.3 405N2974 銘板 Label 1 半切
E 24.4 405N2975 銘板 Label 1 35X43
E 24.5 405N2976 銘板 Label 1 B4
E 24.6 405N2977 銘板 Label 1 26X36
E 24.7 405N3006 銘板 Label 1 六切
E 24.8 405N3007 銘板 Label 1 20X25
E 24.9 405N2978 銘板 Label 1 四切
E 24.10 405N2979 銘板 Label 1 25X30
For DI-ML
B4、六切、
E 24.11 405Y0182 銘板 Label 1
25X30、26X36、
20X25
D 25 382N1603 リボン Ribbon 1
D 26 386N1168 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 3
D 27 386N1167A 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 2
D 28 386N1164A 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 29 386N1165A 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 30 386N1166A 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 31 350N2736 カバー Cover 1
D 32 350N2737 カバー Cover 1
D 33 388N5359 板ばね Leaf Spring 1
D 34 405N3433 銘板 Label 1 For DI-ML
D 35 405N3434 銘板 Label 1 For DI-ML
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-21
枚葉部 1
04A REMOVAL
UNIT
1
FP7Z0411.EPS
2 1
to
RE
F.5 3
4
E6
5
7
E6
E6
6
E3
E3
7
E6 9
E6 9
21 5
20 E6
8 4-DT3x6
11 7 10
E6 11
4-DT3x6 3
2
E6
E6
19 E4
E4 7
4 E6
12
17 13
2-BR4x8
14
E3
E3
18
8
5
9 15
16
FP7Z0401.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-22
枚葉部 1
REMOVAL
UNIT
1 04A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 345N1641B 遮板 Cover 1
D 2 322N1004 軸受 Bearing 4
D 3 388N2384 引っ張りコイルばね Extension Spring 2
D 4 327N0178A 歯車 Gear 2
D 5 341N1035A アーム Arm 4
E 6 356N8950A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 7 322N1003 軸受 Bearing 4
D 8 327N1107204B 歯車 Gear 2
D 9 341N1034 アーム Arm 4
D 10 327N1102014A 平歯車 Spur Gear 2
D 11 327N1103501 歯車 Gear 2
D 12 334N3565C ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
D 13 334N2380 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 1
D 14 334N3562B ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
D 15 319N3913C 軸 Shaft 1
MB11, MB21,
D 16 118SX063/A パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1
MB31
D 17 327N1103101B 歯車 Gear 1
D 18 327N1101806B 歯車 Gear 1
E 19 356N8951B ブラケット Bracket 1
D 20 327N1105401 歯車 Gear 1
E 21 356N8949A ブラケット Bracket 1
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-23
枚葉部 2
04B REMOVAL
UNIT
2
FP7Z0412.EPS
2-DT3x6
17
2-DT3x6
1
2-BR3x8
2.1
B
1
2.2
2-BR3x8
3
E3
18 15 7
16
2-PS3x8
V3x10 19 DT3x6 7
20
BR3x8 14 23.1
23.2
7
B
PS3x8 6
DT3x6
8
21
22 12 9
10
13
4
11
FP7Z0402.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-24
枚葉部 2
REMOVAL
UNIT
2 04B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
E 1 356Y0273 ブラケット Bracket 2
D 2.1 341Y0317 アーム Arm 1
for
D 2.2 341Y0318 アーム Arm 1
20X25(Optional)
D 3 332N0612 ストッパ Stopper 2
A 4 392N0012/A/B 吸着盤 Suction Cup 2
D 5 402N0020A ベローズ Bellows 2
E 6 346N1212A 補助板 Support Plate 2
D 7 322SY223 軸受 Bearing 16
D 8 388N1212 圧縮コイルばね Compression Coil Spring 4
D 9 375N0095 シール Packing 2
E 10 316N0436A 止め具 Clamp 2
E 11 371N0123A ノズル Nozzle 2
E 12 390N0035 ウエイト Weight 5
E 13 316Y0043 止め具 Clamp 1
E 14 366N0057A アクチュエータ Actuator 1
D 15 146S0029/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SB12, SB22, SB32
E 16 356N9014A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 17 346N1246B 補助板 Support Plate 2
D 18 363N2442C ガイド Guide 5
D 19 146S0052/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SB13, SB23, SB33
E 20 356N9234A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 21 146S0029/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SB11, SB21, SB31
E 22 356N9010B ブラケット Bracket 1
D 23.1 341N1033B アーム Arm 1
for
D 23.2 341N1036B アーム Arm 1
20X25(Optional)
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-25
搬送部 1
05A CONVEYOR
UNIT
1
2
A
6 FP7Z0511.EPS
1 4
5-DT3X8
A 5
9
8
7
V3X10
DT3X6
E6 29
11
10 14
BR4X8
BR3X8 E4
12 15
BR3X8
11 A
E6
17
14
13
DT3X6
15 16
A
BR4X8 22
DT3X6
E4
18
19 23
21 20 DT3X6
DT3X6
28 19
BR3X8
30
BR3X8
24
BR3X8
27
26 BR3X8
25 FP7Z0501.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4446 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-26
搬送部 1
CONVEYOR
UNIT
1 05A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 319N3927A 軸 Shaft 1
D 2 388N3091A ねじりコイルばね Torsion Coil Spring 1
D 3 388N3090A ねじりコイルばね Torsion Coil Spring 1
E 4 356Y0286 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 5 363N2553 ガイド Guide 5
D 6 363Y0445 ガイドアセンブリ Guide Assembly 1
E 7 356N8975C ブラケット Bracket 1
D 8 146S0052/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SD1
D 9 363N2437B ガイド Guide 5
D 10 334N1186 金属ローラ Metallic Roller 1
D 11 322N1006C 軸受 Bearing 2
D 12 363N2555A ガイド Guide 1
D 13 363N2556A ガイド Guide 1
E 14 347N1826A スペーサ Spacer 2
D 15 322N0048 軸受 Bearing 2
E 16 356N9092 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 17 319N3928B 軸 Shaft 1
D 18 363N2433B ガイド Guide 2
D 19 363N2432B ガイド Guide 3
D 20 363N2428A/B ガイド Guide 1
D 21 363N2547B ガイド Guide 4
E 22 356N8968A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 23 356N8969C ブラケット Bracket 1
D 24 363N2435B ガイド Guide 4
D 25 363N2424B/C ガイド Guide 1
E 26 347N1825A スペーサ Spacer 4
D 27 363N2425B/C ガイド Guide 1
D 28 405N3028A 銘板 Label 1
D 29 363Y0497 ガイドアセンブリ Guide Assembly 1
D 30 405N3132 銘板 Label 1
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-27
搬送部 2
05B CONVEYOR
UNIT
2
8
10 FP7Z0512.EPS
8 DT3X6
4
5
DT3X6
E3 12
3
2-BR3X8
1
DT3X6
E4
7 13 4 6
2-BR3X8
8
DT3X6
9 10
DT3X6 DT3X6
3
E3
1
7 5 2
E4
13 2-DT3X6
DT3X6
DT3X6 2-BR3X8
BR3X8
11
FP7Z0502.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-28
搬送部 2
CONVEYOR
UNIT
2 05B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 327N1081802A 歯車 Gear 2
D 2 118SX171/B/C パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MD6
E 3 356N9080A ブラケット Bracket 2
E 4 356N9089A ブラケット Bracket 2
E 5 356N8970C ブラケット Bracket 2
D 6 118SX171/B/C パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MD5
D 7 146S0029/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 2 SD6, SD7
D 8 363N2423C ガイド Guide 4
E 9 401N0842B 圧板 Pressure Plate 4
D 10 319N3923A 軸 Shaft 4
E 11 356N9085 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 12 350N2696 カバー Cover 1
E 13 356N9022A ブラケット Bracket 2
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-29
搬送部 3
05C CONVEYOR
UNIT
3
E6
FP7Z0513.EPS
15
3
16 2 2-BR3X8
1
E6
4
6
E5
E4
DT3X6
14 5
E6
8 6
13
10
E6
17 7
6
6
E6
2-BR3X8 9
DT3X6
10
BR4X8
3-BR3X10
11
18
12
FP7Z0503.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-30
搬送部 3
CONVEYOR
UNIT
3 05C
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 327N1101809 歯車 Gear 1
E 2 356N8964B ブラケット Bracket 1
D 3 118SX171/B/C パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MD2
D 4.1 106S0029A/B 電磁クラッチ Clutch 1 CLD1
D 4.2 106Y0012 電磁クラッチ Clutch 1 CLD1
D 5 327N1102014A 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 6 322N1003 軸受 Bearing 4
D 7 319N3935D 軸 Shaft 1
D 8 341N1044D アーム Arm 1
D 9 341N1043C アーム Arm 1
D 10 388N2559 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 2
D 11 341N1042C アーム Arm 1
E 12 356Y0287A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 13 334N3569C ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
E 14 356N9026B ブラケット Bracket 1
D 15 334Y3210A ローラ Roller 1
D 16 362N0716B 受 Support 1
E 17 364N0096 ガード Guard 1
D 18 363N2502B ガイド Guide 1
Bバージョン以降のREF.2(356N8964)、およびCバージョン以降のREF.13(334N3569)は、REF.4.1に取付けることが
できない。
そのため、REF.2、REF.13を交換する場合には、CLD1をREF.4.2に交換すること。
B
version
or
later
of
REF.
2
(356N8964)
or
C
version
or
later
of
REF.
13
(334N3569)
cannot
be
attached
to
REF.
4.1.
When
replacing
REF.
2
or
REF.
13,
CLD1
must
be
replaced
with
REF.
4.2.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-31
搬送部 4
05D CONVEYOR
UNIT
4
2-BR3X8 FP7Z0514.EPS
42
8 29
25
27 2-BR4X8
30
8 26
31 32
33
E4 28
E6 2-DT3X8 34
18 45
A 45 36
E6 BR3X8
E6
11
E6 6
35
E6 39 4
A E6 E4
DT3X6 E6 35
17 8
43 E6
E6 40
E6 35
37 38 E4
12 41
11 E6
6
E6
DETAILE A
37
BR3X8
5
18 16 DT3X6
DT3X6
15
19 23 BR3X8
22
44 24
2 9
1
E6
BR3X10
14 8
8
13
E6 21
12 7
11 2-BR4X8
10
6 E6
A 44 20
E6
E6 3
E4
1112
6 E6
A
E6
E6 8
E4 FP7Z0504.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4446 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-32
搬送部 4
CONVEYOR
UNIT
4 05D
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 319N3926A 軸 Shaft 1
D 2 319N3934A 軸 Shaft 1
D 3 319Y1168 軸 Shaft 1
D 4 118SX171/B/C パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MD4
D 5 319N3925A 軸 Shaft 4
D 6 341N1038A アーム Arm 4
D 7 329N0154C カム Cam 1
D 8 322N1003 軸受 Bearing 8
D 9.1 334N3566A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1 # or earlier
D 9.2 334N3610/A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1 # or later
D 10 334N3567A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
D 11 388N2384 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 4
D 12 322N1004 軸受 Bearing 8
D 13 339N0022A ハンドル Handle 1
E 14 347S0283/A スペーサ Spacer 1
E 15 356N8967A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 16 356N9076 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 17 356N9660A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 18 146S0029/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 3 SD3, SD4, SD5
D 19 146S0052/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SD2
D 20 118SX063/A パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MD1
D 21 327N0180B 歯車 Gear 1
D 22 118SX171/B/C パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MD3
E 23 356N9080A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 24 327N1101809 歯車 Gear 1
D 25 327N0183A 歯車 Gear 1
D 26 340D775280 つまみ Knob 1
D 27 327N1102022A 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 28 319N4187A 軸 Shaft 1
D 29 327N0186B 歯車 Gear 1
D 30 341N1055C アーム Arm 1
D 31 327N1101502 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 32 327N0185A ウォームホイール Worm Wheel 1
D 33 327N0184A ウォームギア Worm Gear 1
D 34 322N0048 軸受 Bearing 1
D 35 327N1103501 歯車 Gear 3
E 36 356N9075 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 37 327N1105401 歯車 Gear 2
D 38 327N0182A 歯車 Gear 2
D 39 327N1106101 歯車 Gear 1
E 40 345N1638A 遮板 Cover 1
E 41 345N1652A 遮光板 Cover 1
D 42 316S3047 キャッチ Catch 1
D 43 350N2848 カバー Cover 1
D 44 334N2382C 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 2
D 45 322N1028A すべり軸受 Bearing 2
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-33
搬送部 5
05E CONVEYOR
UNIT
5
FP7Z0515.EPS
9 24.2
DT3X6 23
24.1
8 2-BR3X6 E6
E6
19 23
22 E6
18
E6
E4 E6
E6
27
E6
BR4X8 E6
26
7 3 23
25
2 22
6 A 2-BR3X6 24.3
21.1
2 E6 20 21.2
18
19
22
16
DT3X6
15 E6
E6 DT3X6
E6
4
BR4X8
1
5
12 14
28 10
DT3X6
16
29 DT3X6 11
17
13
FP7Z0505.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-34
搬送部 5
CONVEYOR
UNIT
5 05E
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 363N2431B ガイド Guide 4
D 2 363N2432B ガイド Guide 3
D 3 363N2433B ガイド Guide 2
E 4 356N8968A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 5 363N2428A/B ガイド Guide 1
D 6 334N3566A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
D 7 334N2381B 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 1
D 8 363N2455B ガイド Guide 4
E 9 356N9027A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 10 363N2552A ガイド Guide 4
E 11 356Y0288 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 12 319N3928B 軸 Shaft 1
E 13 356N9028A ブラケット Bracket 1
E 14 356N9029A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 15 388N3096A ねじりコイルばね Torsion Coil Spring 1
D 16 322SY122 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 2
D 17 386N1153A 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 2
D 18 322N1004 軸受 Bearing 2
D 19 388N2384 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 2
D 20 319N3929A 軸 Shaft 1
中/下搬送共通
/Common to
D 21.1 1
middle/lower
Conveyor
中搬送のみ(3段ト
356N9021B ブラケット Bracket
レイ使用時)/Used
D 21.2 1 for middle
conveyor(used
when lower tray
mounted)
E 22 322N1003 軸受 Bearing 3
D 23 327N1103501 歯車 Gear 3
中/下搬送共通
/Common to
D 24.1 1
middle/lower
Conveyor
D 24.2 1 中搬送のみ使用
/Used for middle
327N1106101 平歯車 Spur Gear
中搬送のみ(3段ト
レイ使用時)/Used
D 24.3 1 for middle
conveyor(used
when lower tray
mounted)
D 25 345N1638A 遮板 Cover 1
D 26 345N1652A 遮光材 Light Protect Plate Cover 1
D 27 327N1102014A 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 28 334N3609B ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 4
D 29 363Y0491 ガイドアセンブリ Guide Assembly 1
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-35
副走査部
06 SUB-SCANNING
UNIT
FP7Z0611.EPS
7
1
2- 6 2-
BR4X8
BR4X16 BR3X8
W4 2-
2-BR4X8 16
BR3X8
8
16 2-BR3X8
2-
2- BR3X8 16 BR3X10
10
BR3X8 16 BR3X10
Q4X14
8 BR4X8 3
4-BR3X8 9
4-BR3X8 5
5
14
12
11
32
BR4X8
13
35
33
W5
BR4X8
2
35 BR4X8
2-BR4X8
W5
4
34 15
TP4X8
2-BR3X8
TP4X6 4-TP4X8
4-TP4X8
2-BR4X8
17
20
23
25 24
26 21 BR4X8
24 3-BR4X8 18
29 27
22
BR3X10 E6
31 2-BR4X8 E6
21 36
30 TP4X8
28
19
FP7Z0601.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4446 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-36
副走査部
SUB-SCANNING
UNIT 06
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
E 1 346N1257B 補助板 Support Plate 2
D 2 118YX247B/D モータアセンブリ Motor Assembly 1 ME1
D 3 334Y3202C ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
D 4 815Y0058 SED16Aアセンブリ SED16A Assembly 1
D 5 319N3920C 軸 Shaft 2
E 6 345N1647A 遮板 Cover 1
E 7 350N2716A カバー Cover 1
E 8 357N1444D 台 Base 2
D 9 334Y3203C ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
D 10 309S0075 座金 Washer 2
D 11 334N3605 ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 1
E 12 322SF227 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 2
E 13 350N2671B カバー Cover 1
E 14 357N1445C 台 Base 1
E 15 356N9090 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 16 386S0015 防振ゴム Vibration-proof Rubber 4
E 17 356N8956C ブラケット Bracket 1
D 18 363N2416C/D ガイド Guide 1
D 19 316N0442A 止め具 Clamp 1
D 20 323N1244 平ベルト Belt 1
D 21 322SY055 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 2
D 22 388N2425 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 1
D 23 341N1037B アーム Arm 1
D 24 322SF061 軸受 Bearing 2
D 25 337N0038 ホイール Wheel 1
D 26 388N1073 圧縮コイルばね Compression Coil Spring 1
E 27 347N0636 スペーサ Spacer 1
D 28 341Y0316 アームアセンブリ Arm Assembly 1
E 29 350N2646C カバー Cover 1
D 30 339N0025 ハンドル Handle 1
E 31 347S0283/A スペーサ Spacer 1
E 32 313N1213G ステー Stay 1
D 33 319N4032 軸 Shaft 1
E 34 346N1296 補助板 Support Plate 1
D 35 334N2348 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 2
Upper conveyor
E 36 357N1472B 台 Base 1
unit removing jig
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-37
光学部
07 SCANNING
OPTICS
UNIT
FP7Z0711.EPS
FP7Z0701.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-38
光学部
SCANNING
OPTICS
UNIT 07
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
DR 1 839Y0056A 光学部 Scanning Optics Unit 1
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-39
熱現像部 1
08A HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
1
FP7Z0811.EPS
17
18
10
BR4X8 9
7
4-BR4X12
BR4X8
6
E6
1
BR4X8
3-BR4X8
BR4X8
E4
15
2 WP4X12
8
BR4X8 BR4X8 6
11
BR4X8 6
16
19 5
BR4X8 BR4X8
14 BR3X10
3
4-BR4X8
4
6
13 12 FP7Z0801.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-40
熱現像部 1
HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
1 08A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 327Y0011 歯車アセンブリ Gear Assembly 1
D 2 319N3910A 軸 Shaft 1
D 3 363N2451C/D ガイド板 Guide Plate 1
D 4 363N2412G/H ガイド板 Guide Plate 1
D 5 327N1082601B 歯車 Gear 1
D 6 322SF012 軸受 Bearing 4
D 7 327N1108001A 歯車 Gear 1
D 8 327N1101605A 歯車 Gear 1
E 9 356N8947A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 10 118SX162/A パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MG1
D 11 327N1106402A 歯車 Gear 1
E 12 347S0117/A スペーサ Spacer 1
D 13 339N0022A ハンドル Handle 1
E 14 347S0283/A スペーサ Spacer 1
E 15 356N8991B ブラケット Bracket 4
E 16 356N9327 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 17 346N1272 補助板 Support Plate 2
D 18 346N1271 補助板 Support Plate 1
D 19 405N3008 銘板 Label 1
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-41
熱現像部 2
08B HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
2
FP7Z0812.EPS
3
4
3
5
4
3 E6
E6
E6
1
8
7
12
4-DT3X6
2-DT3X6
13
14 TP3X6
11
10 2-DT3X6
9
4-DT3X6 FP7Z0802.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-42
熱現像部 2
HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
2 08B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 334N3560 ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 2
D 2 327N1102707 歯車 Gear 1
D 3 334Y0092 ローラ Roller 12
D 4 334Y0093 ローラ Roller 1
D 5 327N1083502B 歯車 Gear 1
D 6 327N1101807B 歯車 Gear 1
D 7 322NY156 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 17
D 8 322N1003 軸受 Bearing 13
D 9 387N0165 帯電防止材 Antistatic Brush 1
E 10 313N1219C ステー Stay 1
E 11 350N2636A カバー Cover 1
E 12 350N2635C カバー Cover 1
D 13 115Y0041A サーミスタ Thermistor 1 ThG10
E 14 356N9087 ブラケット Bracket 1
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-43
熱現像部 3
08C HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
3
FP7Z0813.EPS
10
11
A
1
6-BR4X40
A
3
2-BR3X8
2
4-BR3X8 6
7
8
A 2-BR4X8
2
4
5
2-BR4X8
A
3-TP3X8
9
FP7Z0803.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-44
熱現像部 3
HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
3 08C
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
E 1 364S0005 ガード Guard 3
D 2 119Y0056 電動ファン Motor Fan 2 FANG1, 3
D 3 119S0008/A/B 電動ファン Motor Fan 1 FANG2
E 4 347S0390/A スペーサ Spacer 6
E 5 356N9071C ブラケット Bracket 1
E 6 318S1232 ブッシュ Bushing 12
E 7 356N9072 ブラケット Bracket 3
E 8 356N9070B ブラケット Bracket 1
E 9 356N9034B ブラケット Bracket 1
E 10 350N2690A カバー Cover 1
A 11 603N0228 フィルタ Filter 1
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-45
熱現像部 4
08D HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
4
FP7Z0814.EPS
11
12
1
4-3x6
13
5
6
7
3
2 3
9
WP3X10
DETAIL A
10
4-BR3X8 FP7Z0804.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-46
熱現像部 4
HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
4 08D
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 117Y100017 ヒータ Heater 1
D 2 348Y0196 側板 Side Plate 1
D 3 322NF006 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 14
- 4 - - - -
D 5 327N1081801A 歯車 Gear 7
D 6 334N3558A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 7
D 7 348Y0197 側板 Side Plate 1
D 8 310N0685 ピン Pin 2
D 9 310N0684 ピン Pin 2
E 10 350N2631C カバー Cover 1
D 11 350Y100426 カバー Cover 1
D 12 802Y0111 ラック部 Rack 1
D 13 115N100002 感熱スイッチ Thermal Protector 3
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-47
熱現像部 5
08E HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
5
12
FP7Z0815.EPS
11
1
4-3x6
13
5
6
7
3
2 3
9
WP3X10
10 DETAIL A
4-BR3X8 FP7Z0805.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-48
熱現像部 5
HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
5 08E
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 117Y100018 ヒータ Heater 1
D 2 348Y0196 側板 Side Plate 1
D 3 322NF006 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 14
- 4 - - - -
D 5 327N1081801A 歯車 Gear 7
D 6 334N3558A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 7
D 7 348Y0197 側板 Side Plate 1
D 8 310N0685 ピン Pin 2
D 9 310N0684 ピン Pin 2
E 10 350N2631C カバー Cover 1
D 11 350Y100427 カバー Cover 1
D 12 802Y0112A ラック部 Rack 1
D 13 115N100002 感熱スイッチ Thermal Protector 3
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-49
熱現像部 6
08F HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
6
12
FP7Z0816.EPS
11
1
4-3x6
13
5
6
7
3
2 3
9
WP3X10
10 DETAIL A
4-BR3X6 FP7Z0806.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-50
熱現像部 6
HEAT
DEVELOPMENT
UNIT
6 08F
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 117Y100018 ヒータ Heater 1
D 2 348Y0196 側板 Side Plate 1
D 3 322NF006 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 14
- 4 - - - -
D 5 327N1081801A 歯車 Gear 7
D 6 334N3558A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 7
D 7 348Y0197 側板 Side Plate 1
D 8 310N0685 ピン Pin 2
D 9 310N0684 ピン Pin 2
E 10 350N2631C カバー Cover 1
D 11 350Y100428 カバー Cover 1
D 12 802Y0112A ラック部 Rack 1
D 13 115N100002 感熱スイッチ Thermal Protector 3
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-51
排出部 1
09A FILM
RELEASE
UNIT
1
FP7Z0911.EPS
13
10 2-BR3X8
3 12
9
6 11
7
5 E6
2-TP3X6
4
E3
14
TP3X6 10
8
2 E4
A 7
1
E4
15
7 A
3
E6
16
TP3X6
A
19
A
E6 17
8 7 E3
18
16 FP7Z0901.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-52
排出部 1
FILM
RELEASE
UNIT
1 09A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 319N3911A 軸 Shaft 1
D 2 334N2348 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 1
D 3 334N3561A ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 3
D 4 338N0464/A リング Ring 2
D 5 338N0468/A リング Ring 4
D 6 319N3912A 軸 Shaft 1
D 7 322N1004 軸受 Bearing 8
E 8 388N2108A ばね Spring 2
D 9 327N1123202A 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 10 327N1121608A 平歯車 Spur Gear 3
D 11 319N3930 軸 Shaft 1
D 12 327N1122006 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 13 118SX171/B/C パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MJ1
E 14 356N8946A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 15 338N0505 リング Ring 1
D 16 322SY223 軸受 Bearing 2
D 17 346N1247B 補助板 Support Plate 1
D 18 363N100386B ガイド板 Guide Plate 5
D 19 334N0072C ローラ Roller 15
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-53
排出部 2
09B FILM
RELEASE
UNIT
2
BR3X8 FP7Z0912.EPS
11
BR3X12 17
BR3X8 12
16
BR3X8
BR3X8
BR3X8
3
4
18
BR3X8
BR3X8
See 11F-REF.13
2-BR3X8
5 See 11F-REF.12
6
15
2-BR3X16 7
10
2-BR3X8
13
9
14
8 BR3X6
2-BR3X6
2-TP4X8
BR3X8
See 11F-REF.10
BR3X8 See 11F-REF.11
See 11F-REF.14
FP7Z0902.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-54
排出部 2
FILM
RELEASE
UNIT
2 09B
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 363N2433B ガイド Guide 4
D 2 113Y1531 LED15A LED15A 1
D 3 146S0052/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 1 SJ1
D 4 363N2406C/D ガイド Guide 1
E 5 356N8945A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 6 113Y1532B PDD15A PDD15A 1
D 7 387N0165 帯電防止材 Antistatic Brush 1
D 8 363N2368A ガイド Guide 1
D 9 128S0258 スイッチ Switch 1 SK1
E 10 356N9025D ブラケット Bracket 1
E 11 350N2664B/C カバー Cover 1
D 12 345N1673 遮板 Cover 1
E 13 346N7004B 補助板 Support Plate 1
E 14 139S0091 絶縁材 Insulate Plate 1
D 15 316S3133 ラッチ Lutch 1
E 16 347N0339 スペーサ Spacer 1
E 17 313N1204C ステー Stay 1
D 18 405N3008 銘板 Label 1
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-55
制御部
10 CONTROLLER
12 FP7Z0A11.EPS
13, 24
BR3x8 1
6-BR3x8
5 , 25
6 , 25, 26
2-BR3x8 6-BR3x8
2-BR3x8
4 2-BR3x8
16, 25
6-BR3x8
11 21
22 3
10
27
9 17 20
2-BR3x8 2-BR3x35
18
2-BR3x8
4-BR3x12 2-BR3x8 15
14
2-BR3x8 15
19
7
8 7
23
4-TP4x8
BR3x8
FP7Z0A01.EPS
2
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-56
制御部
CONTROLLER 10
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
CR 1 845Y0094B/C パネル部 Operation Panel 1
CR 2.1 125N0121C/D/E/F 電源 Power 1 NFBなし/without
circuit breaker
NFBタイプ/with
CR 2.2 125N0121G 電源 Power 1
circuit breaker
#30000 or
C 3.1 114Y5396101A 磁気ディスク部 HDD 1 OS:WIN NT
earlier
#30001 or
C 3.2 114Y5396105B 磁気ディスク部 HDD 1 OS:WIN XP
later
CR 4 113Y1614D/E PCボード PC Board 1
113Y1601D/E/F/G
CR 5 MCT16A MCT16A 1
/H
CR 6.1 113Y1603G/H DRV16A DRV16A 1
CR 6.2 113Y1617A DRV16B(キット) DRV16B (Kit) 1
D 7 363S0014 ガイドレール Guide Rail 2
E 8 357N1457D 台 Tray 1
E 9 356N9062A ブラケット Bracket 1
D 10 363S0012 ガイドレール Guide Rail 2
E 11 356N9063B ブラケット Bracket 1
E 12 356N9064A ブラケット Bracket 1
CR 13 113Y1600C/D/E PRN16A PRN16A 1
D 14 119S0008/A/B 電動ファン Motor Fan 1
E 15 364S0005 ガード Guard 2
CR 16 113Y1602G SNS16A SNS16A 1
E 17 356N9066 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 18 356N9065A ブラケット Bracket 2
D 19 301N7000 十字穴付き小ねじ Screw 4
D 20 318S1232 ブッシュ Bushing 4
D 21 113S0185/A/B ボードアセンブリ Board Assembly 1
D 22 113S0185/A/B ボードアセンブリ Board Assembly 1 Optional
D 23 119Y0057 電動ファン Motor Fan 1
A 24 137S1178 ヒューズ Fuse 2 AC/DC48V 1A
A 25 137S1277 ヒューズ Fuse 4 AC/DC48V 2A
A 26 137S1280 ヒューズ Fuse 8 AC/DC48V 5A
E 27 347S0329/A スペーサ Spacer 4
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-57
ソータ 1
11A SORTER
1
FP7Z0B11.EPS
DETAIL A
2
3
4-T4x6
1
12
13 3-BR4x8
BR4x10
11 A 2-BR4x8
10
4-BR4x8
18
2-BR4x8
4-BR3x6 5 15 6 17
16 22
19
21
B
9
20
DETAIL B 14
1 6 20-BR4x8
2 7
7
3 8
2-W4
2-T4x6
4 9 2-BR4x8
8
5 10
2
FP7Z0B01.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-58
ソータ 1
SORTER
1 11A
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 350N2751 カバー Cover 1
D 2 350N2059A/B/C ネジカバー Screw Cover 6
E 3 356N9307 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 4 350N2749/A カバー Cover 1
E 5 347N1861 調整板 Bracket 1
D 6 362N0744 受 Bin 10
D 7 362N0743 受 Support 1
D 8 350N2752/A カバー Cover 1
D 9 350N2750 カバー Cover 1
D 10 350N2753 カバー Cover 1
E 11 890N0005 工具 Tool 1 スパナSpanner
E 12 405N3013 銘板 Label 1
E 13 405N2579 銘板 Label 4
E 14 405N2601 銘板 Label 1
E 15 347N1738A スペーサ Spacer 20
E 16 347N1737A スペーサ Spacer 20
E 17 385N0065A 被覆材 Covering Material 10
E 18 362Y0105 受 Bin Assy 10
E 19 308S0253 特殊ねじ Screw 40
E 20 356N9308 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 21 356N9309 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 22 385N0078 被覆材 Covering Material 10
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-59
ソータ 2
11B SORTER
2
FP7Z0B12.EPS
2
3-B3x6
3
BR4x12
E5
5
20 24 4
BR3x12
21
2-BR
4x12 6 7
20 BR4x8
23 4-BR4x8
22 25 8
5 2-BR4x8
BR4x12 E6
E5
15 26
6-BR4x8 4
E5 4 9 2
BR4x8
3-B3x6
A
18
19 BR4x8
4-BR4x8
E6
E5 4
16 17 4-BR4x8
10 11
2-BR4x8
2-W3
2-SW3
2-Na3 9
DETAIL A
NO
COM 14 2-BR4x8
NC
2-B3x18 14
2-BR4x8
2-BR4x8
12
13 13
27 2-BR4x8 3-BR4x8
28 12
29 12
3-BR4x8
3-BR4x8
30 12
3-BR4x8 FP7Z0B02.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-60
ソータ 2
SORTER
2 11B
RANK R E F . PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
E 1 313N1255 ステー Stay 1
D 2 387N0133 帯電防止材 Eliminator 10
D 3 341N1093 アーム Arm 1
E 4 309S0034 プラワッシャ Plastic Washer 4
D 5 318S1078 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 2
D 6 388N2467 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 2 L=75.0
D 7 341N1088 アーム Arm 1
E 8 343N0040 フック Hook 1
E 9 313N1254 ステー Stay 10
D 10 357S0016 台 Mount 2
E 11 352N0597 パネル Panel 1
D 12 367Y1006 キャスタ Caster 4
E 13 356N9313 ブラケット Bracket 2
D 14 367S2040 脚 Caster 2
D 15 341N1086 アーム Arm 1
E 16 356N9323 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 17 343N0041 フック Hook 1
D 18 341N1089 アーム Arm 1
E 19 318S3161 グロメット Grommet 5
E 20 313N1256 ステー Stay 2
E 21 356N9314 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 22 386S0060 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 23 319N4000 軸 Shaft 1
D 24 340N0168A 取手 Lever 1
E 25 356N9311 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 26 356N9312 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 27 128S0723 マイクロスイッチ Micro Switch 1 ST6
D 28 366S0006 アクチェータ Actuator 1
E 29 139S0091 絶縁材 Insulating 1
E 30 356N9322 ブラケット Bracket 1
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-61
ソータ 3
11C SORTER
3
FP7Z0B13.EPS
DETAIL B
29
30 31 2
32 1
39 2-BR 3-E6
2-B2.5x5 3x12 5-E6
35 38
18 3
2-BR3x12
34 17
16 1
33 2-B2x5
32 15
6
5 5-E6
14 4
13
6-E6 6
3-E6
18 4
5
6 4 17
DETAIL C 22
4 16
28 3-E2
5 27 23
21 2-BR 24
1 6-E6 4x8
4 5 20 BR3x12
6 4 7
19
4 26 2-B3x6 25
5 37 C
8
5
4
9
39
11 10
12
6-E6
B
13
4-BR4x8
2-BR4x8
2-BR4x8 A
12
6-E6
DETAIL A
15
14
BR4x8
13 36
FP7Z0B03.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-62
ソータ 3
SORTER
3 11C
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 388N2468A 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 12 L=65.0
D 2 324N3133B タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 2
D 3 324N3127A タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 4
D 4 322SY165 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 32
D 5 322SF050 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 10 One-Way
D 6 360N0339A ハウジング Housing 24
E 7 363N2181 ガイド板 Guide Plate 1
E 8 363N2182 ガイド板 Guide Plate 1
E 9 313N1257 ステー Stay 1
E 10 356N9320 センサ板(上) Sensor Plate 1
D 11 350N2754 カバー Cover 1
D 12 363Y0359 ガイド Guide 4
D 13 318S1078 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 13
D 14 319N3768 軸 Shaft 20
E 15 334N2368A 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 5
D 16 319N3767 軸 Shaft 2
D 17 334N2368A 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 8
D 18 334N3517 ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 2
D 19 319N3765 軸 Shaft 4
D 20 334N2368A 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 20
D 21 334N3518 ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 4
D 22 319N3766 軸 Shaft 1
E 23 356N9315 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 24 388N2470 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 1
D 25 341N1087 アーム Arm 1
E 26 356N8152 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 27 386S0083 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 28 107Y0170/A ソレノイド Solenoid 1 SOLT1 - SOLT4
D 29 363Y0476 ガイド Guide Assembly 2
E 30 363N2534 ガイド板 Guide Plate 2
D 31 388N3084 ねじりコイルばね Helical Torsion Coil Spring 2
D 32 319N3771 軸 Shaft 4
D 33 388N3085 ねじりコイルばね Helical Torsion Coil Spring 2
D 34 316S3107 キャッチ Magnet Catch 2
D 35 350N2755 カバー Cover 2
D 36 332N0617 ストッパ Stopper 2
D 37 824Y0111 ソレノイドアセンブ Solenoid Assembly 4
リ
E 38 356N9321 センサ板 Sensor Plate 2
D 39 146S0052/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 3 ST1, ST2, ST3
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-63
ソータ 4
11D SORTER
4
DETAIL B
28 30 31 FP7Z0B14.EPS
38 32
2-BR3x12
2-B2.5x5 4
35 29 3 5
12
2-BR3x12
34 5-E6
2-B2x5
33 32
15 6
3
7 4
14
36 13
DETAIL C 6
6-E6
16 7
1
2 4
1
7 5-E6
6
1
6-E6
5
2 D
37
3 2
1 18
1 17
1
6-E6
2
19
1 2
71
1 B
2
9-E6
1
2 8
A
8
8-E6
C 9
10 DETAIL D
11 20
4-BR4x8 DETAIL A 26 3-E2
25 21
BR4x12 22
2-BR4x8
BR4x8
BR3x12
12 BR4x8
2-B3x6
27 24 23
FP7Z0B04.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-64
ソータ 4
SORTER
4 11D
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 322SY165 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 21
D 2 322SF050 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 15 One-Way
D 3 388N2468A 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 18 L=65.0
D 4 324N3133B タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 3
D 5 324N3187 タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 2
D 6 324N3127A タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 4
D 7 360N0339A ハウジング Housing 36
D 8 318S1078 すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 14
D 9 363Y0360 ガイド Guide 1
D 10 334N2368A 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 12
D 11 319N3768 軸 Shaft 3
D 12 341N1093 アーム Arm 1
D 13 319N3767 軸 Shaft 3
D 14 334N2368A 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 12
D 15 334N3517 ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 3
D 16 334N3518 ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 6
D 17 319N3765 軸 Shaft 6
D 18 334N2368A 樹脂ローラ Plastic Roller 30
D 19 363Y0359 ガイド Guide 5
D 20 319N3766 軸 Shaft 1
E 21 356N9315 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 22 388N2470 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 1
D 23 341N1087 アーム Arm 1
E 24 356N8152 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 25 386S0083 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 26 107Y0170/A ソレノイド Solenoid 1 SOLT5 - SOLT9
D 27 332N0617 ストッパ Stopper 2
D 28 363Y0476A ガイド Guide Assembly 2
E 29 356N9321 センサ板 Sensor Plate 2
E 30 363N2534A ガイド板 Guide Plate 2
D 31 388N3084 ねじりコイルばね Helical Torsion Coil Spring 2
D 32 319N3771 軸 Shaft 4
D 33 388N3085 ねじりコイルばね Helical Torsion Coil Spring 2
D 34 316S3107 キャッチ Magnet Catch 2
D 35 350N2755A カバー Cover 2
E 36 363N2180A ガイド板 Guide Plate 1
D 37 824Y0111 ソレノイドアセンブリ Solenoid Assembly 5
D 38 146S0052/A ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter 2 ST4, ST5
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-65
ソータ 5
11E SORTER
5
11
11 14
E4 E4
FP7Z0B15.EPS
10
2
12 12 1
B A
DETAIL A
2-BR
4x8
11 E4 DETAIL C 2-BR
4x8
13
B 2-BR
4x8
12
B 2-BR
DETAIL B 4x8
B
2-BR
4x8
2-BR4x8
3
B
B 2-BR4x8
B 2-BR4x8
2-BR4x8
2-BR4x8
2
7
C
E4
E4
D 1
E4 1
4
5
2-BR 6 DETAIL D
4x8 16
2-B4x10
E4
15
17
8
FP7Z0B05.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-66
ソータ 5
SORTER
5 11E
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 388N2469 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 3 L=16.0
D 2 323S3190 タイミングベルト Timing Belt 2
D 3 323S3189 タイミングベルト Timing Belt 1
D 4 324Y3021 タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 1
D 5 327Y0010 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 6 327N1101805 平歯車 Spur Gear 1
D 7 322SF041 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 2
E 8 386S0080 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 1
D 9 118SX164/A パルスモータ Stepping Motor 1 MT1
E 10 356N9317 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 11 324S3066A タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 9
D 12 322SF002 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 18
E 13 356N9316 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 14 356N9319 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 15 356N9318 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 16 324N1026A タイミングベルト車 Timing Belt Wheel 1
D 17 322SF017 ころがり軸受 Ball Bearing 2
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-67
ソータ 6
11F SORTER
6
14
FP7Z0B16.EPS
11
2-BR3x6
10
2-TP4x8 BR3x6
13
15 2-BR3x6
12
2-BR4x8
A 2-BR4x8
B 4-BR4x8
2
1
DETAIL A DETAIL C 5
9
DETAIL B
4 7
5-T4x6 8 FP7Z0B06.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-68
ソータ 6
SORTER
6 11F
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
D 1 365Y0005 レール Rail 1
E 2 823Y0006 連結部 Docking Plate 1 背面側/ Rear side
E 3 823Y0008 連結部 Docking Plate 1 前面側/ Front side
E 4 386S0060 緩衝機材 Shock Absorber 2
E 5 136Y8727/A ケーブル Cable 1 See Index 12
E 6 356N9305 ブラケット Bracket 1
E 7 356N9306 ブラケット Bracket 1
D 8 365S0037 レール Rail 1
E 9 136Y8728A/B ケーブル Cable 1 See Index 12
D 10 363N2408C/D ガイド Guide 1
E 11 345N1661A 仕切り板 Partition 1
E 12 346N1249C 補助板 Support Plate 1
D 13 107Y0181 ソレノイド Solenoid 1
D 14 388N2541 引張りコイルばね Extension Spring 1
E 15 405N3030 銘板 Label 1
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4689 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-69
ソータ 7
11G SORTER
7
FP7Z0B17.EPS
4-B3x6
FP7Z0B07.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-70
ソータ 7
SORTER
7 11G
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO.
CR 1 113Y1613B ボードアセンブリ Board Assembly 1 SRT16A
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-71
ケーブル
12 CABLE
RANK REF. PART NO. PART NAME QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO. CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
E 1 136Y6871/A ケーブル Cable 1 For Sorter 11/11
E 2 136Y6873A/B ケーブル Cable 1 For Sorter 11/11
E 3 136Y6874/A ケーブル Cable 1 For Sorter 11/11
E 4 136Y8557C/D ケーブル Cable 1 1/11
E 5 136Y8560 ケーブル Cable 1 1/11, 8/11
E 6 136Y8566 ケーブル Cable 1 1/11
E 7 136Y8567C/D ケーブル Cable 1 2/11
E 8 136Y8575A ケーブル Cable 1 8/11
E 9 136Y8576B ケーブル Cable 1 8/11
E 10 136Y8577B ケーブル Cable 1 8/11
E 11 136Y8580C ケーブル Cable 1 10/11
E 12 136Y8597B ケーブル Cable 1 1/11
E 13 136Y8610A ケーブル Cable 1 3/11
E 14 136Y8611C ケーブル Cable 1 1/11
E 15 136Y8612A ケーブル Cable 1 9/11
E 16 136Y8613B ケーブル Cable 1 9/11
E 17 136Y8614B ケーブル Cable 1 10/11
E 18 136Y8615B ケーブル Cable 1 10/11
E 19 136Y8616B ケーブル Cable 1 5/11
E 20 136Y8617B ケーブル Cable 1 6/11
E 21 136Y8618B ケーブル Cable 1 10/11
E 22 136Y8619C ケーブル Cable 1 7/11
E 23 136Y8620A ケーブル Cable 1 7/11
E 24 136Y8621C ケーブル Cable 1 6/11
E 25 136Y8623B ケーブル Cable 1 10/11
For Sorter,
E 26 136Y8727/A ケーブル Cable 1 3/11, 11/11
See Index 11F
For Sorter,
E 27 136Y8728A/B ケーブル Cable 1 1/11, 11/11
See Index 11F
E 28 136Y8729/A ケーブル Cable 1 For Sorter 11/11
E 29 136Y8730/A ケーブル Cable 1 For Sorter 11/11
1/11, 2/11, 3/11,
E 30 858Y0316J/K ケーブル部 Cable 1 4/11, 5/11, 6/11,
7/11
E 31 858Y0317E ケーブル部 Cable 1 3/11, 9/11, 10/11
E 32 858Y0318F ケーブル部 Cable 1 1/11, 2/11, 3/11
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5076 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-72
接続図
CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM 13
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-73
接続図
13 CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
4
1
1
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-74
接続図
CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM 13
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-75
接続図
13 CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-76
接続図
CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM 13
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-77
接続図
13 CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-78
接続図
CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM 13
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-79
接続図
13 CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-80
接続図
CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM 13
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-81
接続図
13 CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-82
接続図
CABLE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM 13
006-259-06
10.02.2006 FM4992 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-83
部品番号検索表
14 PARTS
NOS.
SEARCH
TABLE
PART NO. INDEX NO.-REF.NO. PART NO. INDEX NO.-REF.NO. PART NO. INDEX NO.-REF.NO.
Bolt with hexagon hole with Bolt with hexagon hole Deltight
9 BQ BQ4 x 10 M4 x 10
spring and plain washers with spring and plain
DT
washers
Nominal BQ
10 Deltight *1) DT DT4 x 8 diameter
4x8
11. 12.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-90
LIST OF QUICK WEARING PARTS 16
LIST OF QUICK WEARING PARTS
1 Fixing plug
1. 2. 3.
2 Binding band
Fixing plug Binding band N. K. clamp
3 N.K. clamp
4. 5.
4 Edging
FP5Z0D02.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4323 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual SP7-91
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-1
PM-2
3.1 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs 1Y 5 M-Utility (Log Files)
Power OFF – –
3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, 1Y 5 Clean with ethanol after washing
Removing the Cover (3Y) Replace every three years.
TP7M0101.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-2
PM-3
Reinstalling filters –
3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section 1Y 3 Clean with ethanol using cotton
swab
• Reinstalling covers –
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-3
PM-4
Power OFF – –
■ Sorter
Clean the sorter once every year or when dirty.
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-4
PM-5
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-5
PM-6
START
3.12 Greasing
A
FP7M0201.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-6
PM-7
END
FP7M0202.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-7
PM-8
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
■ Procedure
To correct the errors, refer to “TROUBLESHOOTING, 2.3 List of Error Codes” for meanings of
error codes, suspected causes, and remedies. To analyze error codes, refer to detailed
information on errors in “TROUBLESHOOTING, 2.2 Detailed Information on Error Codes”.
(4) Refer to each error code displayed to confirm if serious errors have occurred.
(5) [QUIT]
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-8
PM-9
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-9
PM-10
■ Procedure
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-10
PM-11
B D C E A B D C E A
F G
257.5 ±1.0
F G
430.0 ±1.0
364.5 ±1.0
354.0 ±1.0
B D C E A B D C E A
F G F G
252.0 ±1.0 252.0 ±1.0
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
|A-B| ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤2.0 ≤1.2
C 300 ±1.2 300 ±1.2 200 ±1.2 200.8 ±1.2
D, E 14.5 ±1.0 27.5 ±1.0 26.0 ±1.0 25.8 ±1.0
|D-E| ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤1.2
F 413.0 ±1.2 226.5 ±1.0 225.0 ±1.0 200 ±0.8
|F-G| ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0
FP7B0705.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-11
PM-12
● 17-steps Pattern
Print 17-steps patterns from each film tray, and check the density according to tone
type (Dmax.).
(1) [F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]
(2) Select Dmax → [ENT]
→ The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on
the operation panel.
(3) Note down the 17-steps data displayed on the operation panel.
(4) Check that the value noted down is within the specified values shown below. If
Dmax setting is set to “4.0 : enable”, check that the density of the 17th step is
above 4.0.
(5) Perform the same checks for each tray.
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-12
PM-13
SA12 SK1
SA22
SK2
SA32
SK3
FP7B0701.EPS
■ Checking Procedure
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-13
PM-14
❍ Driving System
(1) [Check Mechanism] → [Motor Operation] → [Motor Operation] → [MD1]
(2) [Action]: [CW]
(3) [Speed]: [High Speed] → [ENT]
→ The MD1 drives.
(4) Open the front cover.
Check that the operating sound of the MD1 stops.
(5) Close the front cover.
Check that the operating sound of the MD1 can be heard.
(6) [Action]: [STOP] → [ENT]
(7) Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.
❍ Scanner System
CAUTION
Do not place anything which reflects light (screwdriver, etc.) in the equipment when
checking interlock functions.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-14
PM-15
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-15
PM-16
Power supply
unit fan
Ventilation fan
(FANK1)
FP7B0702.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-16
PM-17
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-17
PM-18
■ Procedure
(1) Insert the shutter into the film tray.
(2) Check that when the film tray is locked, it cannot be pulled out to the front.
(3) Move the film tray to and fro, and check that it does not shake. At the same time,
check that the film tray interlock function does not function due to shaking of the
film tray when attaching it.
(4) Turn OFF the power of the equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-18
PM-19
Inspect the cleaning roller, wash away dirt with water, and clean with absolute
ethanol.
<NOTE>
Replace the cleaning roller every three years.
■ Procedure
(1) Remove the cleaning roller.
#3
[Remove]
Cleaning roller
#2 #1
[Pull out] Holder [Lower] Lever
#5 #4
[Insert] Holder [Lower] Lever
FP7M0301.EPS
(2) Wash the cleaning roller removed using water or warm water.
(3) Wipe the cleaning roller dry with a dry cloth.
(4) Clean the cleaning roller with a cloth moistened adequately with absolute ethanol.
Wiping with absolute ethanol helps vaporize the water remaining on the cleaning roller.
(5) With the cleaning roller inserted into the holder, leave to dry completely until the
end of preventive maintenance.
(6) Remove all covers.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-19
PM-20
■ Procedure
(1) Remove the lower front cover. Clean the filter attached to the lower front cover
using a vacuum cleaner.
8-BR3x8
(2) Clean the filter of the heat development unit cooling assembly using a vacuum
cleaner.
If dirt cannot be removed by cleaning, replace earlier than three years.
Filter
FP7M0305.EPS
(3) Install the filter of the heat development unit cooling assembly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-20
PM-21
(4) Remove the louver installed to the rear cover and left cover, and clean with a
vacuum cleaner.
Louver
FP7M0306.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-21
PM-22
Clean the suction cup and rubber roller of the removal unit, and clean inside the
equipment.
CAUTION
Do not clean the barcode reader filter attached to the film tray using ethanol, as the filter
will be damaged with time if the ethanol penetrates inside.
■ Procedure
Removal conveyance
roller (lower)
Removal conveyance
roller (upper)
Suction cup
FP7M0328.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-22
PM-23
Check and clean the SUS belt, and clean the sub-scanning conveyance rollers.
■ Procedure
(1) Remove the belt cover of the sub-scanning unit.
#3
[Remove] BR4x8
#4
[Remove] Belt cover
#1
[Remove] BR3x10
#2
[Remove] Handle
FP7M0307.EPS
(2) Clean the SUS belt with a cloth moistened with absolute ethanol.
<NOTE>
Do not bend or scratch the SUS belt as it will affect the recorded images.
SUS belt
FP7M0308.EPS
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
FP7C0613.EPS
(5) Attach the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets at the position shown below.
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
Sub-scanning unit
fixing bracket
#1
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
Sub-scanning unit
fixing bracket
FP7C0614.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-24
PM-25
(8)#1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN1
(8)#1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN3
(8)#1
[Disconnect] Connector
LDD16A-CN7
Shield plate (8)#1
[Disconnect] Connector
(6)#1 (7)#1 LDD16A-CN9
[Remove] 2-BR3x8 [Loosen] 2-BR4x12
(8)#2
[Disconnect]
Connector ME1
(8)#2
[Disconnect]
Connector CNS2
(8)#3
[Remove] 2-BR4x8
(8)#4
[Pull] Sub-scanning unit FP7M0323.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-25
PM-26
(9) Clean the sub-scanning unit conveyance rollers with a cloth moistened with
ethanol.
Sub-scanning unit
conveyance roller
FP7M0325.EPS
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#2
[Tighten] 2-BR4x8
#1
[Press against] Positioning screw
(12) Remove the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets, and reinstall them to its original
position.
CAUTION
When removing the sub-scanning unit fixing brackets, be careful never remove the
screws painted in red.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-26
PM-27
■ Procedure
(1) Remove the ejection cover.
(2) Remove the film release unit upper guide bracket.
#2
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
Ejection cover
#1
[Remove] BR3x8
FP7M0309.EPS
(3) Clean the light-receiving surface of the PDD board with a cotton swab moistened
with absolute ethanol.
Light-receiving surface
FP7M0310.EPS
(4) Reinstall the film release unit upper guide bracket, and ejection cover.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-27
PM-28
CAUTION
Because the heat plate inside the heat development rack assembly is very hot, wait
more than 60 minutes after turning OFF the power of the equipment before cleaning to
allow the heat plate to cool down completely.
■ Procedure
(1) Remove the film release unit and film cooling section.
“REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT, 9.1 Film Release Unit”, “REMOVAL AND
ADJUSTMENT, 8.3 Film Cooling Section”
(2) Remove the cooling fan assembly from the heat development unit together with
the bracket.
Bracket
Bracket
#3
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
#1
[Disconnect] Connector CNG3
FP7C0823.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-28
PM-29
[Remove] 2-BR3x8
FP7M0320.EPS
(4) Remove the heat development racks in order from the third rack to the first rack.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
If the fixing pins in front and at the rear of the heat development rack assembly are
removed, the roller assembly will drop when the heat development rack assembly is
removed. Therefore remove the heat development rack assembly without removing the
fixing pins.
#2 #2
[Disconnect] Connector [Disconnect] Connector
THG7-9, 4-6, 1-3 HEAT3, 2, 1
#4 [Remove]
Rack fixing bracket
(small) x4
#3
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
Fixing pin #1
[Remove] TP4x8
#6
[Remove] Heat development
#5 rack assembly
[Remove] 2-BR4x8
Rack fixing bracket
(large) FP7M0321.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-29
PM-30
(5) Remove the adiabatic cover and heater assembly from the heat development
rack assembly.
(6) Clean the heat plate and rubber roller with a cloth moistened with ethanol.
#3
[Remove] Heater assembly #2
[Remove] Pins (long) x 2
#4
[Clean] Heat plate
#5
#1 [Clean] Rubber roller
[Remove] Pins (Short) x 2
FP7M0312.EPS
(8) Clean the periphery of the heat development unit of this equipment with a vacuum
cleaner.
(9) Reinstall the heat development rack assembly to the heat development unit.
<NOTE>
Make sure that the thermistor cable is not damaged by the screw with grounding.
(10) Reinstall the left inside cover, and cooling fan assembly.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-30
PM-31
3.12 Greasing
Apply oil to the gears of the conveyance system every six years. 6Y
■ Procedure
(1) Apply Molykote (EM-30L) to the whole one-way gear of the upper conveyor unit.
One-way gear
FP7M0326.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-31
PM-32
(2) Apply Molykote (EM-30L) to the conveyor unit and removal unit gears as shown in
the figure.
Apply a drop of Molykote (EM-30L)
(2 mm dia) at the four points
indicated by the arrow.
FP7M0327.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-32
PM-33
■ Procedure
(1) Reinstall all covers except for the lower front cover.
(2) Reinstall the cleaning roller.
(3) Wipe the covers with a moistened cloth.
(4) Check that no cover screws are missing and that there are no spaces between
the cover and equipment.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-33
PM-34
CAUTION
Observe the following to prevent electrical hazards.
• Use the tester lead to prevent short-circuiting.
• Do not touch the voltage terminal and tester lead.
■ Procedure
(1) Pull the board attaching plate where MCT board can be seen.
#1
[Release] Clamp
#2
[Remove] BR3x8
FP7M0315.EPS
#3
[Release] Clamp
#4
[Remove] BR3x8
#5
[Pull] Board attaching plate
FP7M0316.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-34
PM-35
(2) Attach the interlock release jig to the front cover interlock (SK2/SK3).
(3) Turn ON the power of the equipment.
(4) Measure the voltage at the voltage measuring points.
If the voltage differs from the specified value, turn the voltage adjusting volume in front
of the power supply unit and adjust.
(5) After checking/adjusting the DC voltage, turn OFF the power of the equipment,
and remove the interlock release jig.
(6) Reinstall the board attaching plate to its original position.
(7) Reinstall the lower front cover.
+3.3V PRN board TP14 (+3.3V) – TP15 (GND) +3.3V ±2% +3.3V
(+3.23 to +3.37V)
+5V ±2%
+5V SNS board TP1 (+5V) – TP2 (GND) +5V 2
(+4.90 to +5.10V)
Power supply +5V ±2%
+5V – +5V 1
unit check pin (+4.90 to +5.10V)
Power supply +12VD ±2%
+12VD unit check pin – (+11.76 to +12.24V) +12VD
-12V SNS board TP4 (-12V) – TP2 (GND) -12V ±2% -12V
(-11.76 to -12.24V)
+12V SNS board TP3 (+12V) – TP2 (GND) +12V ±2% +12V
(+11.76 to +12.24V)
+5VS ±2%
+5VS MCT board TP2 (+5V) – TP1 (GND) +5VS
(+4.90 to +5.10V)
+24V ±2%
+24V DRV board TP1 (+24V) – TP2 (GND) +24V
(+23.52 to +24.48V)
TP7M0201.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-35
PM-36
TP2
TP1
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-36
PM-37
• PRN Board
TP15 TP14
FP7M0318.EPS
• MCT Board
TP2
TP1
FP7M0319.EPS
● Adjusting Volume
FP7M0314.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-37
PM-38
■ Procedure
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-38
PM-39
● Density Correction
(1) [F.D.C.] → [AUTO F.D.C.]→ [TRAY 1] → [ENT]
→ The 24-steps pattern is printed, and automatic density correction is performed.
(2) [QUIT]
(3) Perform the same checks for each tray.
● 17-steps Pattern
Print 17-steps patterns from each film tray, and check the density according to tone
type (Dmax.).
(1) [F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [TRAY 1] → [ENT]
(2) Select Dmax → [ENT]
→ The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on
the operation panel.
(3) Check that the values is within the specified values shown below. If Dmax setting
is set to “4.0 : enable”, check that the density of the 17th step is above 4.0.
(4) [QUIT]
(5) Perform the same checks for each tray.
(6) Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-39
PM-40
■ Procedure
(1) [System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Date/time]
→ The current system date and time are displayed.
(2) If the date and time are wrong, change the date and time, then touch [TOP].
If the date and time are correct, touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.
(3) End the M-utility, and turn OFF the power of the equipment.
(4) Clean the touch panel with a cloth moistened with absolute ethanol.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-40
PM-41
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-41
PM-42
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-42
PM-43
BLANK PAGE
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PM-43
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
INSTALLATION (IN)
IN-1
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-1
IN-2
1. INSTALLATION CONDITIONS
● DRYPIX 7000
735 mm x 680 mm x 1240 mm (W x D x H)
1240 mm
m
0m
68
73
5m
m
FP7I0302.EPS
● Sorter
385 mm x 590 mm x 1190 mm (W x D x H)
1190 mm
38 0 mm
5m 59
m
FP7I0303.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-2
IN-3
■ Weight
● DRYPIX 7000
Approximately 203 kg (including two trays)
● Sorter
Approximately 63 kg
● DRYPIX 7000
Four wheel caster (omni-directional, with no brake)
● Sorter
Six wheel caster (Four are omni-directional, two are for preventing from turning
over, with no brake)
■ Securing
Adjustable feet x 2 (front) and fixtures x 4
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-3
IN-4
● Operating
Temperature/Relative humidity : 15 °C (40 to 70%RH) to 30 °C (15 to 70%RH)
Atmospheric pressure : 700 to 1060 hPa
Heat generation : 400 kcal/hr
[%]
70
Relative humdity
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5 10 15 20 25 30 [°C]
Temperature FP7I0301.EPS
● Non-operating
Temperature : 0 to 45 °C (No freezing)
Relative humidity : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
● Transit or Storage
Temperature : -10 to 50 °C
Relative humidity : 10 to 90 %RH (No condensation)
Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa
■ Floor Levelness
10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around
■ Floor Flatness
10 mm or less
■ Line Voltage
200/ 220/ 230/ 240 VAC ±10% (By tap changing)
Single-phase (2 lines)
■ Capacity
2.2 kVA
■ Rated Current
11 A/ 10 A/ 9.5 A/ 9 A
■ Power Consumption
Maximum 2.2 kW
■ Electric Energy
Printing : 570 Wh
Standby : 320 Wh
Power save mode : 200 Wh
Sleep mode : 120 Wh
Remote standby mode : 20 Wh
■ Overload Protection
15 A
■ Start-up Time
Approximately 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 °C)
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-5
IN-6
50 or 20 or 50 or 350 or
more more more more
80 or 80 or 80 or 350 or
more more more more
Unit: mm
FP7I0402.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-6
IN-7
800 or
800 or more 800 or
800 or
more more more
Unit: mm
FP7I0403.EPS
Unit: mm
FP7I0404.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-7
IN-8
3.3 Preparations
4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION
4.2 Carrying
5. INSTALLATION
A
FP7B0201.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-8
IN-9
5.4.2 Affixing the Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the Cleaning Roller Set
6.1.1 Remove the Cushioning Materials, Changing the Film Tray Size
B C
FP7B0202.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-9
IN-10
B C
D E
FP7B0203.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-10
IN-11
D E
7.1.1 Power ON
F
FP7B0204.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-11
IN-12
8.4 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches
8.5 Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the Sorter is Connected
G FP7B0205.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-12
IN-13
10.2 Starting the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool)/Connecting DPX7 PC Tool to this Equipment
H FP7B0206.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-13
IN-14
12.2 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Which Occur at Installation
END
FP7B0207.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-14
IN-15
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-15
IN-16
■ Network Connection
As the equipment needs to be connected to the network, prepare network materials
and parts and complete constructions beforehand.
Prepare the network materials and accessories according to the place of installation as
they are not designated parts.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-16
IN-17
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-17
IN-18
<REMARKS>
This manual describes the procedure for connecting the PC for servicing to this equipment via
the network, but it is also possible to directly connect the PC for servicing to this equipment
using the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX crossing cable.
● Accessories
CD-ROM drive
● Display
800 x 600 pixels or higher-resolution display
<NOTE>
Version A08 or later must be installed to use Windows XP.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-18
IN-19
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-19
IN-20
■ Uninstalling Procedure
To uninstall the DI Tool from the PC, perform the following procedure.
(1) Check that the power of the PC is ON.
(2) If there are any applications currently running, end them. Also turn OFF any
resident virus software which may be running.
(3) Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] Æ [Control Panel].
(4) Double-click the [Add/Remove Programs] icon.
(5) From the [Currently installed programs:] list, click [DPX7 PC Tool] and then
[Change/Remove].
→ The [Confirm File Deletion] dialog appears to confirm whether to uninstall the DI
Tool.
(6) Click [Yes].
→ The [Remove Programs From Your Computer] window appears to uninstall the DI
Tool.
(7) Upon completion, click [OK].
<NOTE>
If the message “Some elements could not be removed. ...” is displayed when deletion
completes, click [Details...] and note down the files and folders which could not be deleted.
After completing the following steps, delete the files and folders noted down.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-20
IN-21
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-21
IN-22
(9) Set the folder name installing the DI Tool (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX) at
[Local Path:] , and select the checkboxes of [Read], [Write], and [Log visits].
<NOTE>
If the directory of the FTP site is not set to the folder installing the DI Tool (C:\Program
Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX), the DI Tool will not operate properly. If using other applications on the
same PC, after using the DI Tool, return to the settings noted down at step (8).
In addition, “C:\inetpub\ftproot” is the default value of Windows 2000 and can be
changed.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-22
IN-23
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-23
IN-24
■ Checking Procedure
(1) Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control Panel].
(2) Double-click the [Regional Options] icon.
(3) Click the [Numbers] tab.
(4) Check that [Decimal symbol] is “ . ” (period).
<NOTE>
If as a result of the above selection, the same symbol is selected for [Digit grouping symbol]
and [Decimal symbol], change the symbol for [Digit grouping symbol].
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-24
IN-25
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-25
IN-26
3.3 Preparations
■ Tools used
This equipment can be installed using standard tools.
When installing the sorter, the spanner provided to the sorter can also be used.
BR4x10
Spanner
FP7B0532.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-26
IN-27
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-27
IN-28
4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-28
IN-29
(5) Hook the top panel removed at step (1) to the carrier pallet.
Equipment
Top board
FP7B0405.EPS
FP7B0404.EPS
■ Sorter
(1) Remove the protective material covering the sorter and accessories.
(2) Remove the sorter from the base pad.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-29
IN-30
4.2 Carrying
(1) Clear the delivery path of the equipment and carry the equipment to the
installation site.
To ensure that the equipment can be carried out safely to the installation site, move any
obstacle out of the way on the delivery entry, entry corridor, and corners. Also make sure
that the elevator is made available to move the equipment.
<NOTE>
• When delivering the equipment by means of its two-wheel casters, raise the adjustable feet
all the way up.
• When carrying the equipment, support it so that it does not turn over.
• When moving the equipment over any bump, slowly move it to avoid shock.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-30
IN-31
Equipment
[Rotate] Nut
Caster
Adjustable foot
FP3B0309.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-31
IN-32
■ Accessories
Name Qty. Remarks
Scanner data FD 1
Individual data FD 1
Software CD-R 1
Ferrite core 1 Connect to the network cable.
Tie band 1
Cleaning roller 1
Cutter 2
Label 1 *1 Label for positioning film pack
Label 8 *1 Film size label
Label 1 Caution label for the lever operation of the
cleaning roller set
Hexagonal head bolt (M12x25) 8 For securing equipment fixtures
Spring washer (SW12) 8
Flat washer (W12) 8
Anchor nut 8
Spacer 2
Clamp 2
Screw with cover (T4x16) 16 Replace with screws for securing cover in
installation.
Screw with cover (T4x25) 8
Stand 1 Jig for removing upper conveyor unit.
Inspection data sheet 1
Operation manual 1
Screw (BR4x8) 5
Guide 2 Guide pin for changing film size in tray
Shaft 2
Screw (T4x35) 2
Fuse 6 1A (2 pieces), 2A (2 pieces), 5A (2 pieces)
Guide plate 1 Guide plate for changing film size in tray
(2-tray or 3-tray models only)
*1: Quantity for 1-tray models. The quantity differs for 2-tray or 3-tray models. TP7B0402.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-32
IN-33
■ Options
Product Product Code Parts No. Remarks
Additional option tray DPX TRAY #/E 898Y0881 For 35x43 and 26x36 cm size
Additional option tray DPX TRAY 8x10 E 898Y0896 For 20x25 cm size
Suction cup arm DPX ARM 8x10 #/E 898Y0883 For 20x25 cm size
Optional sorter DPX SRT #/E 000Y5398
Expanded frame buffer memory DPX BASE FBM 256 #/E 113S0185 256MB
TP7B0409.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-33
IN-34
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-34
IN-35
● Sorter
Name Qty. Remarks
Sorter unit 1
Docking plate (Front) 1
Docking plate (Rear) 1
Rail 1
Screw (BR4x8) 8
Tie band 2 For securing printer power cable (One is spare)
Bracket (Partition plate) 1
Bracket (Auxiliary plate) 1
Guide plate 1
Solenoid assembly 1
Extension spring 1
Screw (BR3x6) 5
Label 1 To warn against letting fingers get caught
Label 1 Label for filling in pin information
Operation manual 1
Inspection data sheet 1
Screw (TP4x8) 2
TP7B0405.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-35
IN-36
5. INSTALLATION
[Remove] Tape
FP7B0501.EPS
[Remove] Tape
[Remove] Tape
[Remove] Tag
[Remove] Tape
FP7B0502.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-36
IN-37
Left cover
Rear cover
Front cover
Right cover
FP7B0504.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-37
IN-38
#2
[Push slightly] Tray
#1
[Release manually] Tray lock
FP7B0506.EPS
(2) Pull the tray, and remove the tape securing the tray and shutter.
(3) Pull out the shutter.
#1
[Remove] Tape
Form block
#2
[Remove] Shutter
FP7B0505.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-38
IN-39
(4) Remove the foam block of the tray and cushioning material of the lower
squeezing roller.
#2 #1
[Remove] [Remove] Form block
Cushioning material
FP7B0507.EPS
■ Controller
(1) Remove the tape securing the filter.
[Remove] Tape
Filter
FP7B0508.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-39
IN-40
[Remove]
Tape and foam block
FP7B0509.EPS
(2) Remove the tape securing the guide plates of the middle conveyor unit. (2-tray
models, 3-tray models only)
[Remove] Tape
[Remove] Tape
FP7B0535.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-40
IN-41
■ Sub-Scanning Unit
#1
[Remove] 4-TP4x8
#2
[Remove] Fixture
FP7B0510.EPS
(2) Rotate the fixture removed, and secure to the sub-scanning unit at the two round
holes.
(3) Insert the upper conveyor unit removing jig provided with the equipment below the
sub-scanning unit. Secure it with the removed screw.
To shield from light, attach the screw removed in the screw hole on the frame.
(2)#1
[Attach] Fixing plate
(3)#3
[Attach] TP4x8
(2)#2
[Secure] 2- TP4x8
(3)#2
[Secure] TP4x8
(3)#1
[Insert] Upper conveyor unit removing jig
FP7B0511.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-41
IN-42
Sub-scanning motor #2
[Move] Fixture
#1
[Loosen] Two screws
#3
[Tighten] Two screws
FP7B0512.EPS
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Hold the sub-scanning unit side plate with the hand and shake the sub-scanning unit
gently with your hand, and check that there is no interference between the fixture and
sub-scanning unit frame. Do not hold the sub-scanning motor at this time.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-42
IN-43
● Frame
(1) Remove the bracket from the rear of the equipment.
(2) Connect the connectors to CN14 and CN6 of the power supply unit.
<REMARKS>
• There is not need to reinstall the removed bracket because the bracket is intended for
protecting the equipment during transportation.
• Keep the bracket removed as it will be necessary when the equipment needs to be moved
again in the future.
(1)#1
[Remove] Screw x 4
(1)#2
[Remove] Bracket
(2)
[Connect] Connector CN14, CN6
FP7B0537.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-43
IN-44
#3
[Attach]
Cleaning roller
#2 #1
[Pull out] Holder [Lower] Lever
#5 #4
[Push in] Holder [Lower] Lever FP7B0513.EPS
5.4.2 Affixing the Caution Label for the Lever Operation of the
Cleaning Roller Set
(1) Affix the caution label for the lever operation of the cleaning roller set in the
language the user desires.
#1
[Affix] Caution label for the lever operation
of the cleaning roller set FP7B0585.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-44
IN-45
Guide pin
Film tray
20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
FP7B0503.EPS
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-45
IN-46
■ Installed Position
BCR BCR
FP7B0539.EPS
■ Changing Procedure
(1) Remove the BCR assembly.
BCR assembly
#3
[Remove] 2-TP3x8
#2
[Release] Clamp
#1
[Disconnect] Connector
FP7B0541.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-46
IN-47
FP7B0542.EPS
#1
[Affix]
Film size label FP7C0313.EPS
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-47
IN-48
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-48
IN-49
CAUTION
• Do not connect telephone lines to the PC board connector. Only IEC60950/UL1950
specification cables are suitable for connection to this connector.
• At this time, do not connect to the network device.
When performing system settings of the equipment, prevent external intrusions
which may interfere with network security by rebooting only the equipment after
completing various settings and then connecting to the network equipment.
<REMARKS>
UTP: Unshielded type
STP: Shielded type
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX cable
#2
[Fix] Tie band
200 to 210 mm
#1
[Attach] Ferrite core FP7B0540.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-49
IN-50
#1
[Insert]
Network cable
#2
[Fix] Tie band
FP7B0524.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-50
IN-51
CAUTION
Tighten the screws firmly.
#3
[Switch] Tap
CO
M
20
0V
20
8V
22
0V
23
0V
24
0V
#1
[Remove] Two screws
#2
[Remove] Resin cover
FP7B0520.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-51
IN-52
<NOTE>
• Connect the power cable to the terminal block properly.
• To prevent deformation, tighten the terminal fixing screws while holding the terminal block
with the hand.
• Observe the power and connection regulations in the country of use.
#3
[Secure] Clamp
L
N
#1
L [Insert] Three power cable
N
PE
#2
[Tighten] Terminal fixing screws
Terminal block
FP7B0599.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-52
IN-53
<REMARKS>
Checking the Resistance of the Power Cable
(1) Set the main power switch on the equipment to ON position ( I ).
FP7B0601.EPS
(2) Measure the resistance between the following terminals of the power cable using a
tester.
∞Ω
(Reference)
1.7Ω ∞Ω
L N E
L N E
L N PE
FP7B0523.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-53
IN-54
6. INSTALLING OPTIONS
The following options are available for this equipment.
Described below are the procedures for installing these options. Perform the necessary
procedure.
• Additional removal unit (expansion film tray)
• 20 x 25 cm size suction cup arm assembly
• Expansion image memory board
• Sorter
FP7B0542.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-54
IN-55
2-BR3x8
#1
[Attach] Stopper x 2
FP7B0548.EPS
#2
[Remove] 4-TP4x8
#1
[Remove] 2-BR3x8 Tray inside cover
Tray cover
FP7B0545.EPS
(3) To use this additional removal unit for 25 x 30 cm size, change the attaching
position of the following parts referring to “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT, 4.3.3
Changing Film Size to 25 x 30 cm”.
• Suction cup unit
• Removal conveyance roller (upper) assembly
• Film surface detection sensor
• Film release plate
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-55
IN-56
(4) Check that the suction cup arm is at the home position before installing.
Home position
Removal unit
FP7B0575.EPS
#1
[Install] Removal unit
#2
[Fix] 4-BR4x8
Pin
FP7B0547.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-56
IN-57
#1
[Secure] BR3x8
Bracket
FP7B0564.EPS
#1
[Connect] Connector
Film pack/shutter
detection sensor
#2
[Secure] 3-BR4x8 Film loading unit
FP7B0565.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-57
IN-58
(3) Bind the extra length of the sensor cable so that it does not come out of the tray
insertion portion.
Clamp
#1
[Bind] Cable
FP7B0552.EPS
#1
[Attach] Bracket
#2
[Secure] 2-BR4x8
FP7B0553.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-58
IN-59
#1
[Remove] Shield screw Pin
Pin
#2
[Install] Conveyor unit
#1
[Remove] Shield screw
Take note direction faced
#3
[Secure] 4-BR4x8
FP7B0544.EPS
Removal unit
#1
[Temporarily secure] 2-BR3x6
FP7B0546.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-59
IN-60
(2) Temporarily secure the idle gear (large) to the middle conveyor unit.
#1
[Temporarily secure]
2-BR3x6
FP7B0558.EPS
#1
[Temporarily secure]
2-BR3x6
FP7B0559.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-60
IN-61
(3) While touching the flange of the temporarily secured idle gear against the gears
indicated by the arrows in the following figure, tighten the screws.
Gear B
Gear C
Gear D
Lower conveyor unit
FP7B0554.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-61
IN-62
(4) Apply molykote (EM-30L) to the installed conveyor unit and removal unit gears as
shown in the figure.
Apply a drop of Molykote (EM-30L)
(2 mm dia) at the four points
indicated by the arrow.
#1
[Apply Molykote] Gear Middle removal unit
#1
[Apply Molykote] Gear Lower removal unit
FP7B0574.EPS
#2 #1
[Secure] 2-BR3x8 [Attach] Shield cover
FP7B0555.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-62
IN-63
COM
NC
#1
[Connect]
Connector x 6
#2
[Secure] Clamp x 7
FP7B0556.EPS
(2) Disconnect the short connectors from CN4 and CN5 on the DRV board, and
connect the connectors of the internally wired cables to CN4 and CN5.
Connect CN5 when installing the additional film tray 2, and CN4 when installing the
additional film tray 3.
#2
[Connect] Wired cables
DR
V
#1
[Disconnect] Short connector
FP7B0557.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-63
IN-64
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-64
IN-65
#1
[Remove] 4-TP3x8
FP7B0566.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-65
IN-66
(2) Remove the bracket, and remove the film loading unit.
COM
NC
#2
[Disconnect]
Connector x 4
#1
[Release] Clamp x 5
#1
[Release] Clamp
Bracket
#2
[Remove] 2-BR4x8
FP7B0567.EPS
#4
[Disconnect] Connector
#3
[Release] Clamp x 2
Film pack/shutter
detection sensor
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-66
IN-67
#4
[Remove] 4-BR4x8
#3
[Disconnect]
Connector
#2
[Remove] Shield cover
Removal unit
#1
Shield cover [Remove] BR3x8
FP7B0569.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-67
IN-68
Removal unit
#1
[Disconnect]
Connector
#2
[Remove] 4-BR3x8 FP7B0560.EPS
#1
[Install] 20 x 25 cm size suction
cup arm assembly
#3
[Connect] Connector
#2
[Secure] 4-BR3x8 FP7B0561.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-68
IN-69
#1
[Remove] 4-DT3x6
#3
[Secure] 4-DT3x6
Mark
#2
[Move] Film release plate x 2
FP7B0562.EPS
Home position
Removal unit
FP7B0575.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-69
IN-70
FP7B0542.EPS
Clamp
#1
[Bind] Cable
FP7B0552.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-70
IN-71
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-71
IN-72
#1
[Disconnect]
Shaded connector x 6
#2
[Remove] BR3x8
FP7B0514.EPS
#3
[Release] Clamp
#3
[Release] Clamp
#4
[Remove] BR3x8
#5
[Pull] Board ataching plate
FP7B0515.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-72
IN-73
(3) Insert the image memory board in the PC board slot (CN15).
<NOTE>
• Take note of the direction of inserting the image memory board.
• Push in the image memory board until it is secured by the hooks on each side of the slot.
Hook
FP7B0516.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-73
IN-74
Operation panel
Jam clear cover
fixing screws
2-T4x12
2-T4x8
BR3x12
3-BR3x8
FP7B0518.EPS
(3)#1
[Attach] Solenoid
Film changeover
guide #3
BR3x6 [Remove]
Connector housing
(3)#4
[Connect] Connector
(3)#2 2-BR3x6 (2) SOLJ1
[Attach] Auxiliary plate [Remove] B3x14 FP7B0528.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-74
IN-75
Film changeover
guide
2-TP4x8
(4) #2
[Install] Guide plate
(5) (4) #1
[Attach] Spring 2-BR3x6 [Install] Partition plate
FP7B0536.EPS
(6) Remove the cap from the right side cover of the printer.
Push out the cap from the back of the right side cover.
(7) Attach the brackets to the upper right side cover.
#1
[Remove] Four caps
Right cover
#2
[Attach] Bracket (Rear)
2-BR4x8
2-BR4x8
#2
[Attach] Bracket (Front)
FP7B0529.EPS
(8) Reinstall the right cover which has been attached to the brackets using the
screws (8-T4x16) with cover provided with the printer. Reinstall upper right cover,
upper left cover, and jam clear cover to the printer.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-75
IN-76
(9) Paste the “Watch out hand” caution label on the right cover as shown in the figure.
FP7B0563.EPS
(10) Adjust the height of the bottom of the printer from the ground so that it is 65 ±2
mm.
<REMARKS>
At shipment, the height of the sorter is 65 mm.
FP7B0530.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-76
IN-77
(12) Check that the height from the ground to the printer and that to the sorter are the
same in the connected state.
(13) Check the clearance between the sorter and printer.
Check that the sorter is within the specified range shown in the following diagram
in respect to the printer.
If outside the specified range, proceed to step (14) to adjust the position.
A A ≤ 30mm
B ≤ 30mm
l A-B l ≤ 10mm
B
Casters FP7B0531.EPS
(14) To adjust, rotate the caster height adjusting nut of the sorter using the spanner,
and adjust the sorter within the specified range.
BR4x10
Spanner
FP7B0532.EPS
(15) Separate the sorter from the printer, and return the spanner to its original position.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-77
IN-78
2-BR4x8
Rail
FP7B0533.EPS
(17) Connect the sorter to the bracket of the printer, and secure the sorter to the rail.
#3
[Fix] Tie band
#1 [Remove] 2-BR4x8
#2 [Tighten] 2-BR4x8
FP7B0534.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-78
IN-79
(18) Separate the sorter from the printer, and remove the sorter rear cover and control
board cover.
(19) Connect the cables to the sorter, and tighten the connector fixing screws.
#1
[Connect] Connector
#2
[Secure] Tie band
FP7B0573.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-79
IN-80
(20) Connect the cables to the printer, and tighten the connector fixing screws.
<NOTE>
Secure the cables indicated at step #3 in the figure shown below at the same time as the
network interface cable.
“5.7.1 Connecting Network Cable”
#2
[Connect] Connector
Power supply unit CN17
#1
[Connect] Connector
MCT board CN6
#3
[Secure] Tie band
FP7B0572.EPS
(21) Reinstall the control board cover and sorter rear cover.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-80
IN-81
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-81
IN-82
7.1.1 Power ON
Start the equipment and start the M-Utility.
(1) Set the breaker of the switch-board to ON.
(2) Set the main power switch on the equipment to ON position ( I ).
→ The POWER LED on the operation panel lights up. The equipment will not have
started up at this point.
<NOTE>
Normally, use the power ON switch to turn ON/OFF the power of the equipment. Leave the
main power switch at ON.
FP7B0601.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-82
IN-83
POWER LED
Power ON switch
FP7B0602.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-83
IN-84
#1
[Touch] #2
Top left of screen [Touch within a second]
UTILITY button
Version display
FP7B0603.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-84
IN-85
■ Set Tray
Set the film used for each film tray.
(1) [System Management] → [System Config.] → [Set Parameters] → [Set Tray]
(2) Touch [TRAY 1].
Select the film size and film base color used in film tray 1.
<NOTE>
• Do not select [14x14 (35x35 cm)].
• [Blue base/ML] is available from main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 and later.
If [Blue base/ML] is selected, perform [Set ML Dmax] next.
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-85
IN-85.1
■ Set ML Dmax
If there is a film tray for which [Blue base/ML] is selected for the film base color, set
whether or not to print by the Dmax of the image sent.
<NOTE>
• This menu is provided in main unit software version V5.0 or later, or V11.0 or later.
• This setting applies not only to each individual film tray, but to all film trays.
■ Sorter Setting
Set whether to use the sorter or not.
<DEFAULT>
[Disable]
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-85.1
IN-85.2
■ Option
Set software options as desired.
<DEFAULT>
• Automated F.D.C. : [By each film pack]
• 17-Steps Pattern : [Disable]
• User Settable : [Disable]
• Operation After Film Loading : [Enable]
• QC : [Disable]
• Spatial Resolution : [Disable]
• Warning at system start : [Enable]
• MammoQC : [Disable]
<NOTE>
[User Settable], [Operation After Film Loading], and [QC] are available from main unit software
A03, A04, V4.1 or later, or V10.0 or later.
[Spatial Resolution] and [Warning at system start] are available from main unit software V5.0
or later, or V11.0 or later.
[Mammo.QC] is available from main unit software version V7.0 or later, or V13.0 or later.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-85.2
IN-85.3
(5) If a film pack different from the base color set is set, select whether to enable
resetting of the film.
• Operation After Film Loading
• [Disable] : Displays the warning window and using this film.
• [Enable] : Displays the warning window and enables resetting.
(6) [NEXT]
(7) Set the enable/disable of the image QC function.
• QC
• [Disable]
• [Enable]
<NOTE>
If set to [Enable], there is a need to register the user ID using DPX7 PC Tool.
“SERVICE MODE, 5.1 Registering User ID”
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-85.3
IN-85.4
(10) Set whether to enable the Mammo QC function of U-Utility. Also set the value
(NEMA/EUREF) when enabled.
• Mammo.QC
• [Disable] : Disable
• [NEMA] : National Electrical Manufacturers Association
• [EUREF] : European Reference Frame
<REMARKS>
Selecting NEMA, EUREF enables output of the mammo QC pattern complying with the
respective standards.
• NEMA : Refer to the separate “Mammo QC Operation Manual” when using.
• EUREF : In the EU, individual standards are set down by country based on the EUREF
standards, use according to the status of the country installed in.
(11) [ENT]
(12) Touch [QUIT] continuously to return to the [Set Parameters] menu.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The changes made will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-85.4
IN-86
■ Select Dmax
Set the tone type (Dmax) selected with each command (film output, etc.) of the M-
Utility.
<DEFAULT>
[2.64/3.0/3.6]
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-86
IN-87
BLANK PAGE
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-87
IN-88
CAUTION
Perform Set Network menu settings after disconnecting the network cables. Re-
connect after completing settings and rebooting the equipment. If Set Network menu
settings have been performed, the security will be vulnerable temporarily.
<INSTRUCTIONS>
Confirm details such as IP address and subnet mask with the network administrator of
the installation site.
■ AE-title
Set the name of the printer for 10 pix/mm recording used in the DICOM protocol.
<DEFAULT>
“DRYPIX”
(4) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-88
IN-89
(3) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
■ Port No.
Set the port number used for the network.
<DEFAULT>
“104”
(3) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-89
IN-90
■ IP Address
Set the IP address used for the network.
<NOTE>
If the main unit software version is V10.0 or V10.1, the network must be in the enabled state
(network cable is connected, and HUB power is ON) when the equipment is started after IP
address setting.
If the network is not enabled when the equipment is started, communication will not be
possible even though the same display as normal start is displayed. In this case, enable use of
the network and then start up the equipment again.
<DEFAULT>
“172.016.001.040”
(3) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
(4) [NEXT]
→ The next display of the [Set Network] menu appears.
■ SubnetMask
Set the subnet mask used for the network.
(1) [SubnetMask]
(2) Enter the subnet mask (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• If no value is entered, it will be set as “000.000.000.000”.
(3) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-90
IN-91
■ Gateway
Set the gateway address used for the network.
<DEFAULT>
“000.000.000.000”
(1) [Gateway]
(2) Enter the gateway address (decimal).
<REMARKS>
• Input range: 000 to 255
• Invalid input: “255.255.255.255”
• If no value is entered or “000.000.000.000” is entered, it will be taken as incomplete setting.
(3) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
■ Hostname
Set the host name used for the network.
<DEFAULT>
“fujiprinter”
(1) [Hostname]
(2) Enter the host name (maximum 16 digits).
<REMARKS>
• Select the type of characters to change the screen.
• Characters which can be entered for the host name include alphabets (upper and lower
case), numerals, and hyphen “-”.
• The following are unaccepted.
• Space
• Less than 2 characters
• First character is a number
(3) [ENT]
→ Returns to the [Set Network] menu.
(4) [QUIT] → [QUIT]
→ Returns to the [System Management] menu.
<IMPLEMENTATION OF CHANGES>
The settings made at [Set Network] will be effective after the equipment is rebooted.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-91
IN-92
■ Set Alarm
Set the alarm type.
<DEFAULT>
Alarm: [ON], Volume: [HIGH]
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-92
IN-93
■ Select Language
Set the language of the operation panel.
<DEFAULT>
[English]
(4) [EXIT]
→ The M-Utility ends.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-93
IN-94
(3) After rebooting the equipment, connect the network cable of the equipment to the
network.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-94
IN-95
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-95
IN-96
(5) [QUIT]
(6) Perform the same checks for each tray.
(7) Touch [QUIT] to return to the top menu of M-Utility.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-96
IN-97
006-259-06
07.31.2006 FM4949 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-97
IN-98
(5) Check that there are no problems in the output film image.
(6) [QUIT]
(7) Perform the same checks for each tray.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-98
IN-99
B D C E A B D C E A
F G
257.5 ±1.0
F G
430.0 ±1.0
364.5 ±1.0
354.0 ±1.0
B D C E A B D C E A
F G F G
252.0 ±1.0 252.0 ±1.0
(Unit: mm)
Position 35 x 43 cm size 26 x 36 cm size 20 x 25 cm size 25 x 30 cm size
|A-B| ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤2.0 ≤1.2
C 300 ±1.2 300 ±1.2 200 ±1.2 200.8 ±1.2
D, E 14.5 ±1.0 27.5 ±1.0 26.0 ±1.0 25.8 ±1.0
|D-E| ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤1.2 ≤1.2
F 413.0 ±1.2 226.5 ±1.0 225.0 ±1.0 200 ±0.8
|F-G| ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0
FP7B0705.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-99
IN-100
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-100
IN-101
SA12 SK1
SA22
SK2
SA32
SK3
FP7B0701.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-101
IN-102
❍ Scanner System
CAUTION
Do not place anything which reflects light (screwdriver, etc.) in the equipment when
checking interlock functions.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-102
IN-103
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-103
IN-104
Power supply
unit fan
Ventilation fan
(FANK1)
FP7B0702.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-104
IN-105
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-105
IN-106
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-106
IN-107
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-107
IN-108
Client 1 Client 2
Hospital network
PC for servicing
DRYPIX DRYPIX
(3)
(4)
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-108
IN-109
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-109
IN-110
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-110
IN-111
<NOTE>
From DPX7 PC Tool version A09, the “Soft Ver.Up” function button display has been changed
to “Upgrading”, however some parts of this manual still uses the old name.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-111
IN-112
#1 [Right-click]
[Hospital Name] #2
FP7B0A20.EPS
→ The screen for entering the printer name (Host Name) to be registered appears.
(3) Enter the Host Name set for the equipment connected.
(4) Select [DRYPIX 7000/5000] for [Model].
(5) [OK].
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-112
IN-113
(6) [Network].
#1
FP7B0A05.EPS
FP7B0A06.EPS
(7) Enter the IP address and the subnet mask entered on this equipment at “7.2.2
System Management/Set Network”, and click [OK].
→ This completes preparations for enabling communications between this equipment
and DPX7 PC Tool.
(8) Click the function button (ex. [Control] button) at the top of the DPX7 PC Tool
screen.
→ Communication with this equipment starts. When all connections with this equipment
have completed, the operation panel of this equipment switches to the following
screen, activating the various commands from DPX7 PC Tool.
PC-UTL
Executing
<NOTE>
If communications become disabled, the [LOGIN Failure] message appears.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-113
IN-114
#4 #5 FP7B0A07.EPS
→ After import ends, the [File transfer is completed.] message appears, and the data is
saved in the HD in the PC for servicing.
(2) [OK]
→ The [Control] screen is returned.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-114
IN-115
<REMARKS>
To change the system settings set using the M-Utility, perform the following procedure.
(1) “Printer name importing individual data” → [Setting] → [Config] → change
parameters → [Update]
#2 #1 #3
#4 [Change] Parameters
#5 FP7B0A12.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-115
IN-116
<CAUTION>
The [Clients:] list is registered with a client named “WatchDRYPIXLink”. Because this is
the internal AE Title used for communications if the DRYPIX Link is a client, do not
change it. Changing it will disable communication when DRYPIX Link and this
equipment are connected.
<NOTE>
For equipment with main unit software version V7.0 or later/V13.0 or later at shipment,
“MammoQCTest” is registered as default. If the version has been upgraded from an earlier
version, read equipment data and add and register new clients.
<REMARKS>
FCR-CSL: Settings provided for connecting CR-IR346CL (console for FCR XG-1) and
CR-IR348CL (console for FCR5000 series). This settings is applied to the
clients of named “FCR-CSL”.
default: Settings for clients other than the above.
MammoQCTest: Name of default client (AE Title) used in U-Utility Mammo QC test pattern
output.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-116
IN-117
→ The screen for entering the client name (AE Title) to be registered appears.
(2) Enter the client name → [OK]
→ The new client is added to the [Clients:] list.
<NOTE>
Up to 16 characters can be entered for the AE Title.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-117
IN-118
■ Deleting Clients
Perform the following procedure to delete registered clients.
(1) Click the name of the client to be deleted from the [Clients:] list.
(2) Click [Delete] at the bottom of the [Clients:] list.
→ A message to confirm the deletion of the client selected appears.
(3) [OK].
→ The selected client is deleted.
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-118
IN-119
FP7B0A09.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-119
IN-120
(2) Set parameters according to the list of client settings below. For details of each
function, refer to “SERVICE MODE, [PC1-3] Clients”
Protocol
Attribute List Error Send error message for unexpected data 0: not indicated
(0107H Warning) received or ignore warning. 1: indicated
Attribute Value Out of Range Send error message for out-of-range data 0: not indicated
(0116H Warning) received or ignore warning. 1: indicated
Image Size is Larger than Imagebox Notify that images have been reduced if too 0: not indicated
(B604H Warning) large to fit image frame, or ignore warning. 1: indicated
N-Event-ReportRQ Send event report or not. 0: disabled
1: enabled
Use Extension format Use expansion format or not. 0: No
1: Yes
ID ID for differentiating EV (Philips Easy Vision)
HM (Hitachi DR2000/Clavis view)
CR (XG-1/CR-Console)
CR (Synapse)
SM (Siemens)
Use Default Annotation Use Annotation or not. 0: No
1: Yes
Change Film Change film or not.
Enables film change. Can set whether to 0: 0116H[W]
send details of error.
Details of errors are sent to the client, 272: 0110H[F]
without changing film.
Details of errors (unique values for 21317: 5345H[F]
FUJIFILM systems) are sent to the client,
without changing the film.
Use System Timeout Set timeout of reception from client or not. 0: No
1: Yes
Presentation LUT Use LUT information sent from client or not. 0: No
1: Yes
Precede Picking Up Use precedent removal function or not. 0: No
1: Yes
Use Max/Min Density Use minimum density value or maximum 0: printer
density value. 1: modality
Logging Client DICOM communication log filtering setting 0: No
1: Yes
Reprint Use reprint function or not 0: No
1: Yes
TP7B0801.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-120
IN-121
Magnify
Procedure Selection of enlargement/reduction 0:A-VR
processing 1: SSM
Default Smoothing Type Selection of smoothing type 1: SHARP
2: MEDIUM
3: SMOOTH
Adjustment Parameter
SHARP
Edge detection Perform enlargement/reduction processing 0: OFF
for edge or not. 1: ON
Detection level Edge detection level setting 1 – 1023
Sharpness Sharpness adjustment parameter setting -70 – 300
Character color Character color setting 0: White
1: Black
MEDIUM
Edge detection Perform enlargement/reduction processing 0: OFF
for edge or not. 1: ON
Detection level Edge detection level setting 1 – 1023
Sharpness Sharpness adjustment parameter setting -70 – 300
Character color Character color setting 0: White
1: Black
SMOOTH
Edge detection Perform enlargement/reduction processing 0: OFF
for edge or not. 1: ON
Detection level Edge detection level setting 1 – 1023
Sharpness Sharpness adjustment parameter setting -70 – 300
Character color Character color setting 0: White
1: Black
Default Requested Decimate/Crop Magnification/reduction setting if client 1: DECIMATE
Behavior does not send information when images 2: CROP
are reduced. 3: FAIL
TP7B0802.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-121
IN-122
LUT
Procedure Selection of tone processing method 0: SAR
1: BAR
Default LUT Selection of LUT number used as default 1–8
Adjustment Parameter
LUT1 – LUT8 Setting of LUT1 to LUT8
γ Table No. Selection of γ table number of LUT 11 – 99 (BAR: 1 – 10) *1
Max. Density Maximum density value 0 – 300, 330, 360
(x100 for SAR, BAR is % value) (BAR: 0 – 100) *2
Min. Density Minimum density value 0 – 300
(x100 for SAR, No setting for BAR)
Contrast Contrast setting (BAR: 10 – 400)
(x100, No setting for SAR)
Number of Tuning Points No. of fine adjustment points for SAR 0–5
Point1 – Point5 Setting of fine adjustment points 1 to 5
Density Setting of x100 of density value to be finely 1 – 300
adjusted
Shift Setting of x100 value of movement density -100 – 100
value
Contrast Setting of x 100 of contrast of points to be 10 – 400
finely adjusted
Dmax 3.6 Setting of gradation type for Dmax 3.6 0: Standard
*1: Up to 20 can be entered for BAR but enter between 1 and 10.
*2: When entering density exceeding 300, enter 330 or 360.
TP7B0803.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-122
IN-123
Output Format
Border Density Background density (x100 of actual value) 0 – 300
Polarity (Pos./Neg.) Reverse the black/white of the image 1: normal (Pos.)
2: reverse (Neg.)
Trim Density Image trim density 0 – 300
(x100 of actual value)
Trim Whether there is image trim 0: OFF
1: ON
Trim Width Width of the trim (pixels) 1–9
Number of Copies Default no. of prints 1 – 99
Margin between Image Setting of image frame intervals (Unit: pixel) 0 – 50
Image Layout Setting of image layout method
Positioning to film center 0: concentration
Center of remaining segment set with 1: spread
frame interval value
Film Size Setting of default film size 1: 8IN*10IN
2: 10IN*14IN
3: 14IN*14IN
4: 14IN*17IN
Medium Type (base color) Setting of default film base color 1: blue
2: clear
Film Orientation Setting of film orientation 1: PORTRAIT
2: LANDSCAPE
Mirror Setting of film back/front 0: OFF (Normal)
1: ON (Mirror)
Processing Type Setting of density processing calculation 0: Type1
method 1: Type2
Film Destination Setting of film destination
UpperTray Discharge to upper trays 0: not use
1: use
Bin No 1 – Bin No 10 Discharge to specified bins 0: not use
1: use
Annotation
Annotation Height Setting of magnification degree of 1–4
annotation printing area along character
height
Annotation Font Setting of font type of annotation System: System
Annotation Size Setting of font size of annotation 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72
Upper Left/Upper Center/ Setting of annotation position, and entering
Upper Right/Lower Left/
Lower Center/Lower Right
TP7B0804.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-123
IN-124
(3) To set the sorter, perform steps (4) and (5) below.
(4) [Output format] → [Film Destination]
#1
FP7B0A10.EPS
#2
FP7B0A11.EPS
<REMARKS>
When [Upper Tray] is set as the film destination, the film is discharged to the upper tray. Bins
cannot be specified as the destination here.
(6) [Update]
→ The changed settings are saved in the HD in the PC for servicing.
<NOTE>
Sorter related parameters set here are applied if no bin number is specified for the image data
sent from the client. If a bin number is specified by the client, priority will be given to that bin.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-124
IN-125
<REMARKS>
Up to 32 clients can be registered.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-125
IN-126
FP7B0A13.EPS
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-126
IN-127
#4 #5 FP7B0A14.EPS
→ The individual data set using the DPX7 PC Tool is sent to the selected printer.
After transfer of individual data ends, the [File transfer is completed] message
appears, and the individual data is saved in the HD of the equipment.
(2) Send each individual data to all printers registered.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-127
IN-128
■ Image QC function
Register user ID.
“SERVICE MODE, 5.1 Registering User ID”
■ Reprint function
Register user ID, and set macro (%REPRINT%) in annotation settings.
“SERVICE MODE, 5.3 Setting Reprint”
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-128
IN-129
#1 #3 #2 #5
#4 #6 FP7B0A21.EPS
→ The equipment starts termination operation, and the power goes OFF.
(2) End the DPX7 PC Tool by clicking the [Exit] button.
(3) End the DI Tool by clicking the [EXIT] button of DI Tool main screen.
006-259-08
02.15.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-129
IN-130
006-259-04
09.20.2004 FM4447 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-130
IN-131
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-131
IN-132
“Indv” folder
Back-up FD
FP7B0901.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-132
IN-133
#4 #6 FP7B0A23.EPS
006-259-08
01.22.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-133
IN-134
#4 #5 FP7B0A15.EPS
→ Individual data is sent to the PC for servicing and saved in the HD.
When the data transfer is completed, the [File transfer is completed.] message appears.
<REMARKS>
The individual data is saved in the “Indv” folder of the registered printer name folder in the
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers” folder.
In the above example, the individual data is saved in the “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\
Printers\Hospital Name_fujiprinter1\Indv” folder.
006-259-08
01.22.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-134
IN-135
#1 #2 #4 #3
#5 FP7B0A24.EPS
→ The [Backup] window for selecting the folder for saving the individual data appears.
006-259-08
01.22.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-135
IN-136
#2 FP7B0A25.EPS
→ The individual data is copied to the FD. When the data copy is completed, the [File
transfer is completed.] message appears.
(4) Remove the FD.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-136
IN-137
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-137
IN-138
“LOG” folder
FD
FP7B0902.EPS
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-138
IN-139
#4 #5 FP7B0A16.EPS
006-259-08
01.22.2007 FM5077 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-139
IN-140
#1 #2 FP7B0A17.EPS
#1 #2 FP7B0A18.EPS
→ The data for analysis saved is sent to the PC for servicing, and saved on the HD.
When the data transfer is completed, the [Transfer Analysis Log completed.] message
appears.
<REMARKS>
• The saved analysis data is shown below.
• Text file of error logs and various settings information
• Communication logs (external input, formatter, formatter to printer, printer ISC)
• The error log data is saved under the filename “AppEvt.txt”.
• The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution.
• The analysis data is saved in the “LOG” folder of the registered printer name folder in the
“C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX\Printers” folder.
(3) To copy only the data of the error log from the PC for servicing to the FD, open the
above “LOG” folder, and copy “AppEvt.txt”.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-140
IN-141
#1 #2 FP7B0A19.EPS
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-141
IN-142
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-142
IN-143
(4) Rotate the double nut of the adjustable foot and push against the equipment to
secure.
Equipment
[Rotate] Nut
Caster
Adjustable foot
FP3B0703.EPS
(5) Perform the following check and adjustment when connecting the sorter.
• If the casters of the sorter rise off the ground at the place of installation, adjust the
height of the casters.
• Connect the sorter to the equipment, and check that the respective heights from
the ground to the base of the sorter and that to the base of the equipment are the
same.
• Check that the clearance between the equipment and sorter is within the specified
range.
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-143
IN-144
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-144
IN-145
BLANK PAGE
006-259-03
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual IN-145
DRYPIX 7000
SERVICE MANUAL
CONTROL SHEET
Issue Date Revision Number Reason Pages Affected
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-1
PC-2
Installation Information
Checklist
❐ 3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION
❐ 4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION
❐ 4.4 Checking Components
❐ 5. INSTALLATION
❐ 5.1 Removing External Packaging of the Equipment Main Body
❐ 5.2 Removing Covers
❐ 5.3 Removing Fixtures
❐ 5.4 Installing Separately Packaged Items
❐ 5.5 Changing the Film Size
❐ 5.6 Installing Options
❐ 6.1 Installing the Additional Removal Unit
❐ 6.2 Installing the 20 x 25 cm Size Suction Cup Arm Assembly
❐ 6.3 Installing Additional Image Memory Boards
❐ 6.4 Installing Sorter
❐ 5.7 Connecting Interface Cables
❐ 5.8 Setting the Power Supply
006-259-00
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-2
PC-3
006-259-00
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-3
PC-4
❐ 8.4 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and
Scratches
• Check for image unevenness and scratches
❐ Pass ❐ Fail
• Measure recording image format:
20 20
D E
Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 B C A
Film size
A
B
C
D
F G
E
F
G
|A–B|
|D–E|
|F–G|
006-259-00
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-4
PC-5
❐ 8.5 Checking Conveyance and Scratches on Film Image When the Sorter is
Connected
• Check for abnormal sounds and smell ❐ Pass ❐ Fail
• Check for film jamming ❐ Pass ❐ Fail
• Check for scratches ❐ Pass ❐ Fail
❐ 8.6 Checking the Interlock Function
❐ 8.6.1 Checking the Jam Clear Cover Interlock
❐ 8.6.2 Checking the Front Cover Interlock
❐ Driving System
❐ Scanner System
❐ 8.6.3 Checking the Film Tray Interlocks
❐ Tray 1
❐ Tray 2
❐ Tray 3
❐ 8.6.4 Checking the Sorter Interlock
❐ 8.7 Checking Fan Operations
❐ 8.8 Setting for U-Utility
006-259-05
11.30.2005 FM4690 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-5
PC-6
Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________
Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________
Test equipment: ________, Model: ________, S/N: ________, Calibration Due: ________
006-259-00
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-6
PC-7
BLANK PAGE
006-259-00
07.15.2004 FM4324 DRYPIX 7000 Service Manual PC-7